LG&E ENERGY CORP
S-8, 1999-10-08
ELECTRIC & OTHER SERVICES COMBINED
Previous: LG&E ENERGY CORP, S-8, 1999-10-08
Next: LG&E ENERGY CORP, 11-K, 1999-10-08




<PAGE>




                                     Registration No. 333-_________

    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 8, 1999


                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                 Washington, D.C. 20549

                                      FORM S-8
                              REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                       UNDER
                            THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                 LG&E ENERGY CORP.
              (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

             Kentucky                                   61 - 1174555
   (State or other jurisdiction of                    (I.R.S. Employer
    incorporation or organization)                   Identification No.)

         220 West Main Street                               40232
            P.O. Box 32030                                (Zip Code)
            Louisville, KY
(Address of principal executive offices)

                           LG&E ENERGY CORP. SAVINGS PLAN
                                         and
   401(K) SAVINGS PLAN FOR EMPLOYEES OF LOUISVILLE GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
                   WHO ARE REPRESENTED BY LOCAL 2100 OF IBEW
                                         and
                 WKE CORP. BARGAINING EMPLOYEES' SAVINGS PLAN
                            (Full title of the plans)

                                   John R. McCall
                            Executive Vice President,
                     General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
                                 LG&E Energy Corp.
                               220 West Main Street
                                  P.O. Box 32030
                              Louisville, KY  40232
                                  (502) 627-3665
(Name, address and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

                           CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  Proposed
                                   Maximum          Proposed
  Title of            Amount       offering          maximum
 securities            to be         price           aggregate       Amount of
  to be             registered     per share         offering      registration
 registered           (1)(2)           (3)            price (3)        fee
<S>                 <C>          <C>              <C>              <C>
  Common Stock,      4,500,000   $ 21.41          $ 96,345,000     $ 26,783.91
without par value     shares
 per share and
Rights to Purchase   1,500,000
Series A Preferred    rights
   Stock (4)

</TABLE>


<PAGE>


(1)  In addition, pursuant to Rule 416(c), this Registration Statement also
     covers an indeterminate amount of interests to be offered or sold pursuant
     to the employee benefit plans described herein.  Pursuant to Rule 416,
     this Registration Statement also covers an indeterminate amount of
     additional securities in order to adjust the number of securities
     reserved for issuance pursuant to the plans as a result of a stock
     split, stock dividend or similar transaction affecting the Common Stock.

(2)  3,000,000, 1,000,000 and 500,000 shares are being registered on behalf
     of (a) the LG&E Energy Corp. Savings Plan, (b) the 401(k) Savings Plan
     for Employees of Louisville Gas and Electric Company who are Represented
     by Local 2100 of the IBEW, and (c) the WKE Corp. Bargaining Employees'
     Savings Plan, respectively.

(3)  Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the amount of the
     registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c), based upon the average of the
     high and low prices of the Common Stock as reported by The Wall Street
     Journal as New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions for
     October 4, 1999.

(4)  One-third of a Right to Purchase Series A Preferred Stock automatically
     trades with each share of the Common Stock.


<PAGE>


                                PART II

            INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Item 3. Incorporation of Documents by Reference

The following documents, as filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, are incorporated herein by reference:

(i)      the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
         ended December 31, 1998;

(ii)     the Registrant's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters
         ended March 31, 1999 and June 30, 1999;

(iii)    Exhibit 99.02 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
         fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, which contains a description of
         the Registrant's Common Stock and the Rights to Purchase Series A
         Preferred Stock which automatically trade at this time with the Common
         Stock; and

(iv)     the Registrant's Current Reports on Form 8-K dated February 8, 1999,
         March 15, 1999, April 13, 1999, and July 9, 1999.

All documents filed by the Registrant or the plans pursuant to Section 13(a),
13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, after the date
hereof and prior to the filing of a post-effective amendment which indicates
that all securities offered have been sold or which deregisters all such
securities remaining unsold, shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference
herein and to be a part hereof from the date of filing such documents.

Item 4. Description of Securities

The Registrant's Common Stock is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange
Act.  The Registrant also has Rights to Purchase Series A Preferred Stock
which are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, and which
automatically trade at this time with the Common Stock.

Item 5. Interests of Named Experts and Counsel

The financial statements and schedules of the Registrant included in the
Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December
31, 1998 have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public
accountants, and are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon the
authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said
report.

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Chapter 271B.8-500 to 580 of the Kentucky Revised Statutes provides that the
Registrant may, and in some circumstances must, indemnify its directors and
officers against liabilities and expenses incurred by any such person by
reason of the fact that such person was serving in such capacity, subject to
certain limitations and conditions set forth in the statutes.  Substantially
similar provisions that require such indemnification are contained in the



<PAGE>



Registrant's Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (filed as Exhibit
4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 4, 1998), which
provisions are incorporated hereby by this reference.  The Registrant's
Articles of Incorporation also contain provisions limiting the liability of
its directors in certain instances.  The Registrant has an insurance policy
covering its officers and directors against certain personal liability, which
may include liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Item 7. Exemption from Registration Claimed

Not applicable.

Item 8. Exhibits
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Exhibit
Number   Description
<S>     <C>
4.01     Copy of LG&E Energy Corp. Savings Plan as amended through July 1,
         1998.

4.02     Copy of 401(k) Savings Plan for Employees of Louisville Gas and
         Electric Company who are Represented by Local 2100 of IBEW as
         amended through January 1, 1998.

4.03     Copy of WKE Corp. Bargaining Employees' Savings Plan as amended through
         July 17, 1998.

4.04     Copy of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended,
         [Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current 8-K dated
         May 4, 1998 and incorporated by reference herein.]

4.05     Copy of By-laws of Registrant as amended and restated through
         June 2, 1999. [Filed as Exhibit 4.04 to Registrant's Registration
         Statement No. 333-88653 and incorporated by reference herein.]

4.06     Copy of Rights Agreement, dated December 5, 1990, in the form
         executed by LG&E Energy Corp. and Louisville Gas and Electric
         Company, as Rights Agent [Filed as Exhibit 4.04 to Registration
         Statement No. 33-38557 and incorporated by reference herein.]

4.07     Copy of Amendment No. 1 to Rights Agreement, dated June 7, 1995, in
         the form executed by LG&E Energy Corp. and Louisville Gas and Electric
         Company, as Rights Agent [Filed as Exhibit 2 to Amendment No. 2 to
         Registrant's Registration Statement on Form 8-A/A dated June 20, 1995
         and incorporated by reference herein.]

4.08     Copy of Amendment No. 2 to Rights Agreement, dated as of May 20, 1997,
         in the form executed by LG&E Energy Corp. and Louisville Gas and
         Electric Company, as Rights Agent [Filed as Exhibit 1 to Registrant's
         Registration Statement on Form

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


         8-A/A dated May 20, 1997 and incorporated by reference
         herein].

23.01    Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.

24.01    Powers of attorney.

Item 9.  Undertakings

A.       INDEMNIFICATION

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of
the Registrant pursuant to the provisions referred to in Item 6, or
otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the
event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than
the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of
any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or
controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the
Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against
public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

B.       SUBSEQUENT EXCHANGE ACT DOCUMENTS

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of
the Registrant's Annual  Report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and each filing of the plans' annual
reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that
is incorporated by reference in this Registration Statement shall be deemed
to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered herein,
and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the
initial bona fide offering thereof.

C.       OTHER

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)   To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:

(i)   To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
      Securities Act of 1933;

(ii)  To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the
      effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent
      post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the
      aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set
      forth in the Registration Statement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,

<PAGE>


      any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total
      dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was
      registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated
      maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed
      with Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the
      changes in volume and price represented no more than a 20% change in
      the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of
      Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement;

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of
      distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement
      or any material change to such information in the Registration
      Statement;

provided, however, that paragraphs 1(i) and 1(ii) do not apply if the
information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those
paragraphs is contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the
Commission by the Registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the
Registration Statement.

(2)   That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered therein,  and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be   the initial
bona fide offering thereof.

(3)   To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any
of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of
the offering.

(4)   That it (i) will submit or has submitted the plans and any amendment
thereto to the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") in a timely manner and (ii)
has made or will make all changes required by the IRS in order to qualify the
plans.

<PAGE>



                                    SIGNATURES

THE REGISTRANT

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the
requirements for filing on Form S-8 and has duly caused this registration
statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Louisville, Commonwealth of Kentucky, on
October 8, 1999.

                                       LG&E ENERGY CORP.



                                       By: /s/ R. Foster Duncan
                                           -------------------------
                                           R. Foster Duncan,
                                           Executive Vice President and
                                           Chief Financial Officer


<PAGE>


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration
statement has been signed on October 8, 1999, by the following persons in
the capacities indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Signature                                         Title
<S>                         <C>
Roger W. Hale                Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Mira S. Ball                 Director

William C. Ballard, Jr.      Director

Owsley Brown, II             Director

J. David Grissom             Director

David B. Lewis               Director

Anne H. McNamara             Director

T. Ballard Morton, Jr.       Director

Frank V. Ramsey, Jr.         Director

William L. Rouse, Jr.        Director

Charles L. Shearer           Director

Lee T. Todd, Jr.             Director

                             October 8, 1999
</TABLE>

                             By: /s/ Charles A. Markel
                                 -------------------------------------
                                 Charles A. Markel (Attorney-in-Fact)


                             By: /s/ R. Foster Duncan
                                 ----------------------------
                                 R. Foster Duncan
                                 Executive Vice President and
                                 Chief Financial Officer
                                 (Principal Financial Officer)

                             By: /s/ Michael D. Robinson
                                 -----------------------------
                                 Michael D. Robinson
                                 Vice President and Controller
                                 (Principal Accounting Officer)


<PAGE>



THE PLANS

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, all of the
members of the Committee having the responsibility for administration of the
LG&E Energy Corp. Savings Plan have duly caused this registration statement
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in
the City of Louisville, Commonwealth of Kentucky on October 8, 1999.

                                LG&E ENERGY CORP. SAVINGS PLAN



                                By: /s/ R. Foster Duncan
                                    -------------------------------
                                    R. Foster Duncan

                                By: /s/ Charles A. Markel
                                    -------------------------------
                                    Charles A. Markel

                                By: /s/ Frederick J. Newton, III
                                    -------------------------------
                                    Frederick J. Newton, III


                                By: /s/ S. Bradford Rives
                                    -------------------------------
                                    S. Bradford Rives


                                 By: /s/ Victor A. Staffieri
                                     ---------------------------
                                     Victor A. Staffieri


                                 By: /s/ Robert M. Hewett
                                     ---------------------------
                                     Robert M. Hewett

<PAGE>



Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, all of the
members of the Committee having the responsibility for administration of the
401(k) Savings Plan for Employees of Louisville Gas and Electric Company who
are Represented by Local 2100 of IBEW have duly caused this registration
statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Louisville, Commonwealth of Kentucky, on
October 8, 1999.

                                 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN FOR EMPLOYEES OF
                                 LOUISVILLE GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY WHO
                                 ARE REPRESENTED BY LOCAL 2100 OF IBEW

                                 By: /s/ R. Foster Duncan
                                     -----------------------------
                                     R. Foster Duncan

                                 By: /s/ Charles A. Markel
                                     -----------------------------
                                     Charles A. Markel


                                 By: /s/ Frederick J. Newton, III
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Frederick J. Newton, III


                                 By: /s/ S. Bradford Rives
                                     ------------------------------
                                     S. Bradford Rives


                                 By: /s/ Victor A. Staffieri
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Victor A. Staffieri


                                 By: /s/ Robert M. Hewett
                                     ---------------------------
                                     Robert M. Hewett


<PAGE>

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, all of the
members of the Committee having the responsibility for administration of the
WKE Corp. Bargaining Employees' Savings Plan have duly caused this
registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Louisville, Commonwealth of
Kentucky, on October 8, 1999.

                                 WKE CORP. BARGAINING EMPLOYEES' SAVINGS PLAN


                                 By: /s/ R. Foster Duncan
                                     --------------------------------
                                     R. Foster Duncan


                                 By: /s/ Charles A. Markel
                                     --------------------------------
                                     Charles A. Markel


                                 By: /s/ Frederick J. Newton, III
                                     --------------------------------
                                     Frederick J. Newton, III


                                 By: /s/ S. Bradford Rives
                                     -------------------------------
                                     S. Bradford Rives


                                 By: /s/ Victor A. Staffieri
                                     -------------------------------
                                     Victor A. Staffieri


                                 By: /s/ Robert M. Hewett
                                     ---------------------------
                                     Robert M. Hewett


<PAGE>


                               EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Exhibit                                                               Method of
Number   Description                                                     Filing

<S>     <C>                                                               <C>
4.01     Copy of LG&E Energy Corp. Savings Plan as amended through        DT
         July 1, 1998

4.02     Copy of 401(k) Savings Plan for Employees of Louisville Gas
         and Electric Company who are Represented by Local 2100 of
         IBEW as amended through January 1, 1998                          DT

4.03     Copy of WKE Corp. Bargaining Employees' Savings Plan, as
         amended through July 17, 1998                                    DT

4.04     Copy of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as
         amended, [Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current
         8-K dated May 4, 1998 and incorporated by reference herein.]

4.05     Copy of By-laws of Registrant as amended and restated through
         June 2, 1999. [Filed as Exhibit 4.04 to Registrant's
         Registration Statement No. 333-88653 and incorporated by
         reference herein.]

4.06     Copy of Rights Agreement, dated December 5, 1990, in the form
         executed by LG&E Energy Corp. and Louisville Gas and Electric
         Company, as Rights Agent [Filed as Exhibit 4.04 to
         Registration Statement No. 33-38557 and incorporated by
         reference herein.]

4.07     Copy of Amendment No. 1 to Rights Agreement, dated June 7,
         1995, in the form executed by LG&E Energy Corp. and
         Louisville Gas and Electric Company, as Rights Agent [Filed
         as Exhibit 2 to Amendment No. 2 to Registrant's Registration
         Statement on Form 8-A/A dated June 20, 1995 and incorporated
         by reference herein.]

4.08     Copy of Amendment No. 2 to Rights Agreement, dated as of May 20,
         1997, in the form executed by LG&E Energy Corp. and Louisville
         Gas and Electric Company, as Rights Agent [Filed as Exhibit 1
         to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form 8-A/A dated
         May 20, 1997 and incorporated by reference herein].

23.01    Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.                                    DT

24.01    Powers of attorney.                                                DT

</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                                                               EXHIBIT 4.01
















                                  LG&E ENERGY CORP.
                                    SAVINGS PLAN

















                                    Composite Copy
                      (Including Amendments Effective 8/1/98)







<PAGE>
                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Page No.
<S>                                                                          <C>
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     Section 1.1    Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     Section 1.2    Annual Additions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     Section 1.3    Annuity Starting Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     Section 1.4    Beneficiary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     Section 1.5    Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     Section 1.6    Break in Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     Section 1.7    Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     Section 1.8    Committee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     Section 1.9    Company. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     Section 1.10   Company Stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     Section 1.11   Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     Section 1.12   Defined Benefit Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     Section 1.13   Defined Contribution Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     Section 1.14   Dividend Eligible Participant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     Section 1.15   Early Retirement Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     Section 1.16   Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     Section 1.17   Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     Section 1.18   Employee Voluntary Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     Section 1.19   Employee Voluntary Contributions Account . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     Section 1.20   Employer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     Section 1.21   Employer Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     Section 1.22   Employment Commencement Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     Section 1.23   Entry Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     Section 1.24   ESOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     Section 1.25   ESOP Dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     Section 1.26   Fiduciary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     Section 1.27   Former Participant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     Section 1.28   Highly Compensated Employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     Section 1.29   Individual Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
     Section 1.30   Investment Fund. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
     Section 1.31   Investment Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
     Section 1.32   Key Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
     Section 1.33   LG&E Energy Corp. Common Stock Fund. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     Section 1.34   Leased Employee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     Section 1.35   Limitation Year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     Section 1.36   Mandatory Employer Contribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     Section 1.37   Matching Contribution Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     Section 1.38   Matching Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

<PAGE>

     Section 1.39   Normal Retirement Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     Section 1.40   Participant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     Section 1.41   Participating Employer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     Section 1.42   Paying Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     Section 1.43   Permissive Aggregation Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     Section 1.44   Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     Section 1.45   Plan Year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     Section 1.46   Prior LPI Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     Section 1.47   Prior LNI Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     Section 1.48   Prior Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     Section 1.49   Profit Sharing Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     Section 1.50   Profit Sharing Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     Section 1.51   Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     Section 1.52   Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity . . . . . . . . . . .11
     Section 1.53   Required Aggregation Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     Section 1.54   Rollover Contribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     Section 1.55   Rollover Contribution Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     Section 1.56   Salary Redirection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     Section 1.57   Salary Redirection Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     Section 1.58   Severance From Service Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
     Section 1.59   Sponsoring Employer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
     Section 1.60   Top Heavy Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
     Section 1.61   Total and Permanent Disability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
     Section 1.62   Trust Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
     Section 1.63   Trust Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
     Section 1.64   Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
     Section 1.65   Valuation Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
     Section 1.66   Vested Individual Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
     Section 1.67   Year of Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

PARTICIPATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
     Section 2.1    Eligibility Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
     Section 2.2    Plan Binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
     Section 2.3    Reemployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
     Section 2.4    Beneficiary Designation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
     Section 2.5    Notification of Individual Account Balance . . . . . . . . . .15

CONTRIBUTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
     Section 3.1    Salary Redirection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
     Section 3.2    Matching Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
     Section 3.3    Rollover Amount From Other Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
     Section 3.4    Nondiscrimination Test for Salary Redirection. . . . . . . . .19
     Section 3.5    Nondiscrimination Test for Other Contributions . . . . . . . .22
     Section 3.6    Maximum Individual Deferral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
     Section 3.7    Mistake of Fact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25

                                       ii
<PAGE>

ALLOCATIONS TO INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
     Section 4.1    Individual Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
     Section 4.2    Investment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
     Section 4.3    Valuation of Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
     Section 4.4    Trustee and Committee Judgment Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . 28
     Section 4.5    Maximum Additions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
     Section 4.6    Corrective Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
     Section 4.7    Defined Contribution and Defined Benefit Plan Fraction . . . . 29

DISTRIBUTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
     Section 5.1    Normal Retirement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
     Section 5.2    Early Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
     Section 5.3    Late Retirement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
     Section 5.4    Death. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
     Section 5.5    Disability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
     Section 5.6    Termination of Employment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
     Section 5.7    Commencement of Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
     Section 5.8    Minimum Distributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
     Section 5.9    Methods of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
     Section 5.10   Benefits to Minors and Incompetents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
     Section 5.11   Unclaimed Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
     Section 5.12   Participant Directed Rollovers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
     Section 6.1    Hardship Withdrawal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
     Section 6.2    Participant Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
     Section 7.1    Purpose and Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
     Section 7.2    Investment in Company Stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
     Section 7.3    Prior ESOP Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
     Section 7.4    General ESOP Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
     Section 7.5    Put Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
     Section 7.6    Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
     Section 7.7    Disposition of Dividends on Company Stock. . . . . . . . . . . 45
     Section 7.8    Voting of Stock and Other Stock Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
     Section 7.9    Section 16 Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

PROVISIONS RELATING TO ENERGY MARKETING EMPLOYEES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
     Section 8.1    Eligibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
     Section 8.2    Profit Sharing Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
     Section 8.3    Salary Redirection Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
     Section 8.4    Matching Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
     Section 8.5    Employee Voluntary Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
     Section 8.6    Submission of Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
     Section 8.7    Vesting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

                                       iii
<PAGE>

     Section 8.8    Forfeitures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

PROVISIONS RELATING TO PRIOR LPI PLAN PARTICIPANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
     Section 9.1    Prior LPI Plan Balances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
     Section 9.2    Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
     Section 9.3    Vesting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
     Section 9.4    Forfeitures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

PROVISIONS RELATING TO PRIOR LNI PLAN PARTICIPANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
     Section 10.1   Prior LNI Plan Balances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
     Section 10.2   Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
     Section 10.3   Vesting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
     Section 10.4   Forfeitures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
     Section 10.5   Distributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

FUNDING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
     Section 11.1   Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
     Section 11.2   Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59


FIDUCIARIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
     Section 12.1   General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
     Section 12.2   Employer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
     Section 12.3   Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
     Section 12.4   401(k) Savings Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
     Section 12.5   Claims Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
     Section 12.6   Records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
     Section 13.1   Amendment of the Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
     Section 13.2   Termination of the Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
     Section 13.3   Return of Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65


MISCELLANEOUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
     Section 14.1   Governing Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
     Section 14.2   Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
     Section 14.3   Administration Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
     Section 14.4   Participant's Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
     Section 14.5   Spendthrift Clause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
     Section 14.6   Merger, Consolidation or Transfer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
     Section 14.7   Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

TOP HEAVY PLAN PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
     Section 15.1   General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
     Section 15.2   Minimum Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
     Section 15.3   Super Top Heavy Plans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

                                       iv
<PAGE>

PROVISIONS CONCERNING CERTAIN CHANGES IN EMPLOYMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
     Section 16.1   Transfer to Non-Participating Employer . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
     Section 16.2   Transfer to Another Participating Employer . . . . . . . . . . 71
     Section 16.3   Transfer From Non-Participating Employer . . . . . . . . . . . 71
     Section 16.4   Change in Employment Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

PROVISIONS RELATING TO PRIOR KENTUCKY UTILITIES COMPANY
EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN PARTICIPANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
     Section 17.1   Participation of Former Employees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
     Section 17.2   Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
     Section 17.3   Merger of Prior Plan Balances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

PROVISIONS RELATING TO WKE CORP. EMPLOYEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
     Section 18.1   Participation of Former Employees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
     Section 18.2   Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

SIGNATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

APPENDIX A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76


APPENDIX B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

</TABLE>

                                       v
<PAGE>

                                    INTRODUCTION


     Effective April 1, 1987, the Board of Directors of Louisville Gas and
Electric Company ("Sponsoring Employer") adopted the Louisville Gas and Electric
Company Thrift Savings Plan ("Original Plan").

     Effective January 1, 1992, the Employer amended and restated the Original
Plan in its entirety as the Louisville Gas and Electric Company 401(k) Savings
Plan (Plan).  The Plan has subsequently been amended substantively, technically
and administratively.

     Effective January 1, 1995 the name of the Plan was changed to LG&E Energy
Corp. and Louisville Gas and Electric Company 401(k) Savings Plan, the terms
which are hereinafter set forth.

     Effective January 1, 1998 the name of the Plan is being changed to the LG&E
Energy Corp., Savings Plan.  Effective the same day, the Louisville Gas and
Electric Company  Employees' Stock Ownership Plan participant balances were
merged into the Plan.  Also effective January 1, 1998, the LG&E Natural Inc.
Employee 401(k) Savings Plan ("Prior LNI Plan") and the LG&E Power Systems Inc.
Revised 401(k) Savings Plan ("Prior LPI Plan") were merged into the Plan.

     Effective August 1, 1998 the Kentucky Utilities Company Employee Savings
Plan and the Kentucky Utilities Company Employee Stock Ownership Plan were
merged into the Plan.

     It is intended that this Plan, together with the Trust Agreement, meet all
the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code")
and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as amended ("ERISA") and
shall be interpreted, wherever possible, to comply with the terms of the said
laws, as amended, and all formal regulations and rulings issued thereunder.  It
is also intended that this Plan shall be a profit sharing plan under Code
Section 401(a).

<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE 1

                                     DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1    ADJUSTMENT means the net increases and decreases in the market
               value of the Trust Fund during a Plan Year or other period
               exclusive of any contribution or distribution during such year or
               other period.  Such increases and decreases shall include such
               items as realized or unrealized investment gains and losses and
               investment income, and may include expenses of administering the
               Trust Fund and the Plan.

Section 1.2    ANNUAL ADDITIONS means for any Employee in any Limitation Year,
               the sum of Employer Contributions, Salary Redirection, and
               forfeitures allocated to the Employee's Individual Account.
               Amounts allocated to an individual medical account, as defined in
               Section 415(l) of the Code, which is part of an annuity or
               pension plan maintained by the Employer are treated as Annual
               Additions to a Defined Contribution Plan.  Also, amounts derived
               from contributions paid or accrued which are attributable to
               post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate
               account of a Key Employee as required by Section 419A(d) of the
               Code, maintained by the Employer, are treated as Annual Additions
               to a Defined Contribution Plan.

Section 1.3    ANNUITY STARTING DATE means the first day of the first period for
               which an amount is paid as an annuity or the first day on which
               all events have occurred which entitle the Participant to such
               benefit.

Section 1.4    BENEFICIARY means any person designated by a Participant to
               receive such benefits as may become payable hereunder after the
               death of such Participant, provided, however, that a married
               Participant may not name as his Beneficiary someone other than
               his spouse unless the spouse consents in writing to such
               designation, which consent shall be acknowledged by a Plan
               representative or by a notary public.

Section 1.5    BOARD means the Board of Directors of the Employer.

Section 1.6    BREAK IN SERVICE means a twelve (12) consecutive month period
               beginning on the Employee's Severance From Service Date and each
               anniversary thereof during which an Employee fails to perform at
               least one (1) Hour of Service for the Employer.

Section 1.7    CODE means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended and
               revised.

Section 1.8    COMMITTEE means the Benefits  Committee provided for in Article
               12 hereof.

Section 1.9    COMPANY means LG&E Energy Corp. and all of the legal entities
               which are

                                       2
<PAGE>

               part of a controlled group or affiliated service group
               with LG&E Energy Corp. pursuant to the provisions of Code
               Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o).

Section 1.10   COMPANY STOCK means the common stock issued by the Company having
               a combination of voting power and dividend rates equal to or in
               excess of: (a) that class of common stock of the Company having
               the greatest voting power, and (b) that class of common stock of
               the Company having the greatest dividend rights.

Section 1.11   COMPENSATION means, for any Plan Year, base compensation paid to
               an Employee by an Employer, increased by (i) amounts deferred
               pursuant to Code Section 125 (flexible benefit plans), Section
               402(g) (salary redirection), and Section 402(h)(1)(B) (simplified
               employee plans), (ii) team incentive awards, (iii) amounts
               deferred under the Louisville Gas and Electric Company
               Nonqualified Savings Plan, (iv) cost-of-living adjustments, and
               (v) commissions, and excluding any long term incentive
               compensation paid by an Employer.  Effective January 1, 1995,
               Compensation shall also include overtime compensation paid to a
               Participant.  In the Plan Year in which an Employee becomes a
               Participant, only remuneration paid in the portion of the Plan
               Year in which he was a Participant shall be considered
               Compensation.  Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after
               January 1, 1989, and prior to January 1, 1994, Compensation shall
               be limited to two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) or such
               larger amount as determined pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17).
               Effective for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 1994,
               Compensation shall be limited to one hundred fifty thousand
               dollars ($150,000) or such other amount as may be authorized
               pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17).

Section 1.12   DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN means a plan established and qualified under
               Section 401 of the Code, except to the extent it is, or is
               treated as, a Defined Contribution Plan.

Section 1.13   DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN means a plan which is established and
               qualified under Section 401 of the Code, which provides for an
               individual account for each participant therein and for benefits
               based solely on the amount contributed to each participant's
               account and any income, expenses, gains or losses (both realized
               and unrealized) which may be allocated to such account.

Section 1.14   DIVIDEND ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANT means a Participant who will not
               reach the maximum individual deferral amount as described in
               Section 3.6 or a Participant who has not reached the maximum
               Compensation amount described in Section 1.11 herein, and all
               alternate payees Beneficiaries and Former Participants.

Section 1.15   EARLY RETIREMENT DATE means the first day of the month on or
               following the earlier of (i) the date the Participant attains age
               fifty-five (55), or (ii) the date

                                       3
<PAGE>

               the Participant is credited with thirty-five (35),effective
               June 1, 1996 the date the Participant is credited with thirty
               (30), years of vesting service under the LG&E Energy Corp. and
               Louisville Gas and Electric Company Retirement Income Plan.

Section 1.16   EFFECTIVE DATE means April 1, 1987, the effective date of the
               Prior Plan.  The effective date of this amended and restated Plan
               is August 1, 1998.

Section 1.17   EMPLOYEE means any person employed by the Employer on a full time
               or regular part-time basis who works 20 hours per week, subject
               to the following:

               (1)  The term "Employee" shall exclude any person who is a Leased
                    Employee.

               (2)  The term "Employee" shall exclude any employee who is a part
                    of a collective bargaining unit for which benefits have been
                    the subject of good faith negotiation unless and until the
                    Employer and the collective bargaining unit representative
                    for that unit through the process of good faith bargaining
                    agree in writing for coverage hereunder.

Section 1.18   EMPLOYEE VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS means all amounts contributed by
               Participants on an after-tax basis.

Section 1.19   EMPLOYEE VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNT means that portion of a
               Participant's Individual Account attributable to (i)  Employee
               Voluntary Contributions allocated to such Participant pursuant to
               Section 8.5, Article 9, and Article 10, and (ii) the
               Participant's proportional share, attributable to his Employee
               Voluntary Contributions Account, or the adjustments required by
               Article 4, Article 5 and Article 6.

Section 1.20   EMPLOYER means LG&E Energy Corp. and each of the legal entities,
               or any successor thereto which is part of the Company and which
               has adopted the Plan for its eligible Employees with the consent
               of the Sponsoring Employer.

Section 1.21   EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS means Matching Contributions made to the
               Trust Fund by the Employer.  Salary Redirection shall not be
               included in the term Employer Contributions when used in this
               Plan.

Section 1.22   EMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE means the date on which an Employee
               first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer.  If an
               Employee is reemployed by the Employer after he incurs one or
               more Breaks in Service, the Employment Commencement Date means
               the first day after his immediately preceding Severance from
               Service Date on which he first performs an Hour of Service for
               the Employer.

Section 1.23   ENTRY DATE means the first day of each calendar month during each
               Plan Year.

                                       4
<PAGE>

Section 1.24   ESOP means the Employee Stock Ownership Plan established pursuant
               to Article 7 of the Plan.

Section 1.25   ESOP DIVIDENDS means those amounts distributed during the Plan
               Year to a Participant as dividends on stock allocated to such
               Participant's account under the Louisville Gas & Electric Company
               Employees' Stock Ownership Plan, or effective January 1, 1998,
               pursuant to Article 7 of the Plan.

Section 1.26   FIDUCIARY means the Employer, the Trustee, the Committee and any
               individual, corporation, firm or other entity which assumes, in
               accordance with Article 12, responsibilities of the Employer, the
               Trustee or the Committee with respect to management of the Plan
               or the disposition of its assets.

Section 1.27   FORMER PARTICIPANT means a Participant, other than a Limited
               Participant, whose participation in the Plan has terminated but
               who has not received payment in full of the balance in his
               Individual Account to which he is entitled.

Section 1.28   HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES will be determined in accordance
               with the following:

               (a)  HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE means an employee who during the
                    look back year or the determination year:

                    (1)  Was at any time a five percent (5%) owner of the
                         Employer;

                    (2)  Received compensation from the Company in excess of
                         seventy-five thousand dollars ($75,000) (or such higher
                         amount as may be provided under Code Section 414(q));

                    (3)  Received compensation from the Company in excess of
                         fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) (or such higher amount
                         as may be provided under Code Section 414(q)) and was
                         in a group consisting of the top twenty percent (20%)
                         of the employees of the Company when ranked on the
                         basis of compensation; or

                    (4)  Was at any time an officer and received compensation
                         greater than fifty percent (50%) of the maximum amount
                         under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A).  Not more than fifty
                         (50) officers (or, if lesser, the greater of three (3)
                         employees or ten percent (10%) of the employees) shall
                         be considered under this Subsection as Highly
                         Compensated Employees.  If no officer is described
                         above, then the highest paid officer shall be treated
                         as described in this item (4).

               (b)  If the employee was not a Highly Compensated Employee for
                    the look

                                       5
<PAGE>

                    back year, then he shall not be considered a Highly
                    Compensated Employee for the determination year unless he is
                    a five percent (5%) owner of the Employer or one of the
                    highest paid one hundred (100) employees and meets the
                    criteria of items (2), (3) or (4) of Subsection (a) of this
                    Section.

               (c)  If the Highly Compensated Employee is a five percent (5%)
                    owner or one of the ten (10) most highly compensated
                    employees, then the compensation and contributions of
                    employees who are spouses, lineal descendants, ascendants
                    or spouses of lineal descendants or ascendants of such
                    Highly Compensated Employees shall be attributed to the
                    Highly Compensated Employee and the employees who are such
                    relatives shall not be considered as separate employees.
                    In the event that family aggregation is required, the
                    limitation on compensation pursuant to Code Section
                    401(a)(17) will be allocated among those family members who
                    have not attained age nineteen (19) by the close of the Plan
                    Year by multiplying the limitation by a fraction, the
                    numerator of which is the individual family member's
                    compensation and the denominator of which is the total
                    compensation of all members of the family group or in such
                    other manner as provided by regulation and pronouncements
                    of the Internal Revenue Service.

               (d)  For purposes of determining Highly Compensated Employees,
                    compensation shall mean compensation paid by the Company for
                    purposes of Code Section 415(c)(3) and shall include amounts
                    deferred pursuant to Code Sections 125 (flexible benefit
                    plans); 402(a)(8) (salary redirection); and 402(h)(1)(B)
                    (simplified employee plans).

               (e)  For purposes of determining the top twenty percent (20%) of
                    employees and the number of officers counted as Highly
                    Compensated Employees, the following employees shall be
                    excluded:

                    (1)  Employees who have not completed six (6) months of
                         service,

                    (2)  Employees who normally work less than seventeen and
                         one-half (17-1/2) hours per week,

                    (3)  Employees who normally work during not more than six
                         (6) months during the Plan Year,

                    (4)  Employees who have not attained age twenty-one (21),

                    (5)  Employees included in a collective bargaining unit
                         covered by an agreement with the Company (to the extent
                         permitted by regulations), and

                                       6
<PAGE>

                    (6)  Employees who are non-resident aliens.

               (f)  A former employee shall be treated as a Highly Compensated
                    Employee if (1) such employee was a Highly Compensated
                    Employee when such employee separated from Service, or (2),
                    such employee was a Highly Compensated Employee at any time
                    after attainment of age fifty-five (55).

               (g)  Except as otherwise provided in this Section, the term "look
                    back year" shall mean the twelve (12) month period
                    immediately preceding the determination year.

               (h)  Except as otherwise provided in this Section the term
                    "determination year" shall mean the current Plan Year.

               (i)  To the extent permitted by regulations under Code Section
                    414(q), the Employer may elect to make the look back year
                    calculation on the basis of the calendar year ending with or
                    within the applicable determination year (or, in the case of
                    a determination year that is shorter than twelve (12)
                    months, the calendar year ending with or within the twelve
                    (12) month period ending with the end of the determination
                    year).  In such case, the Employer must make the
                    determination year calculation on the basis of the period
                    (if any) by which the applicable determination year extends
                    beyond such calendar year.  If the Employer makes the
                    election provided for in this Subsection, such election must
                    be made with respect to all plans, entities and arrangements
                    of the Employer.

               (j)  The determination of Highly Compensated Employees shall be
                    determined on a Company wide basis and shall not be
                    determined on an Employer by Employer or plan by plan basis.

               (k)  If the Employer so elects for a year, item (2) of
                    Subsection (a) of this Section shall be applied by
                    substituting fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) in place of
                    seventy-five thousand dollars ($75,000), and item (3) of
                    Subsection (a) of this Section shall not apply, provided
                    that:

                    (1)  At all times during such year, the Employer maintained
                         substantial business activities and employed employees
                         in at least two (2) significantly separate geographic
                         areas, and

                    (2)  The Employer satisfies such other conditions as may be
                         prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

               (l)  The determination of Highly Compensated Employees shall be
                    governed by Code Section 414(q) and the regulations issued
                    thereunder.

                                       7
<PAGE>

Section 1.29   INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT means the detailed record kept of the amounts
               credited or charged to each Participant in accordance with the
               terms hereof.  Such Individual Account is comprised of the
               following accounts:  a Salary Redirection Account, a Matching
               Contribution Account, a Rollover Contribution Account, and
               effective January 1, 1998, the Prior ESOP account, Voluntary
               Employee Contribution Account, the Prior LPI Plan account, and
               the Prior LNI Plan account.  Effective August 1, 1998, Individual
               Account shall include the Prior KU Savings account.

Section 1.30   INVESTMENT FUND means the investment fund established pursuant to
               Section 4.2.

Section 1.31   INVESTMENT MANAGER means a Fiduciary (other than the Trustee or
               other named Fiduciary) as defined in Section 3(38) of the
               Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 who is appointed
               by the Sponsoring Employer pursuant to Section 12.3.

Section 1.32   KEY EMPLOYEE shall mean any employee, former employee or
               beneficiary thereof in an Internal Revenue Service qualified plan
               adopted by the Company who at any time during the Plan Year or
               any of the four (4) preceding Plan Years is

               (a)  An officer of the Company having an annual compensation from
                    the Company during the Plan Year greater than fifty percent
                    (50%) of the amount in effect under Code Section
                    415(b)(1)(A) for the calendar year in which such Plan Year
                    ends;

               (b)  One (1) of the ten (10) employees having an annual
                    compensation from the Company for a Plan Year of more than
                    the limitation in effect under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) for
                    the calendar year in which such Plan Year ends and owning
                    (or considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section
                    318) both more than a one-half percent (1/2%) interest, and
                    the largest interest in the Employer;

               (c)  A five percent (5%) owner of the Employer; or

               (d)  A one percent (1%) owner of the Employer having an annual
                    compensation from the Company for a Plan Year of more than
                    one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000).

               (e)  For purposes of this Section, compensation means
                    compensation as defined in Code Section 415.

               (f)  This definition shall be interpreted consistent with Code
                    Section 416 and rules and regulations issued thereunder.
                    Further, such law and regulations shall be controlling in
                    all determinations under this

                                       8
<PAGE>

               definition, inclusive of any provisions and requirements stated
               thereunder but hereinabove absent.

Section 1.33   LG&E ENERGY CORP. COMMON STOCK FUND means the fund invested
               primarily in shares of common stock of LG&E Energy Corp.

Section 1.34   LEASED EMPLOYEE shall mean any person (other than an employee of
               the recipient) who provides services to the recipient if such
               services are provided pursuant to an agreement between the
               recipient and any other person ("leasing organization"), such
               person has performed such services for the recipient (or for the
               recipient and any related persons determined in accordance with
               Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full-time basis for a
               period of one (1) year, and such services are of a type
               historically performed by employees in the business field of the
               recipient employer.

Section 1.35   LIMITATION YEAR means the twelve (12) month period beginning on
               January 1 and ending on December 31.

Section 1.36   MANDATORY EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION  means the portion of the Prior
               LPI Plan or Prior LNI Plan account attributable to profit sharing
               contributions.

Section 1.37   MATCHING CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT means that portion of a
               Participant's Individual Account attributable to (i) Matching
               Contributions allocated to such Participant pursuant to Section
               3.2 and 8.4 and (ii) the Participant's proportionate share,
               attributable to his Matching Contribution Account, of the
               Adjustments, reduced by any distributions from such Account
               pursuant to Article 5 and any withdrawals from such Account
               pursuant to Article 6.  Effective January 1, 1998, (i) the
               portion of a Participant's Individual Account attributable to
               matching contributions allocated to such Participant pursuant to
               the Prior LPI Plan and the Prior LNI Plan and (ii) the
               Participant's proportionate share, attributable to his matching
               contribution, of the Adjustments, reduced by any distributions
               from such Account pursuant to Article 5 and any withdrawals from
               such Account pursuant to Article 6.

Section 1.38   MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS means contributions made to the Trust Fund
               by the Employer pursuant to Section 3.2 and Section 8.4.

Section 1.39   NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE means the first day of the month
               coincident with or next following the Participant's sixty-fifth
               (65th) birthday.  The Normal Retirement Age shall be age
               sixty-five (65).

Section 1.40   PARTICIPANT means any Employee who becomes a Participant as
               provided in Article 2 hereof.

Section 1.41   PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER means an Employer who has adopted the Plan
               and has been approved by the Board.

                                       9
<PAGE>

Section 1.42   PAYING AGENT means the payroll department of the Company or a
               Participating Employer, acting as agent for a Participant, or the
               trustees of the Louisville Gas & Electric Company Employees'
               Stock Ownership Plan and Trust, or effective January 1, 1998, the
               Trustee of the Plan.

Section 1.43   PERMISSIVE AGGREGATION GROUP means the Required Aggregation Group
               and each other plan or plans of the Company that are not required
               to be included in the Required Aggregation Group, and which, if
               treated as being part of such group, would not cause such group
               to fail to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a) and 410.

Section 1.44   PLAN means, effective January 1, 1998, the LG&E Energy Corp.
               Savings Plan.

Section 1.45   PLAN YEAR means the twelve (12) month period beginning on January
               1 and ending on December 31.

Section 1.46   PRIOR ESOP ACCOUNT means effective January 1, 1998, a balance
               transferred from the Louisville Gas and Electric Company
               Employees' Stock Ownership Plan and Trust plus any investment
               gains, and minus investment losses and distributions.  Effective
               August 1, 1998 the term Prior ESOP Account shall also mean a
               balance transferred from the Kentucky Utilities Company Employee
               Stock Ownership Plan plus any investment gains, and minus
               investment losses and distributions.

Section 1.47   PRIOR LPI PLAN means the LG&E Power Systems Inc. Revised 401(k)
               Savings Plan, which was merged into the Plan effective January 1,
               1998.

Section 1.48   PRIOR LNI PLAN means the LG&E Natural Inc. Employee 401(k)
               Savings Plan, which was merged into the Plan effective January 1,
               1998.
 .
Section 1.48   PRIOR PLAN means the Louisville Gas and Electric Company Thrift
               Savings Plan as amended through December 31, 1993, and effective
               January 1, 1995 the LG&E Energy Corp. and Louisville Gas &
               Electric Company 401(k) Savings Plan.

Section 1.49   PROFIT SHARING ACCOUNT means the portion of the Individual
               Account established to hold Profit Sharing Contributions.

Section 1.50   PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS means Employer contributions made
               pursuant to Article 8 of the Plan effective with the 1998 Plan
               Year.

Section 1.51   QUALIFIED  JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY means an immediate annuity
               for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the
               life of the Participant's spouse which is fifty percent (50%) of
               the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the
               Participant and his spouse and which is the amount

                                       10
<PAGE>

               of benefit which can be purchased as of the Annuity Starting Date
               with the Participant's Vested Individual Account.  A Qualified
               Joint and Survivor Annuity for a Participant who is not married
               is an annuity for the life of the Participant.  Any annuity
               contract distributed must be nontransferable.

Section 1.52   QUALIFIED PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY means an annuity for the
               life of a Participant's surviving spouse, which is equal to fifty
               percent (50%) of the amount of benefit which can be purchased as
               of the Annuity Starting Date with the Participant's Vested
               Individual Account.  Any security interest held by the Plan by
               reason of a loan outstanding to a Participant shall be taken into
               account in determining the amount of the Qualified Preretirement
               Survivor Annuity.  Any annuity contract distributed from the Plan
               must be nontransferable.

Section 1.53   REQUIRED AGGREGATION GROUP means

               (a)  Each plan of the Company in which a Key Employee is a
                    participant; and

               (b)  Each other plan of the Company which enables any plan in (a)
                    to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410;
                    and

               (c)  Each terminated plan maintained by the Company within the
                    last five (5) years ending on the determination date for the
                    Plan Year in question and which, but for the fact that it
                    terminated, would be part of a Required Aggregation Group
                    for such Plan Year.

Section 1.54   ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTION means contributions made to the Trust Fund
               by an Employee pursuant to Section 3.3.

Section 1.55   ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT means that portion of an Employee's
               Individual Account attributable to (i) Rollover Contributions
               pursuant to Section 3.3 and (ii) the Participant's proportionate
               share, attributable to his Rollover Contribution Account, of the
               Adjustments, reduced by any distributions from such Account
               pursuant to Article 5 and any withdrawals from such account
               pursuant to Article 6.

Section 1.56   SALARY REDIRECTION means contributions made to the Trust Fund by
               the Employer pursuant to Section 3.1 and Section 8.3.

Section 1.57   SALARY REDIRECTION ACCOUNT means that portion of a Participant's
               Individual Account attributable to (i) Salary Redirection amounts
               made on his behalf pursuant to Section 3.3 and Section 8.3 and
               (ii) the Participant's proportionate share, attributable to his
               Salary Redirection Account, of the Adjustments, reduced by any
               distributions from such Account pursuant to Article 5 and any
               withdrawals from such Account pursuant to Article 6.

                                       11
<PAGE>

Section 1.58   SEVERANCE FROM SERVICE DATE means the date on which an Employee
               quits, retires, is discharged, fails to return from a leave of
               absence, or dies; provided he is not credited with an Hour of
               Service within twelve (12) months of such date.

Section 1.59   SPONSORING EMPLOYER means LG&E Energy Corp.

Section 1.60   TOP HEAVY PLAN means any plan under which, as of any
               determination date (the last day of the preceding Plan Year), the
               present value of the cumulative accrued benefits under the plan
               for Key Employees exceeds sixty percent (60%) of the present
               value of cumulative accrued benefits under the Plan for all
               Employees.  For purposes of this definition the following
               provisions shall apply:

               (a)  If such plan is a Defined Contribution Plan, the present
                    value of cumulative accrued benefits shall be deemed to
                    be the market value of all employee accounts under the
                    Plan, other than voluntary deductible employee
                    contributions.  If such plan is a Defined Benefit Plan,
                    the present value of cumulative accrued benefits shall be
                    the present value determined pursuant to actuarial
                    assumptions adopted by the Company for purposes of
                    determining whether the plan is a Top Heavy Plan and the
                    accrued benefit of any employee other than a Key Employee
                    shall be determined under the method which is used for
                    accrual purposes for all plans of the Company or, if
                    there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not
                    more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted
                    under the fractional accrual rule of Code Section
                    411(b)(1)(C).  Moreover, the present value of the
                    cumulative accrued benefits shall be increased by the
                    amount of all plan distributions made with respect to an
                    employee during the five (5) year period ending on the
                    determination date, including distributions made under a
                    terminated plan that is part of a Required Aggregation
                    Group.

               (b)  A plan shall be considered to be a Top Heavy Plan for any
                    Plan Year if, on the last day of the preceding Plan Year,
                    the above rules were met.  For the first Plan Year that the
                    Plan shall be in effect, the determination of whether the
                    Plan is a Top Heavy Plan shall be made as of the last day
                    of such Plan Year.

               (c)  Each plan of the Company required to be included in a
                    Required Aggregation Group shall be treated as a Top Heavy
                    Plan if such group is a top heavy group.

               (d)  With regard to a Participant or former Participant who (i)
                    has not performed any service for the Employer at any time
                    during the five (5) year period ending on the determination
                    date, or (ii) was formerly a Key Employee, but who is not a
                    Key Employee on the determination date,

                                       12
<PAGE>

                    the present value of the cumulative accrued benefit for such
                    Participant or former Participant shall not be taken into
                    account for the purposes of determining whether this
                    Plan is a Top Heavy Plan.

               (e)  This definition shall be interpreted consistent with Code
                    Section 416 and rules and regulations issued thereunder.
                    Further, such law and regulation shall be controlling in all
                    determinations under this definition inclusive of any
                    provisions and requirements stated thereunder but
                    hereinabove absent.

Section 1.61   TOTAL AND PERMANENT DISABILITY or TOTALLY AND PERMANENTLY
               DISABLED means a physical or mental condition for which the
               Participant is under the care of a licensed physician and which,
               in the opinion of the Committee, results in the Participant being
               unable to perform the material duties of his or her regular
               occupation.

Section 1.62   TRUST AGREEMENT means the agreement entered into between the
               Sponsoring Employer and the Trustee pursuant to Article 11
               hereof.

Section 1.63   TRUST FUND means the trust fund created in accordance with
               Article 11 hereof.

Section 1.64   TRUSTEE means such individual or corporation as shall be
               designated in the Trust Agreement to hold in trust any assets of
               the Plan for the purpose of providing benefits under the Plan,
               and shall include any successor trustee designated thereunder.

Section 1.65   VALUATION DATE means the date the Investment Manager values the
               assets of the Investment Fund.  The Valuation Date will occur at
               least once a year.

Section 1.66   VESTED INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT means the aggregate value of the
               Participant's Employee contributions, Rollover Contributions,
               Prior ESOP Account, the nonforfeitable balance of the Employer
               Contributions based on Years of Service.

Section 1.67   YEAR OF SERVICE means a period of three hundred sixty-five (365)
               days of Service.

                                       13
<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE 2

                                    PARTICIPATION

Section 2.1    ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

               Each Employee shall be eligible to participate as of the Entry
               Date coincident with or next following the completion of six (6)
               months, three (3) months effective January 1, 1998, of employment
               in the twelve (12) month period commencing on the date he first
               performs an Hour of Service as defined in Department of Labor
               regulation Section 2530.200b-2, or in any calendar year.
               Notwithstanding the preceding, if an Employee was first employed
               by the Company on or after January 1, 1991, and prior to October
               1, 1991, said Employee shall be eligible to participate in the
               Plan on January 1, 1992.

Section 2.2    PLAN BINDING

               Upon becoming a Participant, a Participant shall be bound then
               and thereafter by the terms of this Plan and the Trust Agreement,
               including all amendments to the Plan and the Trust Agreement made
               in the manner herein authorized.

Section 2.3    REEMPLOYMENT

               (a)  Termination of employment shall be deemed to occur when an
                    Employee has an interruption in continuity of his employment
                    by the Company.  Such termination may have resulted from
                    retirement, death, voluntary or involuntary termination of
                    employment, unauthorized absence, or by failure to return to
                    active employment with the Company or to retire by the date
                    on which an authorized leave of absence expired.

               (b)  If an Employee who was not eligible to become a Participant
                    in the Plan during his prior period of employment is
                    reemployed, he shall be eligible to participate in the Plan
                    after he has met the requirements of Section 2.1.

               (c)  If an Employee who was a Participant in the Plan during his
                    prior period of employment is reemployed, he shall be
                    eligible to again become a Participant as of the date he
                    again becomes an Employee.

               (d)  If a person employed by the Employer becomes an Employee as
                    defined under this Plan, he shall be eligible to participate
                    in the Plan as of the date of his change in status, provided
                    he has met the requirements of Section 2.1.  If a person
                    employed by the Employer ceases to be an Employee as defined
                    under the Plan he will cease to be an active

                                       14
<PAGE>

                    Participant effective as of the first payroll coincident
                    with or next following his change in status.

Section 2.4    BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

                    Upon commencing participation, each Participant shall
                    designate a Beneficiary on forms furnished by the
                    Committee.  Such Participant may then from time to time
                    change his Beneficiary designation by written notice to
                    the Committee and, upon such change, the rights of all
                    previously designated Beneficiaries to receive any
                    benefits under this Plan shall cease.  A married
                    Participant may not name as his Beneficiary someone other
                    than his spouse unless the spouse consents in writing to
                    such designation, which consent shall be acknowledged by
                    a Plan representative or by a notary public.  If the
                    Beneficiary designation consented to by the spouse is not
                    limited to a specific Beneficiary ("general consent"),
                    the consent must acknowledge that the spouse has a right
                    to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary.  The consent
                    of the spouse must be obtained each time the Beneficiary
                    is changed, unless a general consent is given.  If, at
                    the time of a Participant's death while benefits are
                    still outstanding, his named Beneficiary does not survive
                    him, the benefits shall be paid to his named contingent
                    Beneficiary.  If a deceased Participant is not survived
                    by either a named Beneficiary or contingent Beneficiary
                    (or if no Beneficiary was effectively named), the
                    benefits shall be paid in a single sum to the person or
                    persons in the first of the following classes of
                    successive preference beneficiaries then surviving:  the
                    Participant's (i) surviving spouse, (ii) children, (iii)
                    parents, (iv) brothers and sisters, (v) executors and
                    administrators.  If the Beneficiary or contingent
                    Beneficiary is living at the death of the Participant,
                    but such person dies prior to receiving the entire death
                    benefit, the remaining portion of such death benefits
                    shall be paid in a single sum to the estate of such
                    deceased Beneficiary or contingent Beneficiary.

Section 2.5    NOTIFICATION OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT BALANCE

                    At least once each Plan Year or more frequently as
                    determined by the Committee, the Committee shall notify
                    each Participant of the amount of his share in the
                    Adjustments and Contributions for the period just
                    completed, and the new balance of his Individual Account.

                                       15
<PAGE>
                                      ARTICLE 3

                                    CONTRIBUTIONS


Section 3.1    SALARY REDIRECTION

                    Each Employee employed by an Employer listed on Appendix
                    A who satisfies the requirements of Section 2.1 may elect
                    to have Salary Redirection made on his behalf, commencing
                    on the date specified in Section 2.1.  Such election
                    shall be made by entering into a Salary Redirection
                    agreement with the Employer in which it is agreed that
                    the Employer will redirect a portion of the Participant's
                    Compensation and contribute that designated amount to the
                    Trust Fund on behalf of the Participant in accordance
                    with the following.

               (a)  SALARY REDIRECTION AGREEMENT.  Each eligible Employee may
                    enter into a Salary Redirection agreement under which the
                    Employee's Employer will redirect a portion of the
                    Participant's Compensation during each payroll period in an
                    amount equal to an integral percentage from one percent (1%)
                    to sixteen percent (16%) of such Compensation and contribute
                    such percentage to the Trust Fund on behalf of the
                    Participant.

               (b)  SUBMISSION OF FORM.  In order for Salary Redirection to
                    commence on the appropriate date (the beginning of a payroll
                    period), the Salary Redirection agreement must be received
                    by the Committee, or effective June 1, 1998, the designee of
                    the Committee, at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date
                    Salary Redirection is to start.  Notwithstanding the above,
                    a terminated Participant who is reemployed and is eligible
                    to participate upon reemployment may enter into a Salary
                    Redirection Agreement on his reemployment date to be
                    applicable to Compensation earned on and after such date.
                    In the event a Participant does not so elect when initially
                    eligible, he may subsequently elect to have Salary
                    Redirection made on his behalf commencing with the first day
                    of any payroll period which is at least fifteen (15) days
                    after the date his election form is delivered to the
                    Committee.  The Salary Redirection agreement shall be on a
                    form provided, or effective June 1,1998, in a manner
                    prescribed by the Committee.  Such agreement shall authorize
                    the Employer to reduce Compensation otherwise payable to the
                    Participant during each pay period by the amount of Salary
                    Redirection elected.

               (c)  CHANGE IN REDIRECTED AMOUNTS.  A Participant electing to
                    have Salary Redirection made on his behalf to the Plan
                    pursuant to this Section, may, on a Salary Redirection
                    agreement prescribed by and submitted in

                                       16
<PAGE>

                    a manner established by the Committee, increase or decrease
                    his Salary Redirection amount (within the appropriate
                    minimum and maximum) as of the first day of any payroll
                    period which is at least fifteen (15) days after the date
                    his election form is received by the Committee, but not
                    retroactively.  Effective June 1, 1998, a Participant
                    electing to have Salary Redirection made on his behalf to
                    the Plan pursuant to this Section, may in a manner
                    prescribed by the Committee, enter into a Salary Redirection
                    agreement to increase or decrease his Salary Redirection
                    amount (within the appropriate minimum and maximum) as of
                    the first day of any payroll period which is at least
                    fifteen days after the date of such election, but not
                    retroactively.   The Salary Redirection agreement shall
                    state the amount of Salary Redirection he desires to have
                    made.

               (d)  CESSATION OF REDIRECTION.  Any Participant may elect to
                    cease future Salary Redirection to the Plan effective with
                    the first regular payroll period that it is administratively
                    possible to do so following notification. In the event any
                    such Participant desires thereafter to recommence having
                    Salary Redirection made on his behalf, he shall be allowed
                    to do so effective with the first day of any payroll period
                    which is at least fifteen (15) days after receipt of written
                    notice by the Committee on the appropriate form stating, or
                    effective June 1, 1998, in the manner prescribed by the
                    Committee, the amount of Salary Redirection he desires to
                    have made.

               (e)  NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.  Any of the notice requirements in this
                    Section may be lengthened or shortened by the Committee if
                    it finds it administratively necessary or feasible to do so,
                    with such discretion being exercised in a nondiscriminatory
                    manner.

               (f)  PAYMENT TO TRUSTEE.  The Employer shall pay to the Trustee
                    any Salary Redirection made on behalf of any Participant
                    within a reasonable time following the end of each regular
                    pay period, but no later than ninety (90) days beginning on
                    the date on which such Salary Redirection would otherwise be
                    paid to the Participant in cash.  Effective February 3,
                    1997, the Employer shall pay to the Trustee any Salary
                    Redirection made on behalf of any Participant as of the
                    earliest date on which such Salary Redirection can
                    reasonably be segregated from the Employer's general assets,
                    but no later than the fifteenth (15th) business day of the
                    month following the month in which the Salary Redirection is
                    received by the Employer or the fifteenth (15th) business
                    day of the month following the month in which the Salary
                    Redirection would otherwise have been payable to the
                    Participant in cash.

               (g)  AMOUNTS OF ESOP DIVIDENDS DEEMED DEFERRED.  Effective
                    January 1, 1996, a Dividend Eligible Participant will be
                    deemed to have elected to

                                       17
<PAGE>

                    have a Salary Redirection made on his behalf in the
                    amount of the ESOP Dividends paid to him in cash,
                    subject to the limits of Sections 401(k), 402(g) and 415 of
                    the Code and the regulations thereunder, unless the
                    Participant elects otherwise by making the appropriate
                    election with the Committee in the manner prescribed by the
                    Committee.  Effective January 1, 1998, a Dividend Eligible
                    Participant will be deemed to have elected to have a Salary
                    Redirection made on his behalf in the amount of the ESOP
                    Dividends paid to him in cash, subject to the limits of
                    Sections 401(k), 402(g) and 415 of the Code and the
                    regulations thereunder. Deemed deferrals made pursuant to
                    this Subsection 3.1(g), shall not be taken into account in
                    the calculation of the percentage of salary redirected
                    pursuant to Subsection 3.1(a).

Section 3.2    MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

                    For each Accounting Year in which the Employer listed on
                    Appendix A has net profits or accumulated net profits, as
                    determined under generally accepted accounting
                    principles, said Employer shall make an Employer Matching
                    Contribution from such net profits or accumulated net
                    profits to the Trust Fund on behalf of eligible
                    Participants.  The Matching Contribution will be an
                    amount necessary to match thirty-three percent (33%),
                    fifty percent (50%) effective January 1, 1998, of said
                    eligible Participants' net eligible Salary Redirection
                    made to the Trust Fund for the Plan Year.  Net eligible
                    Salary Redirection means Salary Redirection not to exceed
                    six percent (6%) percent of Compensation during the Plan
                    Year, which Salary Redirection has not been withdrawn.
                    For purposes of calculating net eligible Salary
                    Redirection, withdrawals shall be deemed to have been
                    made from the earliest Salary Redirection not yet
                    withdrawn.  Any Matching Contribution which is made as of
                    a Valuation Date shall be allocated to the Matching
                    Contribution Account of each eligible Participant.  For
                    purposes of this Section, an eligible Participant shall
                    mean a Participant who has made Salary Redirection
                    contributions during the Plan Year and is being employed
                    by an Employer listed on Appendix A.

Section 3.3    ROLLOVER AMOUNT FROM OTHER PLANS

                    An Employee eligible to participate in the Plan,
                    regardless of whether he has satisfied the participation
                    requirements of Section 2.1, may transfer to the Trust
                    Fund an "eligible rollover distribution," defined in Code
                    Section 402(c)(4), provided that such distribution is
                    from a plan that meets the requirements of Code Section
                    401(a).

               (a)  The procedures approved by the Committee shall provide that
                    such a transfer may be made only if the following conditions
                    are satisfied:

                                       18
<PAGE>

                    (1)  The transfer occurs on or before the sixtieth (60th)
                         day following the distribution from the other plan;

                    (2)  The amount transferred is equal to any portion of the
                         distribution made from the other plan, subject to the
                         maximum rollover provision of Section 402 of the Code;
                         and

                    (3)  Any contribution rolled over pursuant to this provision
                         is entirely in cash.

               (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Employee had deposited
                    a distribution previously received from another qualified
                    plan into an individual retirement account, as defined in
                    Code Section 408, he may transfer the amount of such
                    distribution, plus earnings thereon, to this plan; provided
                    such rollover amount is deposited with the Trustee on or
                    before the sixtieth (60th) day following the Employee's
                    receipt thereof from the individual retirement account.

               (c)  The Committee shall develop such procedure, and may require
                    such information from an Employee desiring to make such a
                    rollover or transfer, as it deems necessary or desirable to
                    determine that the rollover or transfer will meet the
                    requirements of this Section.  Upon approval by the
                    Committee, or effective June 1, 1998, upon the approval
                    pursuant to a method authorized by the Committee, the amount
                    rolled over or transferred shall be deposited in the Trust
                    Fund and shall be credited to a Rollover Account. The value
                    of such Account shall be one hundred percent (100%) vested
                    in the Employee and shall share in income allocations in
                    accordance with Section 4.3.  Upon the employee's
                    termination of employment with the Company, the total amount
                    of the Rollover Account shall be distributed in accordance
                    with Article 5.

               (d)  Upon such a rollover or transfer by an Employee who is
                    otherwise eligible to participate in the Plan but who has
                    not yet completed the participation requirements of Section
                    2.1, his Rollover Account shall represent his sole interest
                    in the Plan until he becomes a Participant.

Section 3.4    NONDISCRIMINATION TEST FOR SALARY REDIRECTION

               (a)  Periodically as determined by the Employer, the Employer
                    shall check the actual deferral percentages against the
                    tests identified below.  In the event that neither test
                    is met, the Employer shall reduce the Salary Redirection
                    percentages of Highly Compensated Employees that are
                    above the maximum deferral percentage allowed under the
                    tests; provided that the initial reductions shall be in
                    unmatched Salary Redirection, and only if such
                    redirections are not sufficient shall matched Salary
                    Redirection be reduced.  Beginning with the highest

                                       19
<PAGE>

                    such percentage, each contribution percentage shall be
                    reduced to the next highest percentage, and so forth,
                    until the excess is eliminated.  If it is necessary to
                    reduce the matched Salary Redirection, the Participant
                    shall nevertheless receive from the Plan a distribution
                    equal to the Employer Matching Contribution plus any
                    income thereon that would have been allocated to him had
                    such reduction in contribution not been necessary.

               (b)  The term "eligible Employees," for purposes of this Section,
                    shall mean all employees of the Employer who are eligible to
                    make Salary Redirection contributions during the Plan Year
                    for which the tests are being made.

               (c)  The term "actual deferral percentage," means the average of
                    the following percentages (calculated separately for each
                    eligible Employee):  Salary Redirection contributions on
                    behalf of each eligible Employee divided by the
                    compensation of the eligible Employee.  Matching
                    Contributions will be included in the numerator to the
                    extent that those contributions are not included for
                    purposes of calculating the actual contribution
                    percentage under Section 3.5.  In calculating the actual
                    deferral percentage of a Highly Compensated Employee who
                    participates in more than one cash or deferred
                    arrangement of the Company, all cash or deferred
                    arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year
                    shall be treated as a single arrangement.

               (d)  The term "compensation" for purposes of this Section shall
                    include amounts paid by the Company to the Employee
                    during the period he is eligible to make Salary
                    Redirection contributions and which amounts are currently
                    includable in the Employee's gross income.  For all Plan
                    Years, the Company shall have the right to increase the
                    Employee's compensation, for purposes of this Section, by
                    the amount of an Employee's salary redirection election
                    under Code Section 125 (flexible benefit plans), Section
                    402(g) (salary redirection) and Section 402(h)(1)(B)
                    (simplified employee plans), or to use such alternative
                    definition of compensation as may be provided under Code
                    Section 414(s). Alternate definitions of compensation
                    under Code Section 414(s) include (i) compensation within
                    the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3) including or
                    excluding reimbursements or other expense allowances,
                    fringe benefits (cash or non-cash), moving expenses,
                    deferred compensation and welfare benefits, and (ii) any
                    other definition of compensation that is reasonable, does
                    not by design favor Highly Compensated Employees and
                    satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of Code
                    Section 414(s) and the regulations thereunder.  Effective
                    for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 1989,
                    and ending prior to January 1, 1994, compensation for
                    purposes of this Section shall be limited to two hundred
                    thousand dollars ($200,000) or

                                       20
<PAGE>

                    such larger amount as determined pursuant to Code Section
                    401(a)(17).  Effective for Plan Years beginning on and
                    after January 1, 1994, compensation for purposes of this
                    Section shall be limited to one hundred fifty thousand
                    dollars ($150,000) or such other amount as authorized
                    pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17).

               (e)  Only one (1) of the following two (2) tests need be
                    satisfied not to have a reduction in Salary Redirection.

                    Test I - The actual deferral percentage for the group of
                         Highly Compensated Employees is not more than the
                         actual deferral percentage of all other eligible
                         Employees multiplied by one and twenty-five
                         hundredths (1.25).

                    Test II - The excess of the actual deferral percentage for
                         the group of Highly Compensated Employees over the
                         actual deferral percentage for all other eligible
                         Employees is not more than two (2) percentage points,
                         and the actual deferral percentage for the group of
                         Highly Compensated Employees is not more than the
                         actual deferral percentage for all other eligible
                         Employees multiplied by two (2.0).  Effective for Plan
                         Years beginning after December 31, 1988, if Test II in
                         Subsection 3.5 (e) is used in testing other
                         contributions pursuant to that Section, Test II under
                         this Section shall be limited as provided for in Code
                         Section 401(m)(9) and the regulations issued by the
                         Secretary of the Treasury or notices issued by the
                         Internal Revenue Service.  If a multiple use of Test II
                         occurs, such multiple use shall be corrected by
                         reducing either the actual deferral percentage or
                         actual contribution percentage of the Highly
                         Compensated Employees in an amount calculated in the
                         manner provided in Subsection (a) of this Section or
                         Subsection 3.5(a).

               (f)  If neither Test I nor Test II is satisfied for any Plan
                    Year, the Plan shall nevertheless be deemed to comply
                    with the requirements of Section 401(k)(3)(A)(ii) of
                    the Code for such Plan Year if, before the last day of
                    the following Plan Year, the amount of any excess
                    contribution (adjusted for income or loss for the Plan
                    Year computed using any reasonable method that
                    satisfies Code Section 401(a)(4) provided it is used
                    consistently for all Participants and for all
                    corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan
                    Year and provided it is used by the Plan for allocating
                    income or loss to Participants' Individual Accounts) is
                    distributed to the Participant. Unless a Participant
                    elects otherwise in the manner prescribed by the
                    Committee, a Participant receiving a distribution
                    pursuant to this Subsection 3.4(f) shall be deemed to
                    have made a Salary Redirection agreement of
                    Compensation (earned in the taxable year in which such
                    distribution is received) of up to the amount

                                       21
<PAGE>

                    of such distribution, subject to the limits of Code
                    Section 401(k), 402(g) and 415 for the Plan Year such
                    Salary Redirections are made.  In the event any excess
                    contributions will be distributed to the Participant,
                    the Administrator may pay these amounts to a Paying
                    Agent.  Prior to January 1, 1997, in the case of family
                    aggregation pursuant to Subsection 1.28(c), excess
                    contributions under this Section shall be allocated to
                    Participants who are subject to the family aggregation
                    rules of Code Section 414(q)(6) in the manner
                    prescribed by the regulations.

               (g)  This Section shall be governed by the rules of Code Section
                    401(k), 401(a)(4) and any rules or regulations issued
                    pursuant thereto, including the aggregation rules of Code
                    Section 401(k)(3) and the regulations thereunder.

Section 3.5    NONDISCRIMINATION TEST FOR OTHER CONTRIBUTIONS

               (a)  Periodically as determined by the Employer, the Employer
                    shall check the actual contribution percentages against
                    the tests identified below.  In the event that neither
                    test is met, the Employer shall reduce the Matching
                    Contribution percentages of Highly Compensated
                    Employees that are above the maximum contribution
                    percentage allowed under the tests.  Beginning with the
                    highest such percentage, each contribution percentage
                    shall be reduced to the next highest percentage, and so
                    forth, until the excess is eliminated.  If it is
                    necessary to reduce the Employer Matching Contribution
                    the Participant shall nevertheless receive from the
                    Plan a distribution equal to the Employer Matching
                    Contribution plus any income thereon that would have
                    been allocated to him had such reduction in
                    contribution not been necessary.

               (b)  The term "eligible Employees," for purposes of this Section,
                    shall mean all employees of the Employer who are
                    eligible to: make Salary Redirection contributions, if
                    the Employer elects to take Salary Redirection into
                    account, and receive Matching Contributions during the
                    Plan Year for which the tests are being made.

               (c)  The term "actual contribution percentage," means the average
                    of the following percentages (calculated separately for
                    each eligible Employee):  Matching Contributions (and
                    Salary Redirection to the extent elected by the
                    Employer and permitted by Regulations under Code
                    Section 401(m)) on behalf of each eligible Employee
                    divided by compensation of the eligible Employee.  In
                    calculating the actual contribution percentage of a
                    Highly Compensated Employee who participates in more
                    than one arrangement of the Company subject to Code
                    Section 401(m), all arrangements subject to Code
                    Section 401(m) ending with or within the same calendar
                    year shall be treated as a single arrangement.

                                       22
<PAGE>

               (d)  The term "compensation" for purposes of this Section shall
                    include amounts paid by the Company to the Employee
                    during the period he is eligible to make Salary
                    Redirection contributions and which amounts are
                    currently includable in the Employee's gross income.
                    For all Plan Years, the Company shall have the right to
                    increase the Employee's compensation, for purposes of
                    this Section, by the amount of an Employee's salary
                    redirection elections under Code Section 125 (flexible
                    benefit plans), Section 402(g) (salary redirection) and
                    Section 402(h)(1)(B) (simplified employee plans), or to
                    use such alternative definition of compensation as may
                    be provided under Code Section 414(s).  Alternate
                    definitions of compensation under Code Section 414(s)
                    include (i) compensation within the meaning of Code
                    Section 415(c)(3) including or excluding reimbursements
                    or other expense allowance, fringe benefits (cash or
                    non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation and
                    welfare benefits, and (ii) any other definition of
                    compensation that is reasonable, does not by design
                    favor Highly Compensated Employees and satisfies the
                    nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 414(s)
                    and the regulations thereunder.  Effective for Plan
                    Years beginning on and after January 1, 1989, and
                    ending prior to January 1, 1994, compensation for
                    purposes of this Section shall be limited to two
                    hundred thousand dollars ($200,000 or such larger
                    amount as determined pursuant to Code Section
                    401(a)(17). Effective for Plan Years beginning on and
                    after January 1, 1994, compensation for purposes of
                    this Section shall be limited to one hundred fifty
                    thousand dollars ($150,000) or such other amount as
                    authorized pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17).

               (e)  Only one (1) of the following two (2) tests need be
                    satisfied not to have a reduction in contributions tested
                    pursuant to this Section.

                    Test I - The actual contribution percentage for the group of
                         Highly Compensated Employees is not more than the
                         actual contribution percentage of all other eligible
                         Employees multiplied by one and twenty-five hundredths
                         (1.25).

                    Test II - The excess of the actual contribution percentage
                         for the group of Highly Compensated Employees over the
                         actual contribution percentage for all other eligible
                         Employees is not more than two (2) percentage points,
                         and the actual contribution percentage for the group of
                         Highly Compensated Employees is not more than the
                         actual contribution percentage for all other eligible
                         Employees multiplied by two (2.0).  Effective for Plan
                         Years beginning after December 31, 1988, if Test II in
                         Subsection 3.4 (e) is used in testing salary
                         redirection pursuant to that Section,

                                       23
<PAGE>

                         Test II under this Section shall be limited as provided
                         in Code Section 401(m)(9) and the regulations issued by
                         the Secretary of the Treasury or notices issued by the
                         Internal Revenue Service.  If a multiple use of Test II
                         occurs, such multiple use shall be corrected by
                         reducing either the actual deferral percentage or
                         actual contribution percentage of the Highly
                         Compensated Employees in an amount calculated in the
                         manner provided in Subsection (a) of this Section or
                         Subsection 3.4(a).

               (f)  If neither Test I nor Test II is satisfied for any Plan
                    Year, the Plan shall nevertheless be deemed to comply
                    with the requirements of Section 401(m) of the Code for
                    such Plan Year if, before the last day of the following
                    Plan Year, the amount of any excess contribution
                    (adjusted for income or loss for the Plan Year computed
                    using any reasonable method that satisfies Code Section
                    401(a)(4) provided it is used consistently for all
                    Participants and for all corrective distributions under
                    the Plan for the Plan Year and provided it is used by
                    the Plan for allocating income or loss to Participants'
                    Individual Accounts) is distributed to the Participant,
                    or if forfeitable, is forfeited.  In the case of family
                    aggregation pursuant to Section 1.28(c), excess
                    contributions under this Section shall be allocated to
                    Participants who are subject to the family aggregation
                    rules of Code Section 414(q)(6) in the manner
                    prescribed by regulations. For purposes of this
                    Section, the term "excess contributions" means, with
                    respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:

                    (1)  The aggregate amount of Matching Contributions actually
                         paid to the Trust Fund on behalf of Highly Compensated
                         Employees for the Plan Year, over

                    (2)  The maximum amount of such contributions permitted
                         under Subsection (e) of this Section.

                    In the event that the tests in Subsection (e) of this
                    Section are performed on a restructured basis pursuant to
                    the regulations under Code Section 401(a)(4), excess
                    contributions pursuant to this Subsection may be determined
                    on a restructured basis.

               (g)  This Section shall be governed by Code Section 401(m),
                    401(a)(4) and any rules or regulations issued pursuant
                    thereto, including the aggregation rules of Code Section
                    401(m)(2)(B) and the regulations thereunder.

                                       24
<PAGE>

Section 3.6    MAXIMUM INDIVIDUAL DEFERRAL

                    A Participant shall not be permitted to have his
                    Employer redirect an amount in excess of seven thousand
                    dollars ($7,000) in any calendar year pursuant to the
                    provisions of Section 3.1 and Section 8.3, including
                    contributions to any other plan of the Company, which
                    are made pursuant to Code Section 402(g)(1).  The seven
                    thousand dollar ($7,000) limitation shall be adjusted
                    in accordance with cost-of-living adjustments made by
                    the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Code Section
                    402(g)(5).  If any amount is redirected pursuant to
                    Section 3.1 and Section 8.3 in excess of seven thousand
                    dollars ($7,000), as adjusted, or if a Participant
                    notifies the Committee, in writing, by March 1
                    following the close of the taxable year, of its portion
                    of the amount contributed in excess of seven thousand
                    dollars ($7,000), as adjusted, to all plans pursuant to
                    Code Section 402(g)(1), such amount shall be deemed an
                    "excess deferral" and the 401(k) Savings Committee
                    shall direct the Trustee to distribute to the
                    Participant (not later than April 15 following the
                    calendar year in which the excess deferral was made)
                    the amount of the excess deferral (adjusted for income
                    or loss for the Plan Year computed using any reasonable
                    method that satisfies Code Section 401(a)(4) provided
                    it is used consistently for all Participants and for
                    all corrective distributions under the Plan for the
                    Plan Year and provided it is used by the Plan for
                    allocating income or loss to Participants' Accounts and
                    reduced by any deferrals distributed pursuant to
                    Section 3.4).

Section 3.7    MISTAKE OF FACT

                    If due to a mistake of fact, Employer Contributions to
                    the Trust Fund for any Plan Year exceed the amount
                    intended to be contributed, notwithstanding any
                    provision to the contrary, the Employer, as soon as
                    such mistake of fact is discovered, shall notify the
                    Trustee.  The Employer shall direct that the Trustee
                    return such excess to the Employer, provided such
                    return is made within one (1) year of the date on which
                    the Employer made the contribution.

                                       25
<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE 4

                          ALLOCATIONS TO INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS


Section 4.1    INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS

                    The Committee shall establish and maintain an
                    Individual Account in the name of each Participant to
                    which the Committee shall credit all amounts allocated
                    to each such Participant pursuant to Article 3 and the
                    following Sections of this Article.  Effective January
                    1, 1998 the Committee shall also credit all amounts
                    allocated to each such Participant pursuant to Article
                    7, Article 8, Article 9, and Article 10, and effective
                    August 1, 1998 Article 17.

Section 4.2    INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS

                    The Individual Account shall be invested by the Trustee in
                    accordance with the following:

               (a)  There shall be established the following Investment Funds
                    within the Trust Fund:

                    (1)  Fidelity Retirement Government Money Market Portfolio,

                    (2)  Fidelity Ginnie Mae Portfolio, frozen effective
                         October 1, 1996,

                    (3)  Fidelity Puritan Fund,

                    (4)  Fidelity Spartan U. S. Equity Index Portfolio,

                    (5)  Fidelity Magellan Fund.

                    (6)  Fidelity Contrafund, effective October 1, 1996,

                    (7)  Fidelity Equity-Income II Fund, effective October 1,
                         1996,

                    (8)  Warburg Pincus Emerging Growth, effective October 1,
                         1996,

                    (9)  Templeton Foreign, effective October 1, 1996,

                    (10) Fidelity Intermediate Bond Fund, effective October 1,
                         1996,

                    (11) LG&E Energy Corp. Common Stock Fund, effective
                         January 1, 1998.

                                       26
<PAGE>

                    (12) Janus Worldwide Fund, effective August 1, 1998.

               (b)  The Participant may direct the investments of current
                    contributions to his Individual Account and the cumulative
                    balance of his Individual Account in increments of ten
                    percent (10%), one percent (1%) effective October 1, 1996,
                    by giving the Investment Manager such notice as it shall
                    require to be effective as soon as reasonably possible.

               (c)  A Participant may transfer the cumulative balance of his
                    Individual Account, excluding the portion attributable to
                    his Prior ESOP Account. There shall be no limit on the
                    number of times a Participant can change the direction as
                    to the investment of current contributions to his
                    Individual Account.

               (d)  A Participant who does not make any election under this
                    Section shall have the Individual Account and current
                    contributions made on his behalf invested in the Retirement
                    Government Money Market Portfolio.

Section 4.3    VALUATION OF ACCOUNTS

               (a)  INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT.  As of each Valuation Date, the
                    Committee shall determine the fair market value of the
                    Individual Account of each Participant as follows:

                    (1)  The value of the Individual Account of each Participant
                         as of the last Valuation Date;

                    (2)  MINUS the amount of any withdrawals and distributions
                         made from the Participant's Individual Account since
                         the last Valuation Date;

                    (3)  PLUS any contributions to the separate account in the
                         Participant's Individual Account established for
                         contributions pursuant to the following Sections since
                         the last Valuation Date: 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5;

                    (4)  PLUS any investment earnings allocated to such
                         Individual Account since the last Valuation Date;

                    (5)  MINUS any investment losses allocated to such
                         Individual Account since the last Valuation Date.

               (b)  INVESTMENT EARNINGS OR LOSSES.  The investment earnings (or
                    losses, if such computation is negative) from each
                    Investment Fund shall mean the net gain or loss of each
                    Investment Fund from investments, as reflected by
                    interest payments, dividends, realized and unrealized
                    gains

                                       27
<PAGE>

                    and losses on securities, other investment transactions
                    and expenses paid from the fund.  In determining the
                    investment earnings or losses of the Investment Fund as
                    of any date, assets shall be valued on the basis of
                    their fair market value as of said date.

               (c)  ALLOCATION OF INVESTMENT EARNINGS OR LOSSES.  The investment
                    earnings and losses from each Investment Fund shall be
                    allocated to the Individual Account of each Participant
                    invested in the respective investment fund in such
                    reasonable and consistently applied manner as the
                    Investment Manager shall determine, provided that the
                    allocation is based on the relative market values of
                    the Participant's Individual Account.

Section 4.4    TRUSTEE AND COMMITTEE JUDGMENT CONTROLS

                    In determining the fair market value of the Trust Fund
                    and of Individual Accounts, the Trustee and the
                    Committee shall exercise their best judgment, and all
                    such determinations of value (in the absence of bad
                    faith) shall be binding upon all Participants and their
                    beneficiaries.  All allocations shall be deemed to have
                    been made as of the Valuation Date, regardless of when
                    actual allocations were undertaken.

Section 4.5    MAXIMUM ADDITIONS

                    Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the
                    total Annual Additions of a Participant for any
                    Limitation Year when combined with any similar annual
                    additions credited to the Participant for the same
                    period from another qualified Defined Contribution Plan
                    maintained by the Company, shall not exceed the lesser
                    of the amounts determined pursuant to Subsection (a) or
                    (b) of this Section.

               (a)  Thirty thousand dollars ($30,000) or, if greater,
                    twenty-five percent (25%) of the dollar limitation in
                    effect under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A); or

               (b)  Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant's compensation
                    received from the Company for such Limitation Year, as
                    determined pursuant to Section 415 of the Code.

               (c)  In the event a Participant is covered by one or more Defined
                    Contribution Plans maintained by the Company, the maximum
                    annual additions as noted above shall be decreased in any
                    other Defined Contribution Plan as determined necessary by
                    the Company, prior to a reduction of this Plan, to ensure
                    that all such plans will remain qualified under the Code.

                                       28
<PAGE>

Section 4.6    CORRECTIVE ADJUSTMENTS

                    In the event that corrective adjustments in the Annual
                    Addition to any Participant's Individual Account are
                    required as the result of allocating forfeitures, a
                    reasonable error in estimating a Participant's compensation,
                    a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective
                    deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3))
                    that may be made with respect to an individual under the
                    limits of Code Section 415, or such other facts and
                    circumstances as may be provided for by rules or regulations
                    issued pursuant to Code Section 415, the corrective
                    adjustments shall be made pursuant to and in the order of
                    the Subsections in this Section 4.6. Effective January 1,
                    1996, unless a Participant elects otherwise in the manner
                    prescribed by the Committee, a Participant receiving a
                    distribution under this Section 4.6 shall be deemed to have
                    made a Salary Redirection agreement of Compensation (earned
                    in the taxable year in which such distribution is received)
                    equal to the amount of such distribution, subject to the
                    limits of Code Section 401(k), 402(g) and 415 for the Plan
                    Year such Salary Redirections are made.  In the event any
                    excess Annual Additions will be distributed to the
                    Participant, the Committee may pay these amounts to the
                    Paying Agent.

                    (a)  The portion of the Participant's unmatched Salary
                         Redirection shall be reduced to insure compliance with
                         Section 4.5.  Any affected Salary Redirection will be
                         distributed to the Participant.

                    (b)  The portion of the Participant's matched Salary
                         Redirection and his Matching Contributions shall be
                         proportionally reduced to insure compliance with
                         Section 4.5.  Any affected Salary Redirection will be
                         distributed to the Participant. Any affected Matching
                         Contributions shall be used to reduce future Matching
                         Contributions.

Section 4.7    DEFINED CONTRIBUTION AND DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN FRACTION

                    If a Participant is a participant in a Defined Benefit Plan
                    maintained by the Company, the sum of his defined benefit
                    plan fraction and his defined contribution plan fraction for
                    any Limitation Year may not exceed one (1.0).

               (a)  For purposes of this Section, the term "defined contribution
                    plan fraction" shall mean a fraction the numerator of
                    which is the sum of all of the Annual Additions of the
                    Participant under this Plan and any other Defined
                    Contribution Plan maintained by the Company as of the
                    close of the Limitation Year and the denominator of
                    which is the sum of the lesser of the following amounts
                    determined for such Limitation Year and for each prior
                    Limitation Year of employment with the Company:

                                       29
<PAGE>

                    (1)  The product of one and twenty-five hundredths (1.25)
                         multiplied by the dollar limitation in effect under
                         Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code; or

                    (2)  The product of one and forty hundredths (1.4)
                         multiplied by the amount which may be taken into
                         account under Code Section 415(c)(1)(B) with respect
                         to each individual under the Plan for such Limitation
                         Year.

               (b)  For purposes of this Section, the term, "defined benefit
                    plan fraction" shall mean a fraction the numerator of which
                    is the Participant's projected annual benefit (as defined in
                    the Defined Benefit Plan) determined as of the close of the
                    Limitation Year and the denominator of which is the lesser
                    of:

                    (1)  The product of one and twenty-five hundredths (1.25)
                         multiplied by the dollar limitation in effect pursuant
                         to Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for such Limitation
                         Year; or

                    (2)  The product of one and forty hundredths (1.4)
                         multiplied by the amount which may be taken into
                         account pursuant to Section 415(b)(1)(B) of the Code
                         with respect to each individual under the Plan for such
                         Limitation Year.

               (c)  The limitation on aggregate benefits from a Defined Benefit
                    Plan and a Defined Contribution Plan which is contained in
                    Section 2004 of ERISA, as amended, shall be complied with by
                    a reduction (if necessary) in the Participant's benefits
                    under the Defined Benefit Plan.

                                       30
<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE 5

                                    DISTRIBUTIONS


Section 5.1    NORMAL RETIREMENT

                    When a Participant lives to his Normal Retirement Date
                    and retires, he shall become entitled to the full value
                    of his Individual Account as of the Valuation Date on
                    which the distribution is made.

Section 5.2    EARLY RETIREMENT

                    When a Participant lives to his Early Retirement Date
                    and retires, he shall become entitled to the full value
                    of his Individual Account as of the Valuation Date on
                    which the distribution is made.

Section 5.3    LATE RETIREMENT

                    A Participant may continue his employment past his
                    Normal Retirement Date on a year to year basis.  He
                    shall continue to be an active Participant under the
                    Plan.  Upon his actual retirement, he shall become
                    entitled to the full value of his Individual Account of
                    the Valuation Date on which the distribution is made.

Section 5.4    DEATH

                    If a Participant dies while an active Participant under
                    the Plan, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to the full
                    value of his Individual Account as of the Valuation
                    Date on which the distribution is made.

Section 5.5    DISABILITY

                    When it is determined that a Participant is Totally and
                    Permanently Disabled, the Committee shall certify such
                    fact to the Trustee and such Disabled Participant shall
                    be entitled to receive the full value of his Individual
                    Account as of the Valuation Date on which the
                    distribution is made.

Section 5.6    TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

                    Upon termination of employment with the Company for any
                    reason (other than Normal Retirement, Late Retirement,
                    total and permanent Disability, or Death), a
                    Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the
                    full value of his Individual Account as of the
                    Valuation Date on which the distribution is made.

                                       31
<PAGE>

Section 5.7    COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS

               (a)  Any benefits payable under this Article shall be paid as
                    soon as reasonably possible following the date of
                    severance from the Company, subject to the
                    Participant's consent.  Unless the Participant elects
                    otherwise, payment shall begin no later than sixty (60)
                    days after the last day of the Plan Year in which
                    occurs the latest of (i) the Participant's reaching
                    Normal Retirement Age; (ii) the tenth (10th)
                    anniversary of the date the Employee became a
                    Participant; or (iii) termination of the Participant's
                    employment.  The Participant may defer distribution to
                    a subsequent date unless his benefit may be cashed out
                    without his consent pursuant to Subsection 5.9, or
                    unless he is subject to Section 5.8 as a result of
                    attaining age seventy and one-half (70-1/2).

               (b)  If the Participant does not consent to a distribution as
                    provided above, such distribution shall be made based
                    on the value of the Individual Account as of the
                    Valuation Date coincident with or immediately preceding
                    the receipt of notice by the Committee of the election
                    to receive a distribution.  Such distribution shall be
                    made as soon as reasonably possible following such
                    Valuation Date.

Section 5.8    MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS

               (a)  The Individual Account of all Participants must be
                    distributed or commence to be distributed no later than
                    April 1 following the calendar year in which such
                    individual attains age seventy and one-half (70-1/2)
                    unless such individual has effectively executed a
                    waiver prior to January 1, 1984, in accordance with the
                    Code and notices and regulations issued thereunder.
                    However, if the Participant was not a five percent (5%)
                    owner in any Plan Year after attaining age sixty-five
                    and one-half (65-1/2) and had attained age seventy and
                    one-half (70-1/2) prior to January 1, 1988,
                    distributions to said Participant must commence no
                    later than the April 1 following the calendar year in
                    which the later of termination of employment or age
                    seventy and one-half (70-1/2) occurs, or the
                    Participant becomes a five percent (5%) owner.
                    Effective June 1, 1998 for a Participant who attains
                    age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) while actively at
                    work, distributions to said Participant must commence
                    no later than the April 1 following the calendar year
                    in which the later of termination of employment, or the
                    Participant becomes a five percent (5%) owner.

               (b)  All distributions required under this Article shall be
                    determined and made in accordance with the Proposed
                    Regulations under Section 401(a)(9), including the
                    minimum distribution incidental benefit

                                       32
<PAGE>

                    requirement of Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the proposed
                    regulations.

Section 5.9    METHODS OF PAYMENT

               (a)  A Participant or Beneficiary shall elect a distribution of
                    the Individual Account as provided hereinafter.  No
                    other manner of distribution shall be provided.  The
                    request by the Participant or the Beneficiary shall be
                    in writing and shall be filed with the Committee at
                    least thirty (30) days before distribution is to be
                    made.  Effective June 1, 1998, the request by the
                    Participant or the Beneficiary shall be in a manner and
                    time prescribed by the Committee.  The Committee may
                    not require a distribution without the consent of the
                    Participant prior to his reaching the later of Normal
                    Retirement Age or, if the Participant is deceased,
                    without the consent of his spouse, if living, or of his
                    Beneficiary, unless the vested value of the Individual
                    Account is not more than three thousand five hundred
                    dollars ($3,500) or effective June 1, 1998 five
                    thousand dollars ($5,000).  If the vested value of the
                    Participant's Individual Account is less than three
                    thousand five hundred dollars ($3,500) ) or effective
                    June 1, 1998 five thousand dollars ($5,000), the
                    benefits payable will be paid as soon as reasonably
                    possible following the actual date of severance,
                    notwithstanding lack of consent. If the vested value of
                    the Participant's Individual Account has been more than
                    three thousand five hundred dollars ($3,500) at the
                    time of any distribution, the value the Participant's
                    Individual Account will be deemed to be more than three
                    thousand five hundred dollars ($3,500) at the time of
                    any subsequent distribution for purposes of the consent
                    requirements of this paragraph.  Notwithstanding the
                    above, no lump sum distribution may be made after
                    periodic payments have commenced unless the Participant
                    or the Participant's surviving spouse consents in
                    writing to the distribution.  The alternative forms of
                    distribution are as follows:

                    (1)  A lump sum distribution in cash or in kind; or

                    (2)  Periodic installment payments (either monthly or
                         annually) for a period not to exceed ten (10) years
                         as selected by the Participant or Beneficiary; or

                    (3)  Any combination of the above.

               (b)  If the Participant dies after the periodic installment
                    payments commence but before the Individual Account is
                    fully distributed, the balance remaining in the
                    Individual Account shall be paid out over the periods
                    remaining pursuant to the Participant's election under
                    item (2) or (3) of Subsection (a) of this Section, or,
                    if the Beneficiary elects, such other period as is
                    allowed under this Section.

                                        33
<PAGE>

               (c)  Any payment provided for in this Section may not extend
                    beyond the life expectancy of the Participant or the
                    joint and last survivor expectancy of the Participant
                    and designated Beneficiary.

               (d)  If the Participant dies before distribution occurs or
                    commences, the Participant's entire interest will be
                    distributed no later than five (5) years after the
                    Participant's death, except to the extent that an
                    election is made to receive distributions in accordance
                    with (1) or (2) below:

                    (1)  If any portion of the Participant's interest is payable
                         to a designated Beneficiary, distributions may be made
                         in substantially equal installments over the life or
                         life expectancy of the designated Beneficiary
                         commencing no later than one (1) year after the
                         Participant's death.

                    (2)  If the designated Beneficiary is the Participant's
                         surviving spouse, the date distributions are required
                         to be made or commence shall not be earlier than the
                         date on which the Participant would have attained age
                         sixty-five (65).  If the spouse dies before payments
                         begin, any subsequent distribution shall be made as if
                         the spouse had been the Participant.

               (e)  Notwithstanding any settlement option contained in this
                    Plan, the benefits payable to the Beneficiary of any
                    Participant must be incidental to the primary purpose
                    of distributing accumulated funds to the Participant,
                    and if the Participant's designated Beneficiary or
                    survivor is other than his spouse, the settlement
                    option shall not violate Code Section 401(a)(9).

               (f)  This Plan specifically permits a distribution to an
                    alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations
                    order at any time, irrespective of whether the
                    Participant has attained his earliest retirement age
                    under the Plan.  Nothing in this Section 5.9 gives a
                    Participant a right to receive a distribution at a time
                    otherwise not permitted under the Plan nor does it
                    permit the alternate payee to receive a form of payment
                    not permitted under the Plan.

Section 5.10   BENEFITS TO MINORS AND INCOMPETENTS

               (a)  In case any person entitled to receive payment under the
                    Plan shall be a minor, the Committee, in its
                    discretion, may dispose of such amount in any one or
                    more of the ways specified in items (1) through (3) of
                    this Subsection.

                    (1)  By payment thereof directly to such minor;

                                       34
<PAGE>

                    (2)  By application thereof for benefit of such minor;

                    (3)  By payment thereof to either parent of such minor or to
                         any adult person with whom such minor may at the time
                         be living or to any person who shall be legally
                         qualified and shall be acting as guardian of the person
                         or the property of such minor; provided only that the
                         parent or adult person to whom any amount shall be paid
                         shall have advised the Committee in writing that he
                         will hold or use such amount for the benefit of such
                         minor.

               (b)  In the event that it shall be found that a person entitled
                    to receive payment under the Plan is physically or
                    mentally incapable of personally receiving and giving a
                    valid receipt for any payment due (unless prior claim
                    therefor shall have been made by a duly qualified
                    committee or other legal representative), such payment
                    may be made to the spouse, son, daughter, parent,
                    brother, sister or other person deemed by the Committee
                    to have incurred expense for such person otherwise
                    entitled to payment.

Section 5.11   UNCLAIMED BENEFITS

                    If, after diligent effort, a Participant, spouse or
                    Beneficiary who is entitled to a distribution cannot be
                    located within a reasonable period of time after the
                    date such distribution was to commence, the
                    distributable Individual Account balance shall be
                    deposited in such separate account as the Trustee shall
                    determine.  The separate account shall be registered in
                    the name of the person entitled to the distribution.
                    The balance in such separate account shall be forfeited
                    on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Participant's
                    termination of employment, or such later date as the
                    Committee may determine, and shall be used to reduce
                    future Employer Contributions.  If the Participant,
                    spouse or Beneficiary subsequently presents a valid
                    claim for the benefit to the Committee, the Committee
                    shall cause the benefit, equal to the amount which was
                    forfeited under this Section, to be restored, first
                    from forfeitures and then from Employer Contributions.

Section 5.12   PARTICIPANT DIRECTED ROLLOVERS

               (a)  Any Participant, spouse or alternate payee under a qualified
                    domestic relations order entitled to receive an
                    eligible rollover distribution on or after January 1,
                    1993, may elect, pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(31)
                    and the rules and regulations issued pursuant thereto,
                    to have such distribution paid directly to an eligible
                    retirement plan.  The election shall be made in such
                    form and in such manner as the Employer may require,
                    consistent with the rules and regulations issued
                    pursuant to

                                       35

<PAGE>

                    Code Section 401(a)(31).

               (b)  For purposes of Subsection (a) of this Section, an eligible
                    rollover distributions is a distribution of all or any
                    portion of the balance to the credit of the
                    distributee, excluding any distribution which is (i)
                    one of a series of substantially equal periodic
                    payments (not less frequently than annually) made for
                    the life (or life expectancy) or the joint lives (or
                    joint life expectancies) of the recipient and the
                    recipient's designated beneficiary; (ii) for a
                    specified period of ten (10) years or more; or (iii) is
                    required to be made under Code Section 401(a)(9).  An
                    eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement
                    account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual
                    retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b)
                    (other than an endowment contract), a trust described
                    in Code Section 401(a) that is exempt from tax under
                    Code Section 501(a), or an annuity plan described in
                    Code Section 403(a).

               (c)  A distributee includes an Employee or Former Employee.  In
                    addition, the Employee's or Former Employee's surviving
                    spouse and the Employee's or Former Employee's spouse
                    or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a
                    qualified domestic relations order, as defined in
                    Section 414(p) of the Code, are distributees with
                    regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

               (d)  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary
                    that would otherwise limit a distributee's election
                    under this Article, a distributee may elect, at the
                    time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan
                    administrator, to have any portion of an eligible
                    rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible
                    retirement plan specified by the distributee in a
                    direct rollover.

               (e)  A direct rollover is a payment by the plan to the eligible
                    retirement plan specified by the distributee.

                                       36
<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE 6

                                WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS



Section 6.1    HARDSHIP WITHDRAWAL

               (a)  Except as otherwise provided in this Section,  in such time
                    and manner as the Committee may specify, the Committee
                    in its sole discretion may permit the Participant to
                    withdraw a portion or all of the balance of his Salary
                    Redirection Account; provided that earnings allocated
                    to such Account after December 31, 1988, may not be
                    withdrawn.  Such withdrawal shall be based on the value
                    of the Account on the Valuation Date as of which the
                    withdrawal is paid; provided, however, the Committee
                    may defer the withdrawal if it is in the best interest
                    of the Participant requesting the withdrawal or the
                    other Participants.

               (b)  The reason for a withdrawal pursuant to this Section must be
                    to enable the Participant to meet unusual or special
                    situations in his financial affairs resulting in
                    immediate and heavy financial needs of the Participant.
                     Such situations shall be limited to:

                    (1)  Medical expenses (described in Code Section 213(d))
                         previously incurred by the Participant, the
                         Participant's spouse or any dependents of the
                         Participant (as defined in Code Section 152) or
                         necessary for these persons to obtain medical care
                         described in Code Section 213(d);

                    (2)  Purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal
                         residence for the Participant;

                    (3)  Payment of tuition and related educational fees for the
                         next twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for
                         the Participant, his or her spouse, children, or
                         dependents (as defined in Code Section 152);

                    (4)  The need to prevent the eviction of the Participant
                         from his principal residence or foreclosure on the
                         mortgage of the Participant's principal residence; or

                    (5)  Any additional items which may be added to the list of
                         deemed immediate and heavy financial needs by the
                         Commissioner of Internal Revenue through the
                         publication of revenue rulings, notices, and other
                         documents of general applicability.

                                       37
<PAGE>

                    Any withdrawal hereunder may not exceed the amount
                    required to meet the immediate financial need created,
                    and provided further that such amount must not be
                    reasonably available from other resources of the
                    Participant.  The amount of an immediate and heavy
                    financial need shall include any federal, state, or
                    local taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to
                    result from the distribution.

               (c)  The minimum amount of withdrawal a Participant may make
                    pursuant to this Section shall be one thousand dollars
                    ($1,000).

               (d)  The Committee may shorten the notice period if it finds it
                    is administratively feasible.  In granting or refusing any
                    request for withdrawal or in shortening the notice period,
                    the Committee shall apply uniform standards consistently and
                    such discretionary power shall not be applied so as to
                    discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.

               (e)  The withdrawals under this Section shall in no way affect
                    said Participant's continued participation in this Plan
                    except by the reduction in account balances caused by such
                    withdrawals and except as provided in Subsection (f) of this
                    Section.

               (f)  If a Participant withdraws Salary Redirection pursuant to
                    the provisions of this Section, the following provisions of
                    this Subsection shall apply and the Committee shall deem
                    that such amount requested for withdrawal is not reasonably
                    available from other resources of the Participant.

                    (1)  A withdrawal may be made pursuant to this Section only
                         after the Participant has obtained all distributions
                         other than hardship distributions, and all non-taxable
                         loans available under this Plan and all other plans
                         maintained by the Company.

                    (2)  Elective contributions and employee contributions under
                         this Plan and all other plans maintained by the Company
                         will be suspended for twelve (12) months after receipt
                         of the withdrawal of Salary Redirection pursuant to
                         this Section.

                    (3)  The limitation provided for in Section 3.6 for the
                         taxable year of the Participant following the taxable
                         year of the withdrawal pursuant to this Section shall
                         be reduced by the amount of the Participant's Salary
                         Redirection and other elective contributions for the
                         taxable year of the Participant during which the
                         withdrawal pursuant to this Section is taken.

                                       38
<PAGE>

Section 6.2    PARTICIPANT LOANS

               (a)  Upon proper application of a Participant or Beneficiary
                    (which, for purposes of this Section, shall mean any
                    person who is a party in interest as defined in Section
                    3(14) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
                    1974 and who has a vested interest in his Individual
                    Account), made in such form as the Investment Manager
                    may specify, the Investment Manager may make a loan to
                    the Participant or Beneficiary from his Individual
                    Account.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a
                    loan shall not be made to a non-active Participant that
                    may result in discrimination under Code Section
                    401(a)(4).  The application, and the resulting loan,
                    must meet the terms and conditions specified in the
                    following of this Section and the approval or denial of
                    a loan request will be made on the basis of whether the
                    loan would meet these requirements.

               (b)  The total amount of all loans shall not exceed the lesser
                    of:

                    (1)  Fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), reduced by the
                         highest outstanding balance of loans from the Plan
                         during the one (1) year period ending on the day before
                         the loan is made; or

                    (2)  One-half (1/2) the value of the Participant's
                         Individual Account under the Plan as of the date of the
                         loan minus the outstanding balance of all other loans
                         from the Plan as of the date of the loan.

               (c)  The amount of any loan must be at least one thousand dollars
                    ($1,000).

               (d)  No more than four (4) loans may be outstanding to any
                    Participant at any one time.  No Participant may refinance a
                    loan at any time.

               (e)  The Investment Manager shall credit interest and principal
                    payments made by a Participant, including payments made
                    pursuant to Subsection (g) of this Section, against his
                    loans evidenced by promissory notes held as earmarked
                    assets of his Individual Account, to the Trust Fund.

               (f)  The maximum term of repayment for any loan shall be five (5)
                    years.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the maximum
                    term of any loan for a principal residence made under the
                    Prior LNI Plan or Prior LPI Plan made prior to January 1,
                    1998, shall be fifteen (15) years.

               (g)  The Participant shall authorize his Employer to deduct
                    approximately equal interest and principal payments from his
                    compensation payable at the end of each regular pay period
                    (no less frequently than quarterly) in an amount equal to at
                    least ten dollars ($10.00) with respect to each outstanding
                    loan.  In the event an inactive Participant or Beneficiary

                                      39
<PAGE>

                    receives a loan hereunder or in the event that a
                    Participant who received a loan ceases to be actively
                    employed by the Company, repayments shall be made to
                    the Committee pursuant to the terms of the promissory
                    note (no less frequently than quarterly).  The
                    Committee shall transfer payments under this Subsection
                    to the Investment Manager within a reasonable period of
                    time.

               (h)  A Participant may repay, at any time, any portion or all of
                    the then outstanding principal balance of any of his
                    loans, together with interest due to date on the
                    prepaid portion.  Any such prepayments shall be made to
                    the Investment Manager.  Except as otherwise provided
                    in Subsection (j) of this Section, such right of
                    prepayment shall be entirely in the discretion of the
                    Participant and shall be without premium or penalty.

               (i)  The collateral for each loan shall be the assignment of a
                    percentage, sufficient for the amount of the loan, of
                    up to fifty percent (50%) of the Participant's
                    Individual Account as of the date the loan is made,
                    supported by the Participant's promissory note for the
                    amount of such loan, including interest, payable to the
                    order of the Trustee.

               (j)  Each loan shall bear interest at a reasonable rate to be
                    fixed by the Investment Manager which shall be based on
                    interest rates currently being charged for loans by
                    commercial lending institutions in the same
                    geographical area as the situs of the Trust.  The
                    Investment Manager shall not discriminate among
                    Participants in the matter of interest rate; but loans
                    granted at different times may bear different interest
                    rates if, in the opinion of the Investment Manager,
                    different rates are required based on the rates being
                    charged by commercial lending institutions.

               (k)  The terms of the promissory note for each loan shall provide
                    that if a Participant with an outstanding loan balance
                    defaults on the loan prior to the earlier of
                    termination of employment with the Company or
                    attainment of age fifty-nine and one-half (59-1/2),
                    interest shall continue to accrue on the outstanding
                    principal balance at the stated rate, and shall be
                    added to the principal balance as it accrues.  If the
                    Participant resumes loan repayments, such repayment of
                    both principal and interest shall be based on the
                    outstanding loan balance on the date repayments resume.
                    The term of the loan, as originally stated, shall be
                    adjusted so that the period during which the
                    Participant was in default will be disregarded.  If, on
                    the earlier of termination of employment with the
                    Company or attainment of age fifty-nine and one-half
                    (59-1/2), loan repayments have not resumed, the end of
                    the term of the loan will be deemed to have been
                    reached.  In such event, either Subsection (k) of this
                    Section shall apply or, if applicable, the Participant
                    shall be deemed to have made a withdrawal equal to the
                    then outstanding principal

                                       40
<PAGE>

                    balance of the loan.  Such deemed withdrawal shall be
                    treated as a distribution to which Subsection (l) of
                    this Section applies.

               (l)  No distribution under Article 5 shall be made to any
                    Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary unless
                    and until all unpaid loans, including accrued interest,
                    have been repaid.  Such Participant, Former Participant
                    or Beneficiary shall have the option of paying the
                    unpaid loan balance and accrued interest directly or
                    having such amount deducted from the distribution.

                    The terms of each promissory note shall provide that in
                    the event of default, the Participant shall be deemed
                    to consent to a lump sum distribution at the earliest
                    date a distribution can be made under the Plan equal to
                    the unpaid loan balance and accrued interest.

               (m)  In granting or refusing any request for a loan, the
                    Investment Manager shall apply uniform standards
                    consistently and such discretionary power shall not be
                    applied to discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated
                    Employees.

                                       41
<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE 7

                           EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN


Section 7.1    PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE

                    Effective January 1, 1998, the Company hereby
                    establishes and designates the LG&E Energy Corp. Common
                    Stock Fund as an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP)to
                    enable eligible Participants to acquire stock ownership
                    interests in the Company.

Section 7.2    INVESTMENT IN COMPANY STOCK

                    The ESOP is designed to invest primarily in Company
                    Stock and all accounts under this Article shall be
                    invested in the LG&E Energy Corp. Common Stock Fund.

Section 7.3    PRIOR ESOP ACCOUNTS

               (a)  PARTICIPATION

                    An individual with a Prior ESOP Account shall
                    automatically become a Participant in the Plan at the
                    time of the transfer of their prior ESOP balance.  ,

               (b)  VESTING

                    That portion of the Participant's Individual Account
                    attributable to the Prior ESOP Account shall be
                    fully-vested and non-forfeitable under the Plan.

               (c)  WITHDRAWALS

                    Pursuant to the procedures adopted by the
                    Administrator, including but not limited to the
                    establishment of minimum amounts, a Participant may
                    elect to have distributed to him any portion  or all of
                    his Prior ESOP Account.

               (d)  TRANSFERS

                    Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 4.2(c) and
                    Section 7.2, effective January 1,1998, a Participant,
                    Former Participant, or Beneficiary after reaching age
                    fifty five (55), may transfer the balance of his Prior
                    ESOP Account from the LG&E Energy Corp. Common Stock
                    Fund to any of the Investment Funds in the Plan.

                                        42

<PAGE>

Section 7.4    GENERAL ESOP PROVISIONS

               (a)  PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

                    Effective January 1, 1998, Payments of amounts invested
                    in the LG&E Energy Corp. Common Stock Fund shall be in
                    the form of a lump sum.  Unless the Participant elects
                    otherwise, the distribution shall be made no later than
                    one (1) year after the close of the Plan Year in which
                    the Participant terminates employment due to death,
                    Total and Permanent Disability or Retirement and no
                    later than five (5) years after the close of the Plan
                    Year in which Participant terminates employment for any
                    other reason.

               (b)  CONTRIBUTIONS

                    Effective January 1, 1998, the Company shall contribute
                    to the Trustee cash equal to, or Company Stock having
                    an aggregate fair market value equal to, such amounts
                    required by Section 3.2 and Section 8.4 of the Plan to
                    the ESOP. Contributions by Participants are not
                    required, but shall be permitted in accordance with
                    Section 3.1 and Section 8.3.

Section 7.5    PUT OPTION

                    Effective January 1, 1998, if the Company Stock is or
                    becomes not readily tradable on an established market,
                    then any Participant, who is otherwise entitled to a
                    distribution for the Plan, shall have the right
                    (hereinafter referred to as "Put Option") to require
                    that the Corporation repurchase any Company Stock at
                    the price established by a valuation conducted by an
                    independent appraiser (as established in Section
                    401(a)(28) of the Code). The Put Option shall only be
                    exercisable during the sixty (60) day period
                    immediately following the date of distribution and if
                    the Put Option is not exercised within such sixty (60)
                    day period, then it can be exercised for an additional
                    period of sixty (60) days in the following Plan Year.
                    This Put Option shall be nonterminable with the meaning
                    of Regulation 54.4975-(11)(a)(ii).

                    The amount paid for the Company Stock under the Put
                    Option shall be paid in substantially equal payments
                    (not less frequently than annually) over a period
                    beginning not later than thirty (30) days after the
                    exercise of the Put Option and not exceeding five (5)
                    years.  There shall be adequate security provided and
                    reasonable interest paid on the unpaid balance due
                    under this paragraph.

                                       43
<PAGE>

Section 7.6    LOANS

               (a)  AUTHORIZATION OF LOAN

                    Effective January 1, 1998, the Board of Directors may
                    direct the Trustee to incur a loan on behalf of the Trust
                    in a manner and under conditions which will cause the
                    loan to be an "exempt loan" within the meaning of Section
                    4975(d)(2) of the Code and Regulations thereunder.  A
                    loan shall be used primarily for the benefit of Plan
                    Participants and their Beneficiaries.  The proceeds of
                    each such loan shall be used, within a reasonable time
                    after the loan is obtained, only to purchase Company
                    Stock, to repay the loan or to repay any prior loan.  Any
                    such loan shall provide for a reasonable rate of
                    interest, an ascertainable period of maturity and shall
                    be without recourse against the Plan.  Any such loan
                    shall be secured solely by shares of Company Stock
                    acquired with the proceeds of the loan and shares of such
                    stock that were used as collateral on a prior loan which
                    was repaid with the proceeds of the current loan.  Such
                    stock pledged as collateral shall be placed in a Suspense
                    Account and released pursuant to Subsection 7.06(b), as
                    the loan is repaid.  Company Stock released from the
                    Suspense Account shall be allocated in the ratio that
                    each eligible Participant's Compensation, bears to the
                    total Compensation, paid to all Participants during the
                    Plan Year. No person entitled to payment under a loan
                    made pursuant to this Section shall have recourse against
                    any Trust Fund assets other than the stock used as
                    collateral for the loan, Sponsoring Employer
                    contributions of cash that are available to meet
                    obligations under the loan and earnings attributable to
                    such collateral and the investment of such contributions.
                    Employer contributions made with respect to any Plan
                    Year during which the loan remains unpaid, and earnings
                    on such contributions, shall be deemed available to meet
                    obligations under the loan, unless otherwise provided by
                    the Employer at the time such contributions are made.

               (b)  RELEASE OF COMPANY STOCK

                    Any pledge of stock as collateral under this Section
                    shall provide for the release of shares so pledged upon
                    the payment of any portion of the loan.  Shares so
                    pledged shall be released in the proportion of the
                    principal and interest, paid on the loan for the Plan
                    Year bears to the aggregate principal and interest, paid
                    for the current Plan Year and each Plan Year thereafter,
                    as provided in Regulation 54.4975-7(b)(8).

               (c)  REPAYMENT OF THE LOAN

                    Payments of principal and interest on any loan under this
                    Section shall be made by the Trustee at the direction of
                    the Committee solely from:  (i) employer contributions
                    available to meet obligations under the loan, (ii)

                                        44

<PAGE>

                    earnings from the investment of such contributions, (iii)
                    earnings attributable to stock pledged as collateral for
                    the loan, (iv) other dividends on stock to the extent
                    permitted by law, (v) the proceeds of a subsequent loan
                    made to repay the loan, and (vi) the proceeds of the sale
                    of any stock pledged as collateral for the loan.  The
                    contributions and earnings available to pay the loan must
                    be accounted for separately by the Committee until the
                    loan is repaid.

               (d)  ALLOCATIONS TO INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT

                    Subject to the limitations in Section 4.5 on annual
                    additions to a Participant's Individual Account, assets
                    released from a Suspense Account by reason of payment
                    made on a loan shall be allocated immediately upon such
                    payment to the account of all Participants who then would
                    be entitled to an allocation of contributions if such
                    payment had been made on the last day of the Plan Year.

Section 7.7    DISPOSITION OF DIVIDENDS ON COMPANY STOCK

               (a)  DISTRIBUTION TO DIVIDEND ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANT

                    Effective January 1, 1998, the Trustee shall distribute
                    dividends paid on Company Stock to a Dividend Eligible
                    Participant, no later than ninety (90) days after the end
                    of the Plan year which said dividends are paid.

               (b)  ALLOCATION OF DIVIDEND TO INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS

                    Effective January 1, 1998, the Trustee shall allocate
                    dividends paid on Company Stock, which are not otherwise
                    distributed to Dividend Eligible Participants under
                    Subsection 7.7(a) of this Section, to the Individual
                    Account as provided for in Section 4.3 of the Plan.

Section 7.8    VOTING OF STOCK AND OTHER STOCK RIGHTS

               (a)  VOTING

                    Common Stock, including fractional shares, held by the
                    Trustee for a Participant's Individual Account and
                    invested in the LG&E Energy Corp. Common Stock Fund,
                    shall be voted by the Trustee at each annual meeting and
                    at each special meeting of the stockholders of the
                    Company at the direction of the Participant to whose
                    Individual Account such stock is credited to the extent
                    such vote would be consistent with the Trustee's duties
                    under ERISA.  The Trustee shall cause each Participant to
                    be provided with a copy of a notice of each such
                    stockholder meeting and the proxy statement of the
                    Company, together with the appropriate form for the
                    Participant to indicate his voting instructions.  If the
                    instructions are

                                          45

<PAGE>

                    not timely received by the Trustee with respect to such
                    stock, the Trustee shall vote the uninstructed stock in
                    the same proportion as the instructed stock to the extent
                    such vote would be consistent with the Trustee's duties
                    under ERISA.

               (b)  TENDER OFFER

                    Common Stock, including fractional shares, held by the
                    Trustee for a Participant's Individual Account and
                    invested in the LG&E Energy Corp. Commons Stock Fund,
                    shall be tendered by the Trustee pursuant to a tender
                    offer as directed by the Participant to whose Individual
                    Account such stock is credited to the extent such tender
                    would be consistent with the Trustee's duties under
                    ERISA.  The Trustee shall cause each Participant to be
                    provided with notice of any such tender offer as the
                    Trustee receives as a holder of record, and which the
                    Trustee reasonably believes also was received by
                    shareholders generally, as soon as practicable after the
                    Trustee receives such statements or information, together
                    with an appropriate form for the Participant to indicate
                    his or her instruction regarding any such tender offer.
                    If instructions are not timely received by the Trustee
                    with respect to any such stock or if there is any
                    unallocated stock, the Trustee shall tender the shares of
                    such uninstructed or unallocated stock in the same
                    proportion as the Trustee actually receives timely
                    instruction to tender shares of stock to the extent such
                    tender would be consistent with the Trustee's duties
                    under ERISA.

Section 7.9    SECTION 16 COMPLIANCE

                    It is the intention of the Company that the Plan and the
                    administration of the Plan comply in all respects with
                    Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the
                    "Act"), as amended and the rule and regulation
                    promulgated thereunder.  If any Plan provision, or any
                    aspect of the administration of the Plan, is found not to
                    be in compliance with Section 16 of the Act, the
                    provision or administration shall be deemed null and
                    void, and in all events the Plan shall be construed in
                    favor of its meeting the requirements of Rule 16b-3
                    promulgated under the Act. Notwithstanding anything in
                    the Plan to the contrary, the Committee, in its
                    discretion, may bifurcate the Plan so as to restrict,
                    limit or condition the use of any provision of the Plan
                    to Participants who are subject to Section 16 of the Act
                    without so restricting, limiting or conditioning the Plan
                    with respect to other Participants.

                                           46

<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE 8

                 PROVISIONS RELATING TO ENERGY MARKETING EMPLOYEES


Section 8.1    ELIGIBILITY

                    Effective for the 1998 Plan Year a Participant who is
                    employed with a Participating  Employer listed on Appendix
                    B shall be eligible to participate under this Article 8.

Section 8.2    PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS

               (a)  AMOUNT OF PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS

                    As of each December 31 Valuation Date for each Plan Year,
                    beginning with the 1998 Plan Year, each Participating
                    Employer shall contribute to the respective Profit
                    Sharing Account of Participants who are entitled to
                    allocations under Subsection 8.2(b) such Participating
                    Employer's net profit for the taxable year ending with or
                    within such Plan Year in the amount of three percent
                    (3%).  In the discretion of the Board of Directors, such
                    contribution may be increased or decreased.  Such Profit
                    Sharing Contribution shall not exceed the lesser of the
                    amount deductible under Section 404 of the Code, or the
                    amount that are allowable as Annual Additions.

               (b)  ALLOCATION OF PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS

                    Each Participating Employer's contribution under
                    Subsection 8.2(a) shall be allocated to the Profit
                    Sharing Account of Participants who are actively employed
                    as of December 31 of the Plan Year who have been credited
                    with at least one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service
                    during their Employment Year that ends in the Plan Year
                    for which the Profit Sharing Contribution is being made,
                    and those who have retired on or after their Normal
                    Retirement Dates, died or become Totally and Permanently
                    Disabled during the Plan Year.

Section 8.3    SALARY REDIRECTION CONTRIBUTIONS

                    Each Employee employed by an Employer listed on Appendix
                    B who satisfies the requirements of Section 2.1 may elect
                    to have Salary Redirection made on his behalf, commencing
                    on the date specified in Section 2.1.  Notwithstanding
                    the foregoing, an Employee who was a Participant in the
                    Prior LNI Plan shall be immediately eligible to
                    participate in the Plan.  Such election shall be made by
                    entering into a

                                         47

<PAGE>

                    Salary Redirection agreement with the Employer in which it
                    is agreed that the Employer will redirect a portion of the
                    Participant's Compensation and contribute that designated
                    amount to the Trust Fund on behalf of the Participant in
                    accordance with the following.

               (a)  SALARY REDIRECTION AGREEMENT.  Each eligible Employee may
                    enter into a Salary Redirection agreement under which the
                    Employee's Employer will redirect a portion of the
                    Participant's Compensation during each payroll period in
                    an amount equal to an integral percentage from one percent
                    (1%) to sixteen percent (16%) of such Compensation and
                    contribute such percentage to the Trust Fund on behalf of
                    the Participant.

               (b)  SUBMISSION OF FORM.  In order for Salary Redirection to
                    commence on the appropriate date (the beginning of a
                    payroll period), the Salary Redirection agreement must be
                    received by the Committee, or effective June 1, 1998 the
                    designee of the Committee, at least fifteen (15) days
                    prior to the date Salary Redirection is to start.
                    Notwithstanding the above, a terminated Participant who
                    is reemployed and is eligible to participate upon
                    reemployment may enter into a Salary Redirection
                    Agreement on his reemployment date to be applicable to
                    Compensation earned on and after such date.  Effective
                    June 1, 1998, a Participant may elect to have Salary
                    Redirection made on his behalf commencing with the first
                    day of any payroll period which is at least fifteen (15)
                    days after the date of an election made in a manner
                    prescribed by the Committee.  In  the event a Participant
                    does not so elect when initially eligible, he may
                    subsequently elect to have Salary Redirection made on his
                    behalf commencing with the first day of any payroll
                    period which is at least fifteen (15) days after the date
                    his election in the form prescribed by the Committee.
                    The Salary Redirection agreement shall be made in a
                    manner prescribed by the Committee.  Such agreement shall
                    authorize the Employer to reduce Compensation otherwise
                    payable to the Participant during each pay period by the
                    amount of Salary Redirection elected.

               (c)  CHANGE IN REDIRECTED AMOUNTS.  A Participant electing to
                    have Salary Redirection made on his behalf to the Plan
                    pursuant to this Section, may, on a Salary Redirection
                    agreement provided by and submitted to the Committee,
                    increase or decrease his Salary Redirection amount
                    (within the appropriate minimum and maximum) as of the
                    first day of any payroll period which is at least fifteen
                    (15) days after the date his election form is received by
                    the Committee, but not retroactively.  Effective June 1,
                    1998, a Participant electing to have Salary Redirection
                    made on his behalf to the Plan pursuant to this Section,
                    may, in a manner prescribed by the Committee enter into a
                    Salary Redirection agreement to increase or decrease his
                    Salary Redirection amount (within

                                         48

<PAGE>

                    the appropriate minimum and maximum) as of the first day
                    of any payroll period which is at least (15) days after
                    the date of such election, but not retroactively.  The
                    Salary Redirection agreement shall state the amount of
                    Salary Redirection he desires to have made.

               (d)  CESSATION OF REDIRECTION.  Any Participant may elect to
                    cease future Salary Redirection to the Plan effective
                    with the first regular payroll period that it is
                    administratively possible to do so following
                    notification. In the event any such Participant desires
                    thereafter to recommence having Salary Redirection made
                    on his behalf, he shall be allowed to do so effective
                    with the first day of any payroll period which is at
                    least fifteen (15) days after receipt of written notice
                    by the Committee on the appropriate form, or effective
                    June 1, 1998 in the manner prescribed by the Committee
                    stating the amount of Salary Redirection he desires to
                    have made.

               (e)  NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.  Any of the notice requirements in
                    this Section may be lengthened or shortened by the
                    Committee if it finds it administratively necessary or
                    feasible to do so, with such discretion being exercised
                    in a nondiscriminatory manner.

               (f)  PAYMENT TO TRUSTEE.  The Employer shall pay to the Trustee
                    any Salary Redirection made on behalf of any Participant
                    within a reasonable time following the end of each regular
                    pay period as it can reasonably be segregated from the
                    Employer's general assets, but no later than the fifteenth
                    (15th) business day of the month following the month in
                    which the Salary Redirection is received by the Employer or
                    the fifteenth (15th) business day of the month following
                    the month in which the Salary Redirection would otherwise
                    have been payable to the Participant in cash.

               (t)  AMOUNTS OF ESOP DIVIDENDS DEEMED DEFERRED. Effective
                    January 1, 1998, a Participant will be deemed to have
                    elected to have a Salary Redirection made on his behalf in
                    the amount of the ESOP Dividends paid to him in cash,
                    subject to the limits of Sections 401(k), 402(g) and 415 of
                    the Code and the regulations thereunder deemed deferrals
                    made pursuant to this Subsection 8.3(g), shall not be taken
                    into account in the calculation of the percentage of salary
                    redirected  pursuant to Subsection 8.3(a).

Section 8.4    MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

                    For each Accounting Year in which the Employer has net
                    profits or accumulated net profits, as determined under
                    generally accepted accounting principles, the Employer
                    shall make an Employer Matching Contribution from such
                    net profits or accumulated net profits to the

                                         49

<PAGE>

                    Trust Fund on behalf of eligible Participants. The Matching
                    Contribution will be an amount necessary to match one
                    hundred percent (100%) of the eligible Participants' net
                    eligible Salary Redirection made to the Trust Fund for
                    the Plan Year.  Net eligible Salary Redirection means
                    Salary Redirection not to exceed four percent (4%)
                    percent of Compensation during the Plan Year, which
                    Salary Redirection has not been withdrawn. For purposes
                    of calculating net eligible Salary Redirection,
                    withdrawals shall be deemed to have been made from the
                    earliest Salary Redirection not yet withdrawn.  Any
                    Matching Contribution which is made as of a Valuation
                    Date shall be allocated to the Matching Contribution
                    Account of each eligible Participant.  For purposes of
                    this Section, an eligible Participant shall mean a
                    Participant who has made Salary Redirection contributions
                    during the Plan Year.

Section 8.5    EMPLOYEE VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS

                    Each Participant employed by an Employer listed on
                    Appendix B may, but shall not be required to, make
                    after-tax Employee Voluntary Contributions to the Plan by
                    payroll deduction in an amount equal to an integral
                    percentage from one percent (1%) to sixteen percent (16%)
                    (or such lower percentage as the Committee, in its
                    discretion, may determine for any Plan Year) of his
                    Compensation for the Plan Year.  Notwithstanding the
                    preceding sentence, a Participant may not make Employee
                    Voluntary Contributions that would cause his total
                    Employee Voluntary Contributions and Salary Redirection
                    Contributions for the Plan Year to exceed sixteen percent
                    (16%) (or such other percentage as the Committee, in its
                    discretion, may establish for any Plan Year) of his
                    Compensation for the Plan Year.  The Committee may limit
                    Employee Voluntary Contributions at any time, if such
                    limits are necessary of advisable in order for the Plan
                    to comply with Section 3.5.

Section 8.6    SUBMISSION OF FORM

                    In order for Employee Voluntary Contributions to commence
                    on the appropriate date (the beginning of a payroll
                    period), the Employee Voluntary Contributions  agreement
                    must be received by the Committee, or effective June
                    1,1998 the designee of the Committee, at least fifteen
                    (15) days prior to the date Employee Voluntary
                    Contribution is to start.  Notwithstanding the above, a
                    terminated Participant who is reemployed and is eligible
                    to participate upon reemployment may enter into a
                    Employee Voluntary Contributions Agreement on his
                    reemployment date to be applicable to Compensation earned
                    on and after such date.  In the event a Participant does
                    not so elect when initially eligible, he may subsequently
                    elect to have Employee Voluntary Contributions made on
                    his behalf commencing with the first day of any payroll
                    period which is at least fifteen (15) days

                                         50

<PAGE>

                    after the date his election form is delivered to the
                    Committee.  Effective June 1, 1998,  a Participant may
                    elect to have Employee Voluntary Contributions made on his
                    behalf commencing with the first day of any payroll period
                    which  is at least fifteen (15) days after the date of an
                    election made in a manner prescribed by the Committee. In
                    the event a Participant does not so elect when initially
                    eligible, he may subsequently elect to have Employee
                    Voluntary Contributions made on his behalf commencing
                    with the first day of any payroll period which is at
                    least fifteen (15) days after the date his election in
                    the form prescribed by the Committee.  The Employee
                    Voluntary Contributions agreement shall be on a form
                    provided by the Committee.  Such agreement shall
                    authorize the Employer to reduce the amount otherwise
                    payable to the Participant during each pay period by the
                    amount of the Employee Voluntary Contribution elected.

               (a)  CHANGE IN EMPLOYEE VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTION AMOUNTS.  A
                    Participant electing to have Employee Voluntary
                    Contributions made on his behalf to the Plan pursuant to
                    this Section, may, on a Employee Voluntary Contributions
                    agreement provided by and submitted to the Committee,
                    increase or decrease his Employee Voluntary Contributions
                    amount (within the appropriate minimum and maximum) as of
                    the first day of any payroll period which is at least
                    fifteen (15) days after the date his election form is
                    received by the Committee, but not retroactively.
                    Effective June 1, 1998 a Participant electing to have
                    Employee Voluntary Contributions made on his behalf to
                    the Plan pursuant to this Section, may, in a manner
                    prescribed by the Committee, enter into a Employee
                    Voluntary Contributions agreement to increase or decrease
                    his Employee Voluntary Contributions amount (within the
                    appropriate minimum and maximum) as of the first day of
                    any payroll period which is at least fifteen (15) days
                    after the date of such election, but not retroactively.
                    The Employee Voluntary Contributions agreement shall
                    state the amount of Employee Voluntary Contributions he
                    desires to have made.

               (b)  CESSATION OF REDIRECTION.  Any Participant may elect to
                    cease future Employee Voluntary Contributions to the Plan
                    effective with the first regular payroll period that it
                    is administratively possible to do so following
                    notification.  In the event any such Participant desires
                    thereafter to recommence having Employee Voluntary
                    Contributions made on his behalf, he shall be allowed to
                    do so effective with the first day of any payroll period
                    which is at least fifteen (15) days after receipt of
                    written notice by the Committee on the appropriate form,
                    or effective June 1, 1998 in the manner prescribed by the
                    Committee, stating the amount of Employee Voluntary
                    Contributions he desires to have made.

               (c)  NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.  Any of the notice requirements in
                    this Section

                                            51

<PAGE>

                    may be lengthened or shortened by the Committee if it finds
                    it administratively necessary or feasible to do so, with
                    such discretion being exercised in a nondiscriminatory
                    manner.

               (d)  PAYMENT TO TRUSTEE.  The Employer shall pay to the
                    Trustee any Employee Voluntary Contributions made on
                    behalf of any Participant within a reasonable time
                    following the end of each regular pay period as it can
                    reasonably be segregated from the Employer's general
                    assets, but no later than the fifteenth (15th) business
                    day of the month following the month in which the
                    Employee Voluntary Contribution is received by the
                    Employer or the fifteenth (15th) business day of the
                    month following the month in which the Employee Voluntary
                    Contribution would otherwise have been payable to the
                    Participant in cash.

Section 8.7    VESTING

                    That portion of the Individual Account established
                    pursuant to Section 8.2 and Section 8.4, shall vest in
                    accordance with the following schedule:

                         Years of Service             Vested Percentage
                         ----------------             -----------------
                         Less than 1 year                    0%
                         1 year but less than 2             20%
                         2 years but less than 3            40%
                         3 years but less than 4            60%
                         4 years but less than 5            80%
                         5 years or more                   100%

                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the portion of the
                    Individual Account established pursuant to Section 10.1,
                    which is attributable to Employer Matching Contributions
                    for Participants in the Prior LNI Plan hired prior to May
                    15, 1995 shall be one hundred percent (100%) vested in
                    their Individual Account. Furthermore, the portion of the
                    Individual Account established pursuant to Section 10.1,
                    which is attributable to Employer Matching Contributions
                    for Participants in the Prior LNI Plan made prior to
                    January 1, 1998  shall be one hundred percent (100%)
                    vested in their Individual Account.

Section 8.8    FORFEITURES

               (a)  A Participant who terminates employment pursuant to this
                    Article with a zero (0) vested percentage shall be deemed
                    to have received a distribution on the date he terminates
                    employment.  If a terminated Participant receives a
                    distribution of the vested portion of his Individual
                    Account prior to incurring five (5) Breaks in

                                          52

<PAGE>

                    Service or if the terminated Participant is zero percent
                    (0%) vested in his Individual Account, the non-vested
                    balance of such terminated Participant's Individual
                    Account shall be forfeited as of the date he receives or
                    is deemed to receive said distribution.  If the
                    Participant does not repay the distributed amount, upon a
                    subsequent termination of employment prior to the
                    Participant's becoming one hundred percent (100%) vested,
                    the gross distribution shall be determined by multiplying
                    the vested percentage at the subsequent termination by
                    the amount of the account balance as of the date of
                    distribution plus the distribution previously received.
                    The amount to be distributed to the Participant shall be
                    the gross distribution minus the amount previously
                    distributed.

               (b)  If a terminated Participant is reemployed and again becomes
                    a Participant prior to incurring five (5) consecutive
                    Breaks in Service, any amount forfeited pursuant to this
                    Section will be restored to his Individual Account if he
                    repays, prior to the earlier of the last day of the Plan
                    Year in which he incurs his fifth (5th) consecutive Break
                    in Service commencing on the date of the distribution or
                    the date which is five (5) years after the date on which
                    the Participant is reemployed, the amount previously
                    distributed to him from such Account.  Restoration of a
                    forfeiture will come from forfeitures in the year in
                    which he is reemployed and, to the extent such
                    forfeitures are not sufficient, from a special Employer
                    Contribution.  For purposes of this Subsection, a
                    Participant who is deemed to have received a distribution
                    pursuant to this Section will be deemed to have repaid
                    the distribution upon reemployment.

               (c)  The non-vested balance of the Individual Account of a
                    terminated Participant shall be forfeited as of the
                    December 31 Valuation Date following the Participant's
                    incurring five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service if the
                    Participant is vested in any portion of his Individual
                    Account and does not receive a distribution prior to
                    incurring five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service.

               (d)  Any amount forfeited as a Matching Contribution or Profit
                    Sharing Contribution will be reallocated as a Matching
                    Contribution or a Profit Sharing Contribution respectively.

                                           53

<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE 9

            PROVISIONS RELATING TO PRIOR LPI PLAN PARTICIPANTS

Section 9.1    PRIOR LPI PLAN BALANCES

                    Effective January 1, 1998, individual account balances of
                    the Prior LPI Plan shall be transferred to the Plan, and
                    shall become part of the Participant's Individual Account
                    under the Plan.

Section 9.2    SERVICE

                    Notwithstanding the definition of Year of Service in
                    Section 1.67, Service for any Employee who was employed
                    by an Employer participating in the Prior LPI Plan, prior
                    to becoming a Participant in the Plan shall be defined to
                    include the aggregate of the employment period with the
                    Employer.

Section 9.3    VESTING

                    That portion of the Individual Account established
                    pursuant to Section 9.1, which is attributable to
                    Employer Matching and Mandatory Employer Contributions
                    shall continue to vest in accordance with the following
                    schedule:

                          Years of Service        Vested Percentage
                          ----------------        -----------------
                          Less than 1 year                     0%
                          1 year but less than 2              20%
                          2 years but less than 3             40%
                          3 years but less than 4             60%
                          4 years but less than 5             80%
                          5 years or more                    100%


Section 9.4    FORFEITURES

               (a)  A Participant who terminates employment pursuant to this
                    Article with a zero (0) vested percentage shall be deemed
                    to have received a distribution on the date he terminates
                    employment.  If a terminated Participant receives a
                    distribution of the vested portion of his Individual
                    Account prior to incurring five (5) Breaks in Service or
                    if the terminated Participant is zero percent (0%) vested
                    in his Individual Account, the non-vested balance of such
                    terminated Participant's Individual Account shall be
                    forfeited as of the date he receives or is deemed to
                    receive said distribution.  If the Participant does not
                    repay the distributed amount, upon a subsequent
                    termination of employment prior to the Participant's

                                           54

<PAGE>

                    becoming one hundred percent (100%) vested, the gross
                    distribution shall be determined by multiplying the
                    vested percentage at the subsequent termination by the
                    amount of the account balance as of the date of
                    distribution plus the distribution previously received.
                    The amount to be distributed to the Participant shall be
                    the gross distribution minus the amount previously
                    distributed.

               (b)  If a terminated Participant is reemployed and again becomes
                    a Participant prior to incurring five (5) consecutive
                    Breaks in Service, any amount forfeited pursuant to this
                    Section will be restored to his Individual Account if he
                    repays, prior to the earlier of the last day of the Plan
                    Year in which he incurs his fifth (5th) consecutive Break
                    in Service commencing on the date of the distribution or
                    the date which is five (5) years after the date on which
                    the Participant is reemployed, the amount previously
                    distributed to him from such Account.  Restoration of a
                    forfeiture will come from forfeitures in the year in
                    which he is reemployed and, to the extent such
                    forfeitures are not sufficient, from a special Employer
                    Contribution.  For purposes of this Subsection, a
                    Participant who is deemed to have received a distribution
                    pursuant to this Section will be deemed to have repaid
                    the distribution upon reemployment.

               (c)  The non-vested balance of the Individual Account of a
                    terminated Participant shall be forfeited as of the
                    December 31 Valuation Date following the Participant's
                    incurring five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service if the
                    Participant is vested in any portion of his Individual
                    Account and does not receive a distribution prior to
                    incurring five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service.

               (d)  Any amount forfeited as a Matching Contribution or Profit
                    Sharing Contribution will be reallocated as a Matching
                    Contribution or a Profit Sharing Contribution respectively.

                                           55

<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE 10

         PROVISIONS RELATING TO PRIOR LNI PLAN PARTICIPANTS

Section 10.1   PRIOR LNI PLAN BALANCES

                    Effective January 1, 1998, individual account balances of
                    the Prior LNI Plan shall be transferred to the Plan, and
                    shall become part of the Participant's Individual Account
                    under the Plan ("Prior LNI Balance").

Section 10.2   SERVICE

                    Notwithstanding the definition of Service in Section
                    1.67, Service for any Employee who was employed by an
                    Employer participating in the Prior LNI Plan, prior to
                    becoming a Participant in the Plan shall be defined to
                    include the aggregate of the employment period with the
                    Employer.

Section 10.3   VESTING

                    That portion of the Individual Account established
                    pursuant to Section 10.1, which is attributable to
                    Employer Matching Contributions and Mandatory Employer
                    Contributions shall continue to vest in accordance with
                    the following schedule:

                         Years of Service            Vested Percentage
                         ----------------            -----------------
                         Less than 1 year                     0%
                         1 year but less than 2              25%
                         2 years but less than 3             50%
                         3 years but less than 4             75%
                         4 years or more                    100%


                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the portion of the
                    Individual Account established pursuant to Section 10.1,
                    which is attributable to Employer Matching Contributions
                    for Participants in the Prior LNI Plan during the 1997
                    Plan Year, shall be one hundred percent (100%) vested in
                    said portion of their Individual Account.

Section 10.4   FORFEITURES

               (a)  A Participant who terminates employment pursuant to this
                    Article with a zero (0) vested percentage shall be deemed
                    to have received a distribution on the date he terminates
                    employment.  If a terminated Participant receives a
                    distribution of the vested portion of his Individual
                    Account prior to incurring five (5) Breaks in

                                         56

<PAGE>

                    Service or if the terminated Participant is zero percent
                    (0%) vested in his Individual Account, the non-vested
                    balance of such terminated Participant's Individual Account
                    shall be forfeited as of the date he receives or is deemed
                    to receive said distribution.  If the Participant does not
                    repay the distributed amount, upon a subsequent
                    termination of employment prior to the Participant's
                    becoming one hundred percent (100%) vested, the gross
                    distribution shall be determined by multiplying the
                    vested percentage at the subsequent termination by the
                    amount of the account balance as of the date of
                    distribution plus the distribution previously received.
                    The amount to be distributed to the Participant shall be
                    the gross distribution minus the amount previously
                    distributed.

               (b)  If a terminated Participant is reemployed and again becomes
                    a Participant prior to incurring five (5) consecutive
                    Breaks in Service, any amount forfeited pursuant to this
                    Section will be restored to his Individual Account if he
                    repays, prior to the earlier of the last day of the Plan
                    Year in which he incurs his fifth (5th) consecutive Break
                    in Service commencing on the date of the distribution or
                    the date which is five (5) years after the date on which
                    the Participant is reemployed, the amount previously
                    distributed to him from such Account.  Restoration of a
                    forfeiture will come from forfeitures in the year in which
                    he is reemployed and, to the extent such forfeitures are
                    not sufficient, from a special Employer Contribution.  For
                    purposes of this Subsection, a Participant who is deemed to
                    have received a distribution pursuant to this Section will
                    be deemed to have repaid the distribution upon
                    reemployment.

               (c)  The non-vested balance of the Individual Account of a
                    terminated Participant shall be forfeited as of the
                    December 31 Valuation Date following the Participant's
                    incurring five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service if the
                    Participant is vested in any portion of his Individual
                    Account and does not receive a distribution prior to
                    incurring five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service.

               (d)  Any amount forfeited as a Matching Contribution or Profit
                    Sharing Contribution will be reallocated as a Matching
                    Contribution or a Profit Sharing Contribution respectively.

Section 10.5   DISTRIBUTIONS

                    Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary,
                    Participants described in Section 10.1 with a portion of
                    their Individual Account that is attributable to their
                    Prior LNI Balance shall receive distribution of said

                                         57

<PAGE>

                    amounts in the manner prescribed below.

               (a)  DISTRIBUTIONS IN THE FORM OF AN ANNUITY.  That vested
                    portion of a Participant's Individual Account
                    attributable to the Prior LNI Balance shall be paid in
                    the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.  The
                    Participant may elect to have such annuity distributed
                    upon attainment of Early Retirement.  If a Participant
                    dies before the Annuity Starting Date, the Participant's
                    vested Prior LNI Balance shall be applied toward the
                    purchase of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.
                    The Surviving Spouse may elect to have such annuity
                    distributed within a reasonable time period after the
                    Participant's death. All annuities distributed under the
                    Plan which begin prior to a Participant's Required
                    Beginning Date shall provide that the amount of the
                    distributions for the calendar year preceding the
                    calendar year which contains the Required Beginning Date
                    comply with the minimum distribution requirements of
                    Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.

               (b)  A Participant may avoid receiving a distribution in the
                    form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity by making
                    a qualified election in which an optional method of
                    distribution that is described in Section 5.9 is
                    selected. Such qualified election must be made within the
                    ninety (90) day period ending on the Annuity Starting
                    Date.  A Participant may avoid a distribution if the form
                    of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity by making a
                    qualified election in which an optional method of
                    distribution that is described in Section 5.9 is
                    selected.  Such qualified election must be made during
                    the period in which the Participant attains age
                    thirty-five (35) or the date the Participant terminates
                    his employment with the Employer, and ending on the date
                    of death.

                                          58

<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE 11

                                      FUNDING


Section 11.1   CONTRIBUTIONS

                    Contributions by the Employer and by the Participants as
                    provided for in Article 3 and Article 8 shall be paid
                    over to the Trustee. All contributions by the Employer
                    shall be irrevocable, except as herein provided, and may
                    be used only for the exclusive benefit of the
                    Participants, Former Participants and their Beneficiaries.

Section 11.2   TRUSTEE

                    The Sponsoring Employer has entered into an agreement
                    with the Trustee whereunder the Trustee will receive,
                    invest and administer as a trust fund contributions made
                    under this Plan in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

                    Such Trust Agreement is incorporated by reference as a
                    part of the Plan, and the rights of all persons hereunder
                    are subject to the terms of the Trust Agreement.  The
                    Trust Agreement specifically provides, among other
                    things, for the investment and reinvestment of the Fund
                    and the income thereof, the management of the Trust Fund,
                    the responsibilities and immunities of the Trustee,
                    removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor,
                    accounting by the Trustee and the disbursement of the
                    Trust Fund.

                    The Trustee shall, in accordance with the terms of such
                    Trust Agreement, accept and receive all sums of money
                    paid to it from time to time by the Employer, and shall
                    hold, invest, reinvest, manage and administer such moneys
                    and the increment, increase, earnings and income thereof
                    as a trust fund for the exclusive benefit of the
                    Participants, Former Participants and their Beneficiaries
                    or the payment of reasonable expenses of administering
                    the Plan.

                    In the event that affiliated or subsidiary Employers
                    become signatory hereto, completely independent records,
                    allocations, and contributions shall be maintained for
                    each Employer.  The Trustee may invest all funds without
                    segregating assets between or among signatory Employers.

                                         59

<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE 12

                                     FIDUCIARIES

Section 12.1   GENERAL

                    Each Fiduciary who is allocated specific duties or
                    responsibilities under the Plan or any Fiduciary who
                    assumes such a position with the Plan shall discharge his
                    duties solely in the interest of the Participants, Former
                    Participants and Beneficiaries and for the exclusive
                    purpose of providing such benefits as stipulated herein
                    to such Participants, Former Participants and
                    Beneficiaries, or defraying reasonable expenses of
                    administering the Plan.  Each Fiduciary, in carrying out
                    such duties and responsibilities, shall act with the
                    care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the
                    circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person
                    acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters
                    would use in exercising such authority or duties.

                    A Fiduciary may serve in more than one Fiduciary capacity
                    and may employ one or more persons to render advice with
                    regard to his Fiduciary responsibilities.  If the
                    Fiduciary is serving as such without compensation, all
                    expenses reasonably incurred by such Fiduciary shall be
                    paid from the Trust Fund or by the Employer.

                    A Fiduciary may delegate any of his responsibilities for
                    the operation and administration of the Plan.  In
                    limitation of this right, a Fiduciary may not delegate
                    any responsibilities as contained herein relating to the
                    management or control of the Trust Fund except through
                    the employment of an investment manager as provided in
                    Section 12.3 and in the Trust Agreement relating to the
                    Fund.

Section 12.2   EMPLOYER

                    The Sponsoring Employer established and maintains the
                    Plan for the benefit of its Employees and for Employees
                    of Participating Employers and of necessity retains
                    control of the operation and administration of the Plan.
                    The Sponsoring Employer, in accordance with specific
                    provisions of the Plan, has as herein indicated,
                    delegated certain of these rights and obligations to the
                    Trustee, and the Committee and these parties shall be
                    solely responsible for these, and only these, delegated
                    rights and obligations.

                    The Employer shall supply such full and timely
                    information for all matters relating to the Plan as (a)
                    the Committee, (b) the Trustee, and (c) the accountant
                    engaged on behalf of the Plan by the Sponsoring

                                     60

<PAGE>

                    Employer may require for the effective discharge of their
                    respective duties.

Section 12.3   TRUSTEE

                    The Trustee, in accordance with the Trust Agreement,
                    shall have exclusive authority and discretion to manage
                    and control the Trust Fund, except that the Sponsoring
                    Employer may in its discretion employ at any time and
                    from time to time an Investment Manager to direct the
                    Trustee with respect to all or a designated portion of
                    the assets comprising the Trust Fund.

Section 12.4   BENEFITS COMMITTEE

               (a)  The Board of the Sponsoring Employer shall appoint a
                    Committee of not less than three (3) persons to hold
                    office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors, such
                    committee to be known as the 401(k) Savings Committee,
                    effective June 5, 1996, the Benefits Committee,
                    collectively, the Committee.  No compensation shall be
                    paid members of the Committee from the Trust Fund for
                    service on such Committee.  The Committee shall choose
                    from among its members a chairperson and a secretary.
                    Any action of the Committee shall be determined by the
                    vote of a majority of its members.  Either the chair or
                    the secretary may execute any certificate or written
                    direction on behalf of the Committee.

               (b)  Every decision and action of the Committee shall be valid
                    if concurrence is by a majority of the members then in
                    office, which concurrence may be had without a formal
                    meeting.

               (c)  In accordance with the provisions
                    hereof, the Committee has been delegated certain
                    administrative functions relating to the Plan with all
                    powers necessary to enable it to properly carry out such
                    duties.  Except as provided in Section 13.1, the
                    Committee shall have no power in any way to modify,
                    alter, add to, or subtract from, any provisions of the
                    Plan; provided, however, that the Committee is
                    authorized, acting by a majority of its members then in
                    office, to make certain technical and non-material
                    changes in the Plan.  The Committee shall have the power
                    and authority in its sole, absolute and uncontrolled
                    discretion to control and manage the operation and
                    administration of the Plan and shall have all powers
                    necessary to accomplish these purposes.  The
                    responsibility and authority of the Committee shall
                    include, but shall not be limited to, (i) determining all
                    questions relating to eligibility of employees to
                    participate; (ii) determining the amount and kind of
                    benefit payable to any Participant, spouse or Beneficiary;
                    (iii) establishing and reducing to writing and distributing
                    to any Participant or Beneficiary a claims procedure and
                    administering that procedure, including the processing

                                        61

<PAGE>

                    and determination of all appeals thereunder; (iv)
                    interpreting the provisions of the Plan including the
                    publication of rules for the regulation of the Plan as in
                    its sole, absolute and uncontrolled discretion are deemed
                    necessary or advisable and which are not inconsistent
                    with the express terms hereof, the Code or the Employee
                    Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and
                    (v) execution of amendments in accordance with Section
                    13.1.  All disbursements by the Trustee, except for the
                    ordinary expenses of administration of the Trust Fund or
                    the reimbursement of reasonable expenses at the direction
                    of the Sponsoring Employer, as provided herein, shall be
                    made upon, and in accordance with, the written directions
                    of the Committee. When the Committee is required in the
                    performance of its duties hereunder to administer or
                    construe, or to reach a determination, under any of the
                    provisions of the Plan, it shall do so on a uniform,
                    equitable and nondiscriminatory basis.

               (d)  The Committee may employ such counsel, accountants, and
                    other agents as it shall deem advisable.  The Sponsoring
                    Employer shall pay, or cause to be paid from the Trust
                    Fund, the compensation of such counsel, accountants, and
                    other agents and any other expenses incurred by the
                    Committee in the administration of the Plan and Trust.

Section 12.5   CLAIMS PROCEDURES

               (a)  The Committee shall receive all applications for benefits.
                    Upon receipt by the Committee of such an application, it
                    shall determine all facts which are necessary to establish
                    the right of an applicant to benefits under the provisions
                    of the Plan and the amount thereof as herein provided.
                    Upon request, the Committee will afford the applicant the
                    right of a hearing with respect to any finding of fact or
                    determination.  The applicant shall be notified in writing
                    of any adverse decision with respect to his claim within
                    ninety (90) days after its submission.  The notice shall
                    be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the
                    applicant and shall include the items specified in items
                    (1) through (4) of this Subsection.

                    (1)  The specific reason or reasons for the denial;

                    (2)  Specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions
                         on which the denial is based;

                    (3)  A description of any additional material or
                         information necessary for the applicant to perfect the
                         claim and an explanation why such material or
                         information is necessary; and

                    (4)  An explanation of the Plan's claim review procedures.

                                             62

<PAGE>

               (b)  If special circumstances require an extension of time for
                    processing the initial claim, a written notice of the
                    extension and the reason therefor shall be furnished to
                    the claimant before the end of the initial ninety (90)
                    day period.  In no event shall such extension exceed
                    ninety (90) days.

               (c)  In the event a claim for benefits is denied or if the
                    applicant has had no response to such claim within ninety
                    (90) days of its submission (in which case the claim for
                    benefits shall be deemed to have been denied), the
                    applicant or his duly authorized representative, at the
                    applicant's sole expense, may appeal the denial to the
                    Committee within sixty (60) days of the receipt of
                    written notice of denial or sixty (60) days from the date
                    such claim is deemed to be denied.  In pursuing such
                    appeal the applicant or his duly authorized
                    representative:

                    (1)  May request in writing that the Committee review the
                         denial;

                    (2)  May review pertinent documents; and

                    (3)  May submit issues and comments in writing.

               (d)  The decision on review shall be made within sixty (60) days
                    of receipt of the request for review, unless special
                    circumstances require an extension of time for
                    processing, in which case a decision shall be rendered as
                    soon as possible, but not later than one hundred twenty
                    (120) days after receipt of a request for review.  If
                    such an extension of time is required, written notice of
                    the extension shall be furnished to the claimant before
                    the end of the original sixty (60) day period.  The
                    decision on review shall be made in writing, shall be
                    written in a manner calculated to be understood by the
                    claimant, and shall include specific references to the
                    provisions of the Plan on which such denial is based.  If
                    the decision on review is not furnished within the time
                    specified above, the claim shall be deemed denied on
                    review.

Section 12.6   RECORDS

               All acts and determinations of the Committee shall be duly
               recorded by the secretary thereof and all such records together
               with such other documents as may be necessary in exercising his
               duties under the Plan shall be preserved in the custody of such
               secretary.  Such records and documents shall at all times be open
               for inspection and for the purpose of making copies by any person
               designated by the Sponsoring Employer.  The Committee shall
               provide such timely information, resulting from the application
               of its responsibilities under the Plan, as needed by the Trustee
               and the accountant engaged on behalf of the Plan

                                     63

<PAGE>

               by the Sponsoring Employer, for the effective discharge of their
               respective duties.

                                     64

<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE 13

                        AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN


Section 13.1   AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

                    The Sponsoring Employer shall have the right at any time
                    by action of the Board to modify, alter or amend the
                    Plan, in whole or in part;  effective September 1, 1994
                    the Committee in the case of non-material amendments,
                    provided, however, that the duties, powers and liability
                    of the Trustee hereunder shall not be increased without
                    its written consent; and provided, further, that the
                    amount of benefits which, at the time of such
                    modification, alteration or amendment, shall have accrued
                    for any Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary
                    hereunder shall not be adversely affected thereby; and
                    provided, further, that no such amendment shall have the
                    effect of reverting to any Employer any part of the
                    principal or income of the Trust Fund. No amendment to
                    the Plan shall decrease the balance of a Participant's
                    Individual Account or eliminate an optional form of
                    distribution.

Section 13.2   TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

                    The Sponsoring Employer expects to continue the Plan
                    indefinitely, but continuance is not assumed as a
                    contractual obligation and the Sponsoring Employer
                    reserves the right at any time by action of the Board to
                    terminate its participation in the Plan.  If the
                    Sponsoring Employer terminates or partially terminates
                    its participation in the Plan or permanently discontinues
                    its Contributions at any time, each Participant affected
                    thereby shall be then vested with the amount to the
                    credit in his Individual Account.

                    In the event of termination or partial termination of the
                    Plan by the Sponsoring Employer, the Committee shall
                    value the Trust Fund as of the date of termination.  That
                    portion of the Trust Fund for which the Plan has not been
                    terminated shall be unaffected.

Section 13.3   RETURN OF CONTRIBUTIONS

                    It is intended that this Plan shall be approved and
                    qualified under the Code and Regulations issued
                    thereunder with respect to Employees' Plans and Trusts
                    (1) so as to permit the Employers to deduct for federal
                    income tax purposes the amounts of contributions to the
                    Trust; (2) so that contributions so made and the income
                    of the Trust Fund will not be taxable to Participants as
                    income until received; (3) so that the income of the
                    Trust Fund shall be exempt from federal income tax.  Any

                                          65

<PAGE>

                    Employer Contributions and Salary Redirection are made to
                    the Plan conditioned on their deductibility under Code
                    Section 404.  In the event the Commissioner of Internal
                    Revenue or his delegate rules that the deduction for all
                    or a part of any Employer Contribution (or Salary
                    Redirection) is not allowed under Code Section 404, the
                    Employers reserve the right to recover that portion or
                    all of their contributions for which no deduction is
                    allowed (reduced by any losses), provided such recovery
                    is made within one (1) year of the disallowance, but only
                    if the application for the qualification is made by the
                    time prescribed by law for filing the Employer's return
                    for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted, or
                    such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may
                    prescribe.

                                          66

<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE 14

                                MISCELLANEOUS


Section 14.1   GOVERNING LAW

                    The Plan shall be construed, regulated and administered
                    according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky,
                    except in those areas preempted by the laws of the United
                    States of America.

Section 14.2   CONSTRUCTION

                    The headings and subheadings in the Plan have been
                    inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not
                    affect the construction of the provisions hereof.  The
                    words and phrases defined in Article 1 when used in this
                    Plan with an initial capital letter shall have the
                    meanings specified in Article 1, unless a different
                    meaning is clearly required by the context. Any words
                    herein used in the masculine shall be read and construed
                    in the feminine where they would so apply.  Words in the
                    singular shall be read and construed as though used in
                    the plural in all cases where they would so apply.

Section 14.3   ADMINISTRATION EXPENSES

                    The expenses of administering the Trust Fund and the Plan
                    shall be paid from the Trust Fund, unless they are paid
                    by the Employer.

Section 14.4   PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS

                    No Participant in the Plan shall acquire any right to be
                    retained in the Employer's  employ by virtue of the Plan,
                    nor, upon his dismissal, or upon his voluntary
                    termination of employment, shall he have any right or
                    interest in and to the Trust Fund other than as
                    specifically provided herein.  The Employer shall not be
                    liable for the payment of any benefit provided for
                    herein; all benefits hereunder shall be payable only from
                    the Trust Fund.

Section 14.5   SPENDTHRIFT CLAUSE

                    To the extent permitted by law, none of the benefits,
                    payments, proceeds, or distributions under this Plan
                    shall be subject to the claim of any creditor of the
                    Participant, Former Participant or any Beneficiary
                    hereunder or to any legal process by any creditor of such
                    Participant, Former Participant or any such Beneficiary;
                    and neither shall such Participant, Former Participant or
                    any such Beneficiary have any right

                                       67

<PAGE>

                    to alienate, commute, anticipate, or assign any of the
                    benefits, payments, proceeds or distributions under this
                    Plan.  The preceding sentence shall also apply to the
                    creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to any
                    benefit payable with respect to a Participant pursuant to
                    a domestic relations order, unless such order is determined
                    to be a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in
                    Section 414(p) of the Code, or any domestic relations order
                    entered before January 1, 1985, under which payments have
                    commenced prior to such date.

                    This Plan specifically permits a distribution to an
                    alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations
                    order at any time, irrespective of whether the
                    Participant has attained his earliest retirement age
                    under the Plan.  Nothing in Section 5.9 gives a
                    Participant a right to receive a distribution at a time
                    otherwise not permitted under the Plan nor does it permit
                    the alternate payee to receive a form of payment not
                    permitted under the Plan.

Section 14.6   MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER

                    In the event of the merger or consolidation of the Plan
                    with another plan or transfer of assets or liabilities
                    from the Plan to another plan, each then Participant,
                    Former Participant or Beneficiary shall not, as a result
                    of such event, be entitled on the day following such
                    merger, consolidation or transfer under the termination
                    of the Plan provisions to a lesser benefit than the
                    benefit he was entitled to on the date prior to the
                    merger, consolidation or transfer if the Plan had then
                    terminated.

Section 14.7   COUNTERPARTS

                    The Plan and the Trust Agreement may be executed in any
                    number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute
                    but one and the same instrument and may be sufficiently
                    evidenced by any one counterpart.

                                      68



<PAGE>
                                      ARTICLE 15

                              TOP HEAVY PLAN PROVISIONS


Section 15.1   GENERAL

                    Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if
                    this Plan when combined with all other plans required to
                    be aggregated pursuant to Code Section 416(g) is deemed
                    to be a top-heavy plan for any Plan Year, the Subsections
                    in this Article shall apply to such Plan Year.

Section 15.2   MINIMUM CONTRIBUTION

                    Regardless of hours worked or level of compensation, each
                    active Participant who is not a Key Employee shall be
                    entitled to a minimum allocation of contributions and
                    forfeitures equal to the lesser of (i) three percent (3%)
                    of the Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year; and
                    (ii) provided that the Plan is not part of a Required
                    Aggregation Group with a Defined Benefit Plan because the
                    Plan enables the Defined Benefit Plan to meet the
                    requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410, the
                    highest percentage of Compensation contributed on behalf
                    of, plus forfeitures allocated to, a Key Employee
                    [(including Salary Redirection)].  In the case of a
                    Participant who is also a participant in a defined
                    benefit plan maintained by the Employer, the minimum
                    accrued benefit provided in the defined benefit plan
                    pursuant to Code Section 416(c)(1) equal to two percent
                    (2%) of the Participant's average monthly compensation
                    for the five (5) consecutive years when his aggregate
                    compensation was highest multiplied by his years of
                    credited service up to ten (10) years for each Plan Year
                    in which the Plan is top heavy, shall be the only minimum
                    benefit for both that plan and this Plan, and the minimum
                    allocation described above shall not apply.

Section 15.3   SUPER TOP HEAVY PLANS

                    The multiplier of one and twenty-five hundredths (1.25)
                    in Section 4.7 shall be reduced to one (1.0) unless (i)
                    all plans of the Required Aggregation Group or the
                    Permissive Aggregation Group, when aggregated are ninety
                    percent (90%) or less top heavy, and (ii) the minimum
                    accrued benefit referenced in Section 11.2 is modified by
                    substituting three percent (3%) with four percent (4%).
                    In the case of each Participant who is also a participant
                    in a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer, the
                    minimum accrued benefit provided in the defined benefit
                    plan pursuant to Code Sections 416(c)(1) and 416(h) equal
                    to three percent (3%) of the Participant's average
                    monthly compensation for the five (5) highest consecutive
                    years when his

                                       69
<PAGE>

                    aggregate compensation was highest multiplied by his
                    years of credited service up to ten (10) years for each
                    Plan Year in which the Plan is top heavy shall be the
                    only minimum benefit for both that plan and this Plan,
                    and the minimum allocation described above shall not
                    apply.

                                       70
<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE 16

                 PROVISIONS CONCERNING CERTAIN CHANGES IN EMPLOYMENT


Section 16.1   TRANSFER TO NON-PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER

                    A Participant who becomes employed by another employer
                    which is a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company,
                    although not an Employer hereunder, shall cease to be
                    covered by the Plan as of the date of his change in
                    employer.  Effective as of such date, he shall become a
                    Limited Participant in the Plan and Article 5 shall not
                    be applicable.  As a Limited Participant, he shall be
                    entitled to share in Matching Contributions in accordance
                    with Section 3.2 or Section 8.4 to the extent of Salary
                    Redirection made prior to becoming a Limited Participant.
                    A Limited Participant shall also be entitled to request
                    a withdrawal and a loan as provided in Article 6.  During
                    the period he is a Limited Participant, his Individual
                    Account shall continue to share in Adjustments as
                    provided in Article 4.  If the Limited Participant
                    terminates employment with the Company without returning
                    to active Participant status, he shall be entitled to the
                    full value of his Individual Account as of the date of
                    distribution.

                    If a Limited Participant again transfers employment to an
                    Employer as defined herein, he shall be eligible to have
                    Salary Redirection made on his behalf in accordance with
                    the Plan as of the date he becomes an Employee.  If the
                    Limited Participant does not resume having Salary
                    Redirection made on his behalf immediately upon becoming
                    an Employee, the terms of the Plan shall continue to
                    apply to any subsequent election to have Salary
                    Redirection begin.

Section 16.2   TRANSFER TO ANOTHER PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER

                    A Participant who transfers his employment to another
                    Employer without breaking his continuous service shall
                    continue to be covered by the Plan without interruption,
                    provided he enters into a Salary Redirection agreement
                    with his new Employer.  If the Participant enters into
                    such a Salary Redirection agreement, a separate
                    Individual Account shall be established for him to
                    reflect his Plan participation with that Employer.

Section 16.3   TRANSFER FROM NON-PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER

                    An employee who transfers employment from an employer
                    which is a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, but
                    which is not itself signatory

                                       71
<PAGE>

                    hereto, to an Employer hereunder shall, for purposes of
                    determining eligibility to participate, have his period
                    of employment with the non-participating employer
                    recognized.  The Employee shall be eligible to
                    participate in accordance with Article 2.

Section 16.4   CHANGE IN EMPLOYMENT CLASSIFICATION

                    If an employee of the Company becomes an Employee, as
                    defined herein, due to a change in employment
                    classification, he shall be eligible to participate in
                    accordance with the terms of Article 2.  If an Employee
                    ceases to be an Employee due to a change in employment
                    classification, he shall cease to be eligible to
                    participate effective as of the date of such change.

                    If a Participant is simultaneously employed by more than
                    one signatory Employer within the Company, an Individual
                    Account shall be maintained for him by each Employer to
                    reflect his Compensation from each such Employer.
                    Notwithstanding the terms of the preceding sentence, the
                    limits on deferrals and Compensation shall be applied in
                    total to the Participant and his Individual Accounts will
                    be aggregated for purposes of testing Plan contributions
                    and deferral percentages.

                                       72
<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE 17

                  PROVISIONS RELATING TO PRIOR KENTUCKY UTILITIES
                     COMPANY EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN PARTICIPANTS

Section 17.1   PARTICIPATION OF FORMER EMPLOYEES

                    Effective May 4, 1998, each Employee who was employed by
                    KU Energy Corp. or its subsidiaries, and who was a
                    participant in the Kentucky Utilities Company Employee
                    Savings Plan immediately prior to becoming an Employee,
                    shall be eligible to participate in the Plan upon the
                    date he becomes an Employee if the Employee elects to
                    participate in the Plan upon his first date of
                    employment.  If the Employee so situated declines
                    participation on this first date of employment, he may
                    thereafter elect to participate as of the next Entry
                    Date, which is administratively feasible in accordance
                    with Section 2.1 of the Plan.  If an Employee was not
                    eligible to participate in the Kentucky Utilities Company
                    Employee Savings Plan immediately prior to becoming an
                    Employee, the provisions of Section 2.1 shall apply.

Section 17.2   SERVICE

                    Notwithstanding the definition of Service, Service for
                    any Employee who was employed by KU Energy Corp. or its
                    subsidiaries, immediately prior to becoming a Participant
                    in the Plan shall be defined to include the aggregate of
                    the employment period with the Employer and the
                    employment period with such prior employer.

Section 17.3   MERGER OF PRIOR PLAN BALANCES

                    Effective August 1, 1998 the Kentucky Utilities Company
                    Employee Stock Ownership Plan and the Kentucky Utilities
                    Company Employee Savings Plan (collectively "Prior KU
                    Plans") were merged into the Plan, and the Individual
                    Accounts were credited with the amounts transferred by
                    the trustees of  the Prior KU Plans.  An Employee who was
                    a participant in the Kentucky Utilities Company Employee
                    Savings Plan immediately prior to the merger of the Prior
                    KU Plans, shall be eligible to participate in the Plan
                    upon the date of the merger of the Prior KU Plans into
                    the Plan.  If the Employee so situated declines
                    participation on the date of the merger of the Prior KU
                    Plans into the Plan he may thereafter elect to
                    participate as of the next Entry Date, which is
                    administratively feasible in accordance with Section 2.1
                    of the Plan.  If an Employee was not eligible to
                    participate in the Kentucky Utilities Company Employee
                    Savings Plan immediately prior to the date of the merger
                    of the Prior KU Plans into the Plan, the provisions of
                    Section 2.1 shall apply.

                                       73
<PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE 18

                     PROVISIONS RELATING TO WKE CORP. EMPLOYEES

Section 18.1   PARTICIPATION OF FORMER EMPLOYEES

                    Effective July 17, 1998, each Employee who was employed by
                    Big Rivers Electric Corporation, and who was a
                    participant in a savings plan sponsored by Big Rivers
                    Electric Corporation immediately prior to becoming an
                    Employee, shall be eligible to participate in the Plan
                    upon the date he becomes an Employee if the Employee
                    elects to participate in the Plan upon his first date of
                    employment.  If the Employee so situated declines
                    participation on this first date of employment, he may
                    thereafter elect to participate as of the next Entry
                    Date, which is administratively feasible in accordance
                    with Section 2.1 of the Plan.  If an Employee was not
                    eligible to participate in a Big Rivers Electric
                    Corporation plan immediately prior to becoming an
                    Employee, the provisions of Section 2.1 shall apply.

Section 18.2   SERVICE

                    Notwithstanding the definition of Service, Service for
                    any Employee who was employed by Big Rivers Electric
                    Corporation, immediately prior to becoming a Participant
                    in the Plan shall be defined to include the aggregate of
                    the employment period with the Employer and the
                    employment period with such prior employer.

                                       74
<PAGE>

                               *********************

                                     SIGNATURES


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Plan to be executed
this  10th day of September, 1999, effective as of the dates set forth
above.



Witness:                                By    /s/ Frederick J. Newton, III
                                            ---------------------------------
    /s/ Gregory J. Meiman               Title  Senior Vice President and
- -----------------------------                  Chief Administrative Officer



                                       75
<PAGE>

                                     APPENDIX A

                              PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS


LG&E Energy Corp.

Louisville Gas and Electric Company

LG&E Home Services Inc., effective February 1, 1996

Enertech Inc., effective February 1, 1996

WKE Corp., WKE Station Two Inc., Western Kentucky Energy, Corp., effective
July 17, 1998

Kentucky Utilities Company, effective August 1, 1998



                                       76
<PAGE>

                                     APPENDIX B

                              PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS



LG&E Power Inc., effective January 1, 1998.

LG&E Natural Inc., effective January 1, 1998.

LG&E Natural Marketing Inc., effective January 1, 1998.

Hadson Financial Corporation, effective January 1, 1998.



                                       77

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 4.02










                             401(k) SAVINGS PLAN
                                     FOR
             EMPLOYEES OF LOUISVILLE GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY WHO
                    ARE REPRESENTED BY LOCAL 2100 OF IBEW









                          Effective January 1, 1998


<PAGE>

                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Page No.
<S>                 <C>                                                   <C>
INTRODUCTION                                                                  1

DEFINITIONS                                                                   2
     Section 1.1    ADJUSTMENT                                                2
     Section 1.2    ANNUAL ADDITIONS                                          2
     Section 1.3    BENEFICIARY                                               2
     Section 1.4    BOARD                                                     2
     Section 1.5    CODE                                                      2
     Section 1.6    COMMITTEE                                                 2
     Section 1.7    COMPANY                                                   2
     Section 1.8    COMPANY STOCK                                             2
     Section 1.9    COMPENSATION                                              3
     Section 1.10   CORPORATION                                               3
     Section 1.11   DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN                                      3
     Section 1.12   DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN                                 3
     Section 1.13   DIVIDEND ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANT                             3
     Section 1.14   EARLY RETIREMENT DATE                                     4
     Section 1.15   EFFECTIVE DATE                                            4
     Section 1.16   EMPLOYEE                                                  4
     Section 1.17   EMPLOYER                                                  4
     Section 1.18   EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS                                    4
     Section 1.19   ENTRY DATE                                                4
     Section 1.20   ESOP                                                      4
     Section 1.21   ESOP DIVIDENDS                                            4
     Section 1.22   FIDUCIARY                                                 4
     Section 1.23   FORMER PARTICIPANT                                        4
     Section 1.24   HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES                              4
     Section 1.25   INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT                                        7
     Section 1.26   INVESTMENT FUND                                           7
     Section 1.27   INVESTMENT MANAGER                                        7
     Section 1.28   LEASED EMPLOYEE                                           7
     Section 1.29   LG&E ENERGY CORP. COMMON STOCK FUND                       7
     Section 1.30   LIMITATION YEAR                                           7
     Section 1.31   MATCHING CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT                             7
     Section 1.32   MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS                                    8
     Section 1.33   NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE                                    8
     Section 1.34   PARTICIPANT                                               8
     Section 1.35   PAYING AGENT                                              8
     Section 1.36   PLAN                                                      8
     Section 1.37   PLAN YEAR                                                 8
     Section 1.38   PRIOR ESOP ACCOUNT                                        8
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>                                                   <C>
     Section 1.39   PRIOR PLAN                                                8
     Section 1.40   ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTION                                     8
     Section 1.41   ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT                             8
     Section 1.42   SALARY REDIRECTION                                        8
     Section 1.43   SALARY REDIRECTION ACCOUNT                                9
     Section 1.44   TOTAL AND PERMANENT DISABILITY                            9
     Section 1.45   TRUST AGREEMENT                                           9
     Section 1.46   TRUST FUND                                                9
     Section 1.47   VALUATION DATE                                            9
     Section 1.48   TRUSTEE                                                   9

PARTICIPATION                                                                10
     Section 2.1    ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS                                 10
     Section 2.2    PLAN BINDING                                             10
     Section 2.3    REEMPLOYMENT                                             10
     Section 2.4    TRANSFERS                                                10
     Section 2.5    BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION                                  11
     Section 2.6    NOTIFICATION OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT BALANCE               11

CONTRIBUTIONS                                                                12
     Section 3.1    SALARY REDIRECTION                                       12
     Section 3.2    MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS                                   14
     Section 3.3    ROLLOVER AMOUNT FROM OTHER PLANS                         14
     Section 3.4    NONDISCRIMINATION TEST FOR SALARY REDIRECTION            15
     Section 3.5    MAXIMUM INDIVIDUAL DEFERRAL                              18
     Section 3.6    MISTAKE OF FACT                                          18

ALLOCATIONS TO INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS                                           19
     Section 4.1    INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS                                      19
     Section 4.2    INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS                                   19
     Section 4.3    VALUATION OF ACCOUNTS                                    20
     Section 4.4    TRUSTEE AND COMMITTEE JUDGMENT CONTROLS                  21
     Section 4.5    MAXIMUM ADDITIONS                                        21
     Section 4.6    CORRECTIVE ADJUSTMENTS                                   21
     Section 4.7    DEFINED CONTRIBUTION AND DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN FRACTION   22

DISTRIBUTIONS                                                                24
     Section 5.1    NORMAL RETIREMENT                                        24
     Section 5.2    EARLY RETIREMENT                                         24
     Section 5.3    LATE RETIREMENT                                          24
     Section 5.4    DEATH                                                    24
     Section 5.5    DISABILITY                                               24
     Section 5.6    TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT                                24
     Section 5.7    COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS                                 24
     Section 5.8    MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS                                    25
     Section 5.9    METHODS OF PAYMENT                                       25
</TABLE>


                                      ii

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>                                                   <C>
     Section 5.10   BENEFITS TO MINORS AND INCOMPETENTS                      27
     Section 5.11   UNCLAIMED BENEFITS                                       28
     Section 5.12   PARTICIPANT DIRECTED ROLLOVERS                           28

WITHDRAWALS                                                                  30
     Section 6.1    HARDSHIP WITHDRAWAL                                      30
     Section 6.2    PARTICIPANT LOANS                                        31

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                                35
     Section 7.1    PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE                               35
     Section 7.2    INVESTMENT IN COMPANY STOCK                              35
     Section 7.3    PRIOR ESOP ACCOUNTS                                      35
     Section 7.4    GENERAL ESOP PROVISIONS                                  35
     Section 7.5    PUT OPTION                                               36
     Section 7.6    LOANS                                                    36
     Section 7.7    DISPOSITION OF DIVIDENDS ON COMPANY STOCK                38
     Section 7.8    VOTING OF STOCK AND OTHER STOCK RIGHTS                   38
     Section 7.9    SECTION 16 COMPLIANCE                                    39

FUNDING                                                                      40
     Section 8.1    CONTRIBUTIONS                                            40
     Section 8.2    TRUSTEE                                                  40

FIDUCIARIES                                                                  41
     Section 9.1    GENERAL                                                  41
     Section 9.2    EMPLOYER                                                 41
     Section 9.3    TRUSTEE                                                  41
     Section 9.4    401(k) SAVINGS COMMITTEE                                 42
     Section 9.5    CLAIMS PROCEDURES                                        43
     Section 9.6    RECORDS                                                  44

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN                                        45
     Section 10.1   AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN                                    45
     Section 10.2   TERMINATION OF THE PLAN                                  45
     Section 10.3   RETURN OF CONTRIBUTIONS                                  45

MISCELLANEOUS                                                                48
     Section 11.1   GOVERNING LAW                                            48
     Section 11.2   CONSTRUCTION                                             48
     Section 11.3   ADMINISTRATION EXPENSES                                  48
     Section 11.4   PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS                                     48
     Section 11.5   SPENDTHRIFT CLAUSE                                       48
     Section 11.6   MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER                        49
     Section 11.7   COUNTERPARTS                                             49

SIGNATURES                                                                   49
</TABLE>


                                      iii

<PAGE>


                                 INTRODUCTION


     Effective  January 1, 1993, the Board of Directors of Louisville Gas and
Electric Company ("Sponsoring Employer") adopted the 401(k) Savings Plan for
Employees of Louisville Gas and Electric Company Who Are Represented by Local
2100 of IBEW (the "Plan"), as hereinafter set forth.

     On January 1, 1998, the Louisville Gas and Electric Company Employees'
Stock Ownership Plan and Trust participant balances were merged into the Plan.

     It is intended that this Plan, together with the Trust Agreement, meet all
the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code")
and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as amended ("ERISA") and
shall be interpreted, wherever possible, to comply with the terms of the said
laws, as amended, and all formal regulations and rulings issued thereunder.  It
is also intended that this Plan shall be a profit sharing plan under Code
Section 401(a).


<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE 1

                                 DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1    ADJUSTMENT means the net increases and decreases in the market
               value of the Trust Fund during a Plan Year or other period
               exclusive of any contribution or distribution during such year or
               other period.  Such increases and decreases shall include such
               items as realized or unrealized investment gains and losses and
               investment income, and may include expenses of administering the
               Trust Fund and the Plan.

Section 1.2    ANNUAL ADDITIONS means for any Employee in any Limitation Year,
               the sum of Employer Contributions, Salary Redirection, and
               forfeitures allocated to the Employee's Individual Account.
               Amounts allocated to an individual medical account, as defined in
               Section 415(l) of the Code, which is part of an annuity or
               pension plan maintained by the Employer are treated as Annual
               Additions to a Defined Contribution Plan.  Also, amounts derived
               from contributions paid or accrued which are attributable to
               post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate
               account of a Key Employee as required by Section 419A(d) of the
               Code, maintained by the Employer, are treated as Annual Additions
               to a Defined Contribution Plan.

Section 1.3    BENEFICIARY means any person designated by a Participant to
               receive such benefits as may become payable hereunder after the
               death of such Participant, provided, however, that a married
               Participant may not name as his Beneficiary someone other than
               his spouse unless the spouse consents in writing to such
               designation, which consent shall be acknowledged by a Plan
               representative or by a notary public.

Section 1.4    BOARD means the Board of Directors of the Employer.

Section 1.5    CODE means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended and
               revised.

Section 1.6    COMMITTEE means the Benefits Committee provided for in Article 9
               hereof.

Section 1.7    COMPANY means Louisville Gas and Electric Company and all of the
               legal entities which are part of a controlled group or affiliated
               service group with  Louisville Gas and Electric Company pursuant
               to the provisions of Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o).

Section 1.8    COMPANY STOCK means the common stock issued by the Corporation
               having a combination of voting power and dividend rates equal to
               or in excess of

               (a)  That class of common stock of the Corporation having the
                    greatest voting power,


                                       2

<PAGE>

               (b)  That class of common stock of the Corporation having the
                    greatest dividend rights.

Section 1.9    COMPENSATION means, for any Plan Year, base compensation paid to
               an Employee by the Employer, increased by amounts deferred
               pursuant to Code Sections 125 (flexible benefit plans), 402(a)(8)
               (salary redirection), and 402(h)(1)(B) (simplified employee
               plans), including a one thousand five hundred dollar ($1,500)
               lump sum payment amount to be paid on or about January 6, 1995
               and excluding, without limitation, any overtime, shift
               differential and any other forms of premium compensation paid by
               the Employer.  In the Plan Year during which an Employee becomes
               a Participant, only remuneration paid in the portion of the Plan
               Year in which he was a Participant shall be considered
               Compensation.  Compensation shall be limited to two hundred
               thousand dollars ($200,000) or such greater amount as determined
               pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17).  Effective January 1, 1994
               Compensation shall be limited to one hundred and fifty thousand
               dollars ($150,000) or such greater amount as determined pursuant
               to Code Section 401(a)(17).  In determining the compensation of a
               Participant for purposes of this limitation, the rules of Section
               414(q)(6) of the Code shall apply, except in applying such rules,
               the term "family" shall include only the spouse of the
               Participant and any lineal descendants of the Participant who
               have not attained age nineteen (19) before the close of the year.
               If, as a result of the application of such rules the adjusted two
               hundred thousand dollar ($200,000) or the one hundred and fifty
               thousand dollar ($150,000) limitation is exceeded, then (except
               for purposes of determining the portion of compensation up to the
               integration level if this Plan provides for permitted disparity),
               the limitation shall be prorated among the affected individuals
               in proportion to each individual's compensation as determined
               under this Section prior to the application of this limitation.

Section 1.10   CORPORATION means LG&E Energy Corp. and its successors.

Section 1.11   DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN means a plan established and qualified under
               Section 401 of the Code, except to the extent it is, or is
               treated as, a Defined Contribution Plan.

Section 1.12   DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN means a plan which is established and
               qualified under Section 401 of the Code, which provides for an
               individual account for each participant therein and for benefits
               based solely on the amount contributed to each participant's
               account and any income, expenses, gains or losses (both realized
               and unrealized) which may be allocated to such account.

Section 1.13   DIVIDEND ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANT means a Participant who will not
               reach the maximum individual deferral amount as described in
               Section 3.5 or a Participant who has not reached the maximum
               Compensations amount described in Section 1.9 herein, and all
               Former Participants, alternate payees and Beneficiaries.


                                       3

<PAGE>

Section 1.14   EARLY RETIREMENT DATE means the earlier of (i) the date the
               Participant attains age fifty-five (55) or (ii) the date the
               Participant is credited with thirty-five (35), effective June 1,
               1996 the date the Participant is credited with thirty (30)  years
               of vesting service under the Retirement Income Plan for Employees
               of Louisville Gas and Electric Company Who Are Represented by
               Local 2100 of IBEW.

Section 1.15   EFFECTIVE DATE means January 1, 1993m the effective date of the
               Prior Plan.  The effective date of this amended and restated Plan
               is January 1, 1998.

Section 1.16   EMPLOYEE means any person employed by the Employer, who is a
               member of Local 2100 of IBEW and who is eligible for coverage
               hereunder.  The term "Employee" shall exclude any person who is a
               Leased Employee.

Section 1.17   EMPLOYER means Louisville Gas and Electric Company.  The
               Sponsoring Employer shall be Louisville Gas and Electric Company.

Section 1.18   EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS means Matching Contributions made to the
               Trust Fund by the Employer.  Salary Redirection shall not be
               included in the term Employer Contributions when used in this
               Plan.

Section 1.19   ENTRY DATE means the first day of each calendar month during each
               Plan Year.

Section 1.20   ESOP means the Employee Stock Ownership Plan established pursuant
               to Article 7 of the Plan.

Section 1.21   ESOP DIVIDENDS means those amounts distributed during the Plan
               Year to a Participant as dividends on stock allocated to such
               Participant's account under the Louisville Gas and Electric
               Company Employees' Stock Ownership Plan or effective January 1,
               1998, Article 7 of the Plan.

Section 1.22   FIDUCIARY means the Employer, the Trustee, the Committee and any
               individual, corporation, firm or other entity which assumes, in
               accordance with Article 9, responsibilities of the Employer, the
               Trustee or the Committee with respect to management of the Plan
               or the disposition of its assets.

Section 1.23   FORMER PARTICIPANT means a Participant whose participation in the
               Plan has terminated but who has not received payment in full of
               the balance in his Individual Account to which he is entitled.

Section 1.24   HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES will be determined in accordance
               with the following:

               (a)  HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE means an employee who during the
                    look back year or the determination year:

                    (1)  Was at any time a five percent (5%) owner of the
                         Employer;


                                       4

<PAGE>

                    (2)  Received compensation from the Company in excess of
                         seventy-five thousand dollars ($75,000) (or such
                         higher amount as may be provided under Code Section
                         414(q));

                    (3)  Received compensation from the Company in excess of
                         fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) (or such higher
                         amount as may be provided under Code Section 414(q))
                         and was in a group consisting of the top twenty
                         percent (20%) of the employees of the Company when
                         ranked on the basis of compensation; or

                    (4)  Was at any time an officer and received compensation
                         greater than fifty percent (50%) of the maximum
                         amount under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A).  Not more
                         than fifty (50) officers (or, if lesser, the greater
                         of three (3) employees or ten percent (10%) of the
                         employees) shall be considered under this Subsection
                         as Highly Compensated Employees.  If no officer is
                         described above, then the highest paid officer shall
                         be treated as described in this item (4).

               (b)  If the employee was not a Highly Compensated Employee for
                    the look back year, then he shall not be considered a
                    Highly Compensated Employee for the determination year
                    unless he is a five percent (5%) owner of the Employer or
                    one of the highest paid one hundred (100) employees and
                    meets the criteria of items (2), (3) or (4) of Subsection
                    (a) of this Section.

               (c)  If the Highly Compensated Employee is a five percent (5%)
                    owner or one of the ten (10) most highly compensated
                    employees, then the compensation and contributions of
                    employees who are spouses, lineal descendants, ascendants
                    or spouses of lineal descendants or ascendants of such
                    Highly Compensated Employees shall be attributed to the
                    Highly Compensated Employee and the employees who are
                    such relatives shall not be considered as separate
                    employees.  In the event that family aggregation is
                    required, the limitation on compensation pursuant to Code
                    Section 401(a)(17) will be allocated among those family
                    members who have not attained age nineteen (19) by the
                    close of the Plan Year by multiplying the limitation by a
                    fraction, the numerator of which is the individual family
                    member's compensation and the denominator of which is the
                    total compensation of all members of the family group or
                    in such other manner as provided by regulation and
                    pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service.

               (d)  For purposes of determining Highly Compensated Employees,
                    compensation shall mean compensation paid by the Company
                    for purposes of Code Section 415(c)(3) and shall include
                    amounts deferred pursuant to


                                       5

<PAGE>

                    Code Sections 125 (flexible benefit plans); 402(a)(8)
                    (salary redirection); and 402(h)(1)(B) (simplified
                    employee plans).

               (e)  For purposes of determining the top twenty percent (20%)
                    of employees and the number of officers counted as Highly
                    Compensated Employees, the following employees shall be
                    excluded:

                    (1)  Employees who have not completed six (6) months of
                         service,

                    (2)  Employees who normally work less than seventeen and
                         one-half (17-1/2) hours per week,

                    (3)  Employees who normally work during not more than six
                         (6) months during the Plan Year,

                    (4)  Employees who have not attained age twenty-one (21),

                    (5)  Employees who are non-resident aliens.

               (f)  A former employee shall be treated as a Highly
                    Compensated Employee if (1) such employee was a Highly
                    Compensated Employee when such employee separated from
                    Service, or (2), such employee was a Highly Compensated
                    Employee at any time after attainment of age fifty-five
                    (55).

               (g)  Except as otherwise provided in this Section, the term
                    "look back year" shall mean the twelve (12) month period
                    immediately preceding the determination year.

               (h)  Except as otherwise provided in this Section the term
                    "determination year" shall mean the current Plan Year.

               (i)  To the extent permitted by regulations under Code Section
                    414(q), the Employer may elect to make the look back year
                    calculation on the basis of the calendar year ending with
                    or within the applicable determination year (or, in the
                    case of a determination year that is shorter than twelve
                    (12) months, the calendar year ending with or within the
                    twelve (12) month period ending with the end of the
                    determination year).  In such case, the Employer must
                    make the determination year calculation on the basis of
                    the period (if any) by which the applicable determination
                    year extends beyond such calendar year.  If the Employer
                    makes the election provided for in this Subsection, such
                    election must be made with respect to all plans, entities
                    and arrangements of the Employer.

               (j)  The determination of Highly Compensated Employees shall
                    be determined on a Company wide basis and shall not be
                    determined on an Employer-by-Employer or plan-by-plan
                    basis.


                                       6

<PAGE>

               (k)  If the Employer so elects for a year, item (2) of
                    Subsection (a) of this Section shall be applied by
                    substituting fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) in place of
                    seventy-five thousand dollars ($75,000), and item (3) of
                    Subsection (a) of this Section shall not apply, provided
                    that:

                    (1)  At all times during such year, the Employer
                         maintained substantial business activities and
                         employed employees in at least two (2) significantly
                         separate geographic areas, and

                    (2)  The Employer satisfies such other conditions as may be
                         prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

               (l)  The determination of Highly Compensated Employees shall
                    be governed by Code Section 414(q) and the regulations
                    issued thereunder.

Section 1.25   INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT means the detailed record kept of the amounts
               credited or charged to each Participant in accordance with the
               terms hereof.  Such Individual Account is comprised of the
               following accounts:  a Salary Redirection Account, a Matching
               Contribution Account, a Rollover Contribution Account, and
               effective January 1, 1998 the Prior ESOP Account.

Section 1.26   INVESTMENT FUND means the investment fund established pursuant to
               Section 4.2.

Section 1.27   INVESTMENT MANAGER means a Fiduciary (other than the Trustee or
               other named Fiduciary) as defined in Section 3(38) of the
               Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 who is appointed
               by the  Employer pursuant to Section 9.3.

Section 1.28   LEASED EMPLOYEE shall mean any person  (other than an employee of
               the recipient) who provides services to the recipient if such
               services are provided pursuant to an agreement between the
               recipient and any other person ("leasing organization"), such
               person has performed such services for the recipient (or for the
               recipient and any related persons determined in accordance with
               Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full-time basis for a
               period of one (1) year, and such services are of a type
               historically performed by employees in the business field of the
               recipient employer.

Section 1.29   LG&E ENERGY CORP. COMMON STOCK FUND means the fund invested
               primarily in shares of Company Stock.

Section 1.30   LIMITATION YEAR means the twelve (12) month period beginning on
               January 1 and ending on December 31.

Section 1.31   MATCHING CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT means that portion of a
               Participant's Individual Account attributable to (i) Matching
               Contributions allocated to such Participant pursuant to Section
               3.2 and (ii) the Participant's proportionate share, attributable


                                       7

<PAGE>

               to his Matching Contribution Account, of the Adjustments, reduced
               by any distributions from such Account pursuant to Article 5 and
               any withdrawals from such Account pursuant to Article 6.

Section 1.32   MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS means contributions made to the Trust Fund
               by the Employer pursuant to Section 3.2.

Section 1.33   NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE means the first day of the month
               coincident with or next following the Participant's sixty-fifth
               (65th) birthday.  The Normal Retirement Age shall be age
               sixty-five (65).

Section 1.34   PARTICIPANT means any Employee who becomes a Participant as
               provided in Article 2 hereof.

Section 1.35   PAYING AGENT means the payroll department of the Company or a
               participating subsidiary, acting as agent for a Participant, or
               the trustees of the Louisville Gas and Electric Company
               Employees' Stock Ownership Plan and Trust, or effective January
               1, 1998, the Trustee of the Plan.

Section 1.36   PLAN means the 401(k) Savings Plan for Employees of Louisville
               Gas and Electric Company Who Are Represented by Local 2100 of
               IBEW.

Section 1.37   PLAN YEAR means the twelve (12) month period beginning on January
               1 and ending on December 31.

Section 1.38   PRIOR ESOP ACCOUNT means the portion of the Individual Account
               attributable to the balance transferred from the Louisville Gas
               and Electric Employees' Stock Ownership Plan, effective January
               1, 1998.

Section 1.39   PRIOR PLAN means the 401(k) Savings Plan for Employees of
               Louisville Gas and Electric Company Who Are Represented by Local
               2100 of IBEW, effective January 1, 1993.

Section 1.40   ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTION means contributions made to the Trust Fund
               by an Employee pursuant to Section 3.3.

Section 1.41   ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT means that portion of an Employee's
               Individual Account attributable to (i) Rollover Contributions
               pursuant to Section 3.3 and (ii) the Participant's proportionate
               share, attributable to his Rollover Contribution Account, of the
               Adjustments, reduced by any distributions from such Account
               pursuant to Article 5 and any withdrawals from such Account
               pursuant to Article 6.

Section 1.42   SALARY REDIRECTION means contributions made to the Trust Fund by
               the Employer pursuant to Section 3.1.


                                       8

<PAGE>

Section 1.43   SALARY REDIRECTION ACCOUNT means that portion of a Participant's
               Individual Account attributable to (i) Salary Redirection amounts
               made on his behalf pursuant to Section 3.1 and (ii) the
               Participant's proportionate share, attributable to his Salary
               Redirection Account, of the Adjustments, reduced by any
               distributions from such Account pursuant to Article 5 and any
               withdrawals from such Account pursuant to Article 6.

Section 1.44   TOTAL AND PERMANENT DISABILITY or TOTALLY AND PERMANENTLY
               DISABLED means totally and permanently incapacitated, physically
               or mentally, from engaging in any gainful occupation or
               employment and qualifies as disabled under the Retirement Income
               Plan for Employees of Louisville Gas and Electric Company Who Are
               Represented by Local 2100 of IBEW.

Section 1.45   TRUST AGREEMENT means the agreement entered into between the
               Employer and the Trustee pursuant to Article 8 hereof.

Section 1.46   TRUST FUND means the trust fund created in accordance with
               Article 8 hereof.

Section 1.47   TRUSTEE means such individual or corporation as shall be
               designated in the Trust Agreement to hold in trust any assets of
               the Plan for the purpose of providing benefits under the Plan,
               and shall include any successor trustee designated thereunder.

Section 1.48   VALUATION DATE means the date the Investment Manager values the
               assets of the Investment Fund. The Valuation Date will occur at
               least once a year.


                                       9

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE 2

                                PARTICIPATION

Section 2.1    ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

               Each Employee shall be eligible to participate as of the Entry
               Date coincident with or next following the completion of six (6)
               months of continuous employment.

Section 2.2    PLAN BINDING

               Upon becoming a Participant, a Participant shall be bound then
               and thereafter by the terms of this Plan and the Trust Agreement,
               including all amendments to the Plan and the Trust Agreement made
               in the manner herein authorized.

Section 2.3    REEMPLOYMENT

               (a)  Termination of employment shall be deemed to occur when
                    an Employee has an interruption in continuity of his
                    employment by the Company.  Such termination may have
                    resulted from retirement, death, voluntary or involuntary
                    termination of employment, unauthorized absence, or by
                    failure to return to active employment with the Company
                    or to retire by the date on which an authorized leave of
                    absence expired.

               (b)  If an Employee who was not eligible to become a
                    Participant in the Plan during his prior period of
                    employment is reemployed, he shall be eligible to
                    participate in the Plan after he has met the requirements
                    of Section 2.1.

               (c)  If an Employee who was a Participant in the Plan during
                    his prior period of employment is reemployed, he shall be
                    eligible to again become a Participant as of the first
                    payroll coincident with or next following his change in
                    status.

               (d)  If a person employed by the Employer becomes an Employee
                    as defined under this Plan, he shall be eligible to
                    participate in the Plan as of the date of his change in
                    status, provided he has met the requirements of Section
                    2.1.  If person employed by the Employer ceases to be an
                    Employee as defined under the Plan he will cease to be an
                    active Participant effective as of the first payroll
                    coincident with or next following his change in status.

Section 2.4    TRANSFERS

               When an employee is no longer eligible for participation under
               the terms of this Plan but is eligible for participation under
               the Louisville Gas and Electric


                                      10

<PAGE>

               Company 401(k) Savings Plan (salaried plan), administrative
               adjustments to transfer such employee to the salaried plan, shall
               be made as soon as practicable.

Section 2.5    BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

               Upon commencing participation, each Participant shall
               designate a Beneficiary on forms furnished by the Committee.
               Such Participant may then from time to time change his
               Beneficiary designation by written notice to the Committee
               and, upon such change, the rights of all previously designated
               Beneficiaries to receive any benefits under this Plan shall
               cease.  A married Participant may not name as his Beneficiary
               someone other than his spouse unless the spouse consents in
               writing to such designation, which consent shall be
               acknowledged by a Plan representative or by a notary public.
               If the Beneficiary designation consented to by the spouse is
               not limited to a specific Beneficiary ("general consent"), the
               consent must acknowledge that the spouse has a right to limit
               consent to a specific Beneficiary.  The consent of the spouse
               must be obtained each time the Beneficiary is changed, unless
               a general consent is given.  If, at the time of a
               Participant's death while benefits are still outstanding, his
               named Beneficiary does not survive him, the benefits shall be
               paid to his named contingent Beneficiary.  If a deceased
               Participant is not survived by either a named Beneficiary or
               contingent Beneficiary (or if no Beneficiary was effectively
               named), the benefits shall be paid in a single sum to the
               person or persons in the first of the following classes of
               successive preference beneficiaries then surviving:  the
               Participant's (i) surviving spouse, (ii) children, (iii)
               parents, (iv) brothers and sisters, (v) executors and
               administrators.  If the Beneficiary or contingent Beneficiary
               is living at the death of the Participant, but such person
               dies prior to receiving the entire death benefit, the
               remaining portion of such death benefits shall be paid in a
               single sum to the estate of such deceased Beneficiary or
               contingent Beneficiary.

Section 2.6    NOTIFICATION OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT BALANCE

               At least once each Plan Year or more frequently as determined
               by the Committee, the Committee shall notify each Participant
               of the amount of his share in the Adjustments and
               Contributions for the period just completed, and the new
               balance of his Individual Account.


                                      11

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE 3

                                CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1    SALARY REDIRECTION

               Each Employee who satisfies the requirements of Section 2.1
               may elect to have Salary Redirection made on his behalf,
               commencing on the date specified in Section 2.1.  Such
               election shall be made by entering into a Salary Redirection
               agreement with the Employer in which it is agreed that the
               Employer will redirect a portion of the Participant's
               Compensation and contribute that designated amount to the
               Trust Fund on behalf of the Participant in accordance with the
               following.

               (a)  SALARY REDIRECTION AGREEMENT.  Each eligible Employee may
                    enter into a Salary Redirection agreement under which the
                    Employee's Employer will redirect a portion of the
                    Participant's Compensation during each payroll period in
                    an amount equal to an integral percentage from one
                    percent (1%) to sixteen percent (16%) of such
                    Compensation and contribute such percentage to the Trust
                    Fund on behalf of the Participant.

               (b)  SUBMISSION OF FORM.  In order for Salary Redirection to
                    commence on the appropriate date (the beginning of a
                    payroll period), the Salary Redirection agreement must be
                    received by the Committee or effective June 1, 1998, the
                    designee of the Committee at least fifteen (15) days
                    prior to the date Salary Redirection is to start.
                    Notwithstanding the above, a terminated Participant who
                    is reemployed and is eligible to participate upon
                    reemployment may enter into a Salary Redirection
                    Agreement on his reemployment date to be applicable to
                    Compensation earned on and after such date.  In the event
                    a Participant does not so elect when initially eligible,
                    he may subsequently elect to have Salary Redirection made
                    on his behalf commencing with the first day of any
                    payroll period which is at least fifteen (15) days after
                    the date his election form is delivered to the Committee.
                    The Salary Redirection agreement shall be on a form
                    provided by the Committee or effective June 1, 1998, in a
                    manner prescribed by the Committee.  Such agreement shall
                    authorize the Employer to reduce Compensation otherwise
                    payable to the Participant during each pay period by the
                    amount of Salary Redirection elected.

               (c)  CHANGE IN REDIRECTED AMOUNTS.  A Participant electing to
                    have Salary Redirection made on his behalf to the Plan
                    pursuant to this Section, may, on a Salary Redirection
                    agreement provided by and submitted to the Committee,
                    increase or decrease his Salary Redirection amount
                    (within the appropriate minimum and maximum) as of the
                    first day of any payroll period which is at least fifteen
                    (15) days after the date his election form is received by
                    the Committee, but not retroactively.  Effective June 1,
                    1998, a Participant electing to have Salary Redirection
                    made on his behalf to the


                                      12

<PAGE>

                    Plan pursuant to this Section may in a manner prescribed
                    by the Committee, enter into a Salary Redirection
                    Agreement to increase or decrease his Salary Redirection
                    amount (within the appropriate minimum and maximum) as of
                    the first day of any payroll period which is at least
                    fifteen (15) days after the date of his election, but not
                    retroactively.  The Salary Redirection agreement shall
                    state the amount of Salary Redirection he desires to have
                    made.

               (d)  CESSATION OF REDIRECTION.  Any Participant may elect to
                    cease future Salary Redirection to the Plan effective
                    with the first regular payroll period that it is
                    administratively possible to do so following
                    notification. In the event any such Participant desires
                    thereafter to recommence having Salary Redirection made
                    on his behalf, he shall be allowed to do so effective
                    with the first day of any payroll period which is at
                    least fifteen (15) days after receipt of written notice
                    by the Committee on the appropriate form stating or
                    effective June 1, 1998, in the manner prescribed be the
                    Committee the amount of Salary Redirection he desires to
                    have made.

               (e)  NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.  Any of the notice requirements in
                    this Section may be lengthened or shortened by the
                    Committee if it finds it administratively necessary or
                    feasible to do so, with such discretion being exercised
                    in a nondiscriminatory manner.

               (f)  PAYMENT TO TRUSTEE.  The Employer shall pay to the
                    Trustee any Salary Redirection made on behalf of any
                    Participant within a reasonable time following the end of
                    each regular pay period, but no later than ninety (90)
                    days beginning on the date on which such Salary
                    Redirection would otherwise be paid to the Participant in
                    cash. Effective February 3, 1997, the Employer shall pay
                    to the Trustee any Salary Redirection made on behalf of
                    any Participant as of the earliest date on which such
                    Salary Redirection can reasonably be segregated from the
                    Employer's general assets, but no later than the
                    fifteenth (15th) business day of the month following the
                    month in which the Salary Redirection is received by the
                    Employer or the fifteenth (15th) business day of the
                    month following the month in which the Salary Redirection
                    would otherwise have been payable to the Participant in
                    cash.

               (g)  AMOUNTS OF ESOP DIVIDENDS DEEMED DEFERRED.  Effective
                    January 1, 1996, a Dividend Eligible Participant will be
                    deemed to have elected to have a Salary Redirection made
                    on his behalf in the amount of the ESOP Dividends paid to
                    him in cash, subject to the limits of Sections 401(k),
                    402(g) and 415 of the Code and the regulations
                    thereunder, unless the Participant elects otherwise by
                    making the appropriate election with the Committee in the
                    manner prescribed by the Committee. Effective January 1,
                    1998 a Dividend Eligible Participant will be deemed to
                    have elected to


                                      13

<PAGE>

                    have a Salary Redirection made on his behalf in the
                    amount of the ESOP deferrals made pursuant to this
                    Subsection 3.1(g), shall not be taken into account in the
                    calculation of the percentage of salary redirected
                    pursuant to Subsection 3.1(a).

Section 3.2    MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

               For each Accounting Year in which the Employer has net profits
               or accumulated net profits, as determined under generally
               accepted accounting principles, the Employer shall make an
               Employer Matching Contribution from such net profits or
               accumulated net profits to the Trust Fund on behalf of
               eligible Participants.  The Matching Contribution will be an
               amount necessary to match thirty-three percent (33%),
               effective as of the first pay period of 1999 fifty percent
               (50%), of the eligible Participants' net eligible Salary
               Redirection made to the Trust Fund for the Plan Year.  Net
               eligible Salary Redirection means Salary Redirection not to
               exceed six percent (6%) of Compensation during the Plan Year,
               which Salary Redirection has not been withdrawn.  For purposes
               of calculating net eligible Salary Redirection, withdrawals
               shall be deemed to have been made from the earliest Salary
               Redirection not yet withdrawn.  Any Matching Contribution
               which is made as of a Valuation Date shall be allocated to the
               Matching Contribution Account of each eligible Participant.
               For purposes of this Section, an eligible Participant shall
               mean a Participant who has made Salary Redirection
               contributions during the Plan Year.

Section 3.3    ROLLOVER AMOUNT FROM OTHER PLANS

               An Employee eligible to participate in the Plan, regardless of
               whether he has satisfied the participation requirements of
               Section 2.1, may transfer to the Trust Fund a "qualifying
               total distribution," defined in Section 402(a)(5)(E) of the
               Code, provided that such distribution is from a plan which
               meets the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code (the
               "Other Plan").

               (a)  The procedures approved by the Committee shall provide that
                    such a transfer may be made only if the following conditions
                    are met:

                    (1)  The transfer occurs on or before the sixtieth (60th)
                         day following the Employee's receipt of the
                         distribution from the Other Plan;

                    (2)  The amount transferred is equal to any portion of
                         the distribution the Employee received from the
                         Other Plan, subject to the maximum rollover
                         provision of Section 402(a)(5)(B) of the Code,
                         limiting such amount to the fair market value of all
                         property received in such a distribution reduced by
                         employee contributions, as defined in Section 402
                         (a)(5)(E) of the Code;

                    (3)  Any contribution pursuant to this Section must be
                         entirely in cash.


                                      14

<PAGE>

               (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Employee had
                    deposited a distribution previously received from another
                    qualified plan into an individual retirement account, as
                    defined in Section 408 of the Code, he may transfer the
                    amount of such distribution, plus earnings thereon, to
                    this Plan; provided such rollover amount is deposited
                    with the Trustee on or before the sixtieth (60th) day
                    following receipt thereof from the individual retirement
                    account.

               (c)  The Committee shall develop such procedures, and may
                    require such information from an Employee desiring to
                    make such a transfer, as it deems necessary or desirable
                    to determine that the proposed transfer will meet the
                    requirements of this Section.  Upon approval by the
                    Committee, or effective June 1, 1998, upon approval
                    pursuant to a method authorized by the Committee, the
                    amount rolled over or transferred shall be deposited in
                    the Trust Fund and shall be credited to a Rollover
                    Account.  Such account shall be one hundred percent
                    (100%) vested in the Employee and shall share in income
                    allocations in accordance with Section 4.3. Upon
                    termination of employment, the total amount of the
                    Rollover Account shall be distributed in accordance with
                    Article 5.

               (d)  Upon such a transfer by an Employee who is otherwise
                    eligible to participate in the Plan but who has not yet
                    completed the participation requirements of Section 2.1,
                    his Rollover Account shall represent his sole interest in
                    the Plan until he becomes a Participant.

Section 3.4    NONDISCRIMINATION TEST FOR SALARY REDIRECTION

               (a)  Periodically as determined by the Employer, the Employer
                    shall check the actual deferral percentages against the
                    tests identified below.  In the event that neither test
                    is met, the Employer shall reduce the Salary Redirection
                    percentages of Highly Compensated Employees that are
                    above the maximum deferral percentage allowed under the
                    tests; provided that the initial reductions shall be in
                    unmatched Salary Redirection, and only if such
                    redirections are not sufficient shall matched Salary
                    Redirection be reduced.  Beginning with the highest such
                    percentage, each contribution percentage shall be reduced
                    to the next highest percentage, and so forth, until the
                    excess is eliminated.  If it is necessary to reduce the
                    matched Salary Redirection, the Participant shall
                    nevertheless receive from the Plan a distribution equal
                    to the Employer Matching Contribution plus any income
                    thereon that would have been allocated to him had such
                    reduction in contribution not been necessary.

               (b)  The term "eligible Employees," for purposes of this
                    Section, shall mean all employees of the Employer who are
                    eligible to make Salary


                                      15

<PAGE>

                    Redirection contributions during the Plan Year for which
                    the tests are being made.

               (c)  The term "actual deferral percentage," means the average
                    of the following percentages (calculated separately for
                    each eligible Employee):  Salary Redirection
                    contributions on behalf of each eligible Employee divided
                    by the compensation of the eligible Employee.  Matching
                    Contributions may, at the election of the Employer, be
                    included in the numerator. In calculating the actual
                    deferral percentage of a Highly Compensated Employee who
                    participates in more than one cash or deferred
                    arrangement of the Company, all cash or deferred
                    arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year
                    shall be treated as a single arrangement.

               (d)  The term "compensation" for purposes of this Section,
                    shall include amounts paid by the Employer to the
                    Employee during the period he is eligible to make Salary
                    Redirection contributions and which amounts are currently
                    includable in the Employee's gross income.  For all Plan
                    Years, the Employer shall have the right to increase the
                    Employee's compensation, for purposes of this Section by
                    the amount of any Employee salary redirection elections
                    under Section 125 (flexible benefit plans), 402(a)(8)
                    (salary redirection) and 402(h)(1)(B) (simplified
                    employee plans) of the Code, or to use such alternate
                    definition of compensation as may be provided under
                    Section 414(s) of the Code.  Alternate definitions of
                    compensation under Code Section 414(s) include (i)
                    compensation within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3)
                    including or excluding reimbursements or other expense
                    allowances, fringe benefits (cash or non-cash), moving
                    expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits, and
                    (ii) any other definition of compensation that is
                    reasonable, does not by design favor Highly Compensated
                    Employees and satisfies the nondiscrimination
                    requirements of Code Section 414(s) and the regulations
                    thereunder.   Compensation for purposes of this Section
                    shall be limited to two hundred thousand dollars
                    ($200,000) or such greater amount as determined pursuant
                    to Code Section 401(a)(17).  In determining the
                    compensation of a Participant for purposes of this
                    limitation, the rules of Section 414(q)(6) of the Code
                    shall apply, except in applying such rules, the term
                    "family" shall include only the spouse of the Participant
                    and any lineal descendants of the Participant who have
                    not attained age nineteen (19) before the close of the
                    year. If, as a result of the application of such rules,
                    the adjusted two hundred thousand dollar ($200,000)
                    limitation is exceeded, then (except for purposes of
                    determining the portion of compensation up to the
                    integration level if this plan provides for permitted
                    disparity), the limitation shall be prorated among the
                    affected individuals in proportion to each such
                    individual's compensation as determined under this
                    Section prior to the application of this limitation.


                                      16

<PAGE>

               (e)  Only one (1) of the following two (2) tests need be
                    satisfied not to have a reduction in Salary Redirection.

                    Test I - The actual deferral percentage for the group of
                    Highly Compensated Employees is not more than the actual
                    deferral percentage of all other eligible Employees
                    multiplied by one and twenty-five hundredths (1.25).

                    Test II - The excess of the actual deferral percentage
                    for the group of Highly Compensated Employees over the
                    actual deferral percentage for all other eligible
                    Employees is not more than two (2) percentage points, and
                    the actual deferral percentage for the group of Highly
                    Compensated Employees is not more than the actual
                    deferral percentage for all other eligible Employees
                    multiplied by two (2.0).  Effective for Plan Years
                    beginning after December 31, 1988, if Test II in
                    Subsection 3.5(e) is used in testing other contributions
                    pursuant to that Section, Test II under this Section
                    shall be limited as provided for in Code Section
                    401(m)(9) and the regulations issued by the Secretary of
                    the Treasury or notices issued by the Internal Revenue
                    Service.  If a multiple use of Test II occurs, such
                    multiple use shall be corrected by reducing either the
                    actual deferral percentage or actual contribution
                    percentage of the Highly Compensated Employees in an
                    amount calculated in the manner provided in Subsection
                    (a) of the Section or Subsection 3.5(a).

               (f)  If neither Test I nor Test II is satisfied for any Plan
                    Year, the Plan shall nevertheless be deemed to comply
                    with the requirements of Section 401(k)(3)(A)(ii) of the
                    Code for such Plan Year if, before the last day of the
                    following Plan Year, the amount of any excess
                    contribution (adjusted for income or loss for the Plan
                    Year computed using any reasonable method that satisfies
                    Code Section 401(a)(4) provided it is used consistently
                    for all Participants and for all corrective distributions
                    under the Plan for the Plan Year and provided it is used
                    by the Plan for allocating income or loss to
                    Participants' Individual Accounts) is distributed to the
                    Participant. Unless a Participant elects otherwise in the
                    manner prescribed by the Committee, a Participant
                    receiving a distribution pursuant to this Subsection
                    3.4(f) shall be deemed to have made a Salary Redirection
                    agreement of Compensation (earned in the taxable year in
                    which such distribution is received) of up to the amount
                    of such distribution, subject to the limits of Code
                    Sections 401(k), 402(g) and 415 in effect for the year
                    such Salary Redirections are made.  In the event any
                    excess deferrals will be distributed to the Participant,
                    the Administrator may pay these amounts to a Paying
                    Agent.  Prior to January 1, 1997, in the case of family
                    aggregation pursuant to Subsection 1.24(c), excess
                    contributions under this Section shall be allocated to
                    Participants who are subject to the family aggregation
                    rules of Code Section 414(q)(6) in the manner prescribed
                    by the regulations.


                                      17

<PAGE>

               (g)  This Section shall be governed by the rules of Code
                    Section 401(k), 401(a)(4) and any rules or regulations
                    issued pursuant thereto, including the aggregation rules
                    of Code Section 401(k)(3) and the regulations thereunder.

Section 3.5    MAXIMUM INDIVIDUAL DEFERRAL

               A Participant shall not be permitted to have his Employer
               redirect an amount in excess of seven thousand dollars
               ($7,000) in any calendar year pursuant to the provisions of
               Section 3.1, including contributions to any other plan of the
               Company which are made pursuant to Code Section 402(g)(1).
               The seven thousand dollars ($7,000) limitation shall be
               adjusted in accordance with cost-of-living adjustments made by
               the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Code Section
               402(g)(5).  If any amount is redirected pursuant to Section
               3.1 and Section 8.3 in excess of seven thousand dollars
               ($7,000), or if a Participant notifies the Committee, in
               writing, by March 1 following the close of the taxable year of
               its portion of the amount contributed in excess of seven
               thousand dollars ($7,000) to all plans pursuant to Code
               Section 402(g)(1), such amount shall be deemed an "excess
               deferral" and the 401(k) Savings Committee shall direct the
               Trustee to distribute to the Participant (not later than the
               April 15 following the calendar year in which the excess
               deferral was made) the amount of the excess deferral (adjusted
               for income or loss for the Plan Year computed using any
               reasonable method that satisfies Code Section 401(a)(4)
               provided it is used consistently for all Participants and for
               all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year
               and provided it is used by the Plan for allocating income or
               loss to Participants' Individual Accounts and reduced by any
               deferrals distributed or reclassified pursuant to Section 3.4).

Section 3.6    MISTAKE OF FACT

               If due to a mistake of fact, Employer Contributions to the
               Trust Fund for any Plan Year exceed the amount intended to be
               contributed, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary,
               the Employer, as soon as such mistake of fact is discovered,
               shall notify the Trustee.  The Employer shall direct that the
               Trustee return such excess to the Employer, provided such
               return is made within one (1) year of the date on which the
               Employer made the contribution.


                                      18


<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE 4

                         ALLOCATIONS TO INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS


Section 4.1    INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS

               The Committee shall establish and maintain an Individual
               Account in the name of each Participant to which the
               Committee shall credit all amounts allocated to each such
               Participant pursuant to Article 3 and the following
               Sections of this Article. Effective January 1, 1998, the
               Committee shall also credit all amounts allocated to each
               Participant pursuant to Article 7.

Section 4.2    INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS

               The Individual Account shall be invested by the Trustee in
               accordance with the following:

               (a)  There shall be established the following Investment Funds
                    within the Trust Fund:

                    (1)  Fidelity Retirement Government Money Market Portfolio,

                    (2)  Fidelity Ginnie Mae Portfolio, frozen effective
                         October 1, 1996,

                    (3)  Fidelity Puritan Fund,

                    (4)  Fidelity Spartan U. S. Equity Index Portfolio,

                    (5)  Fidelity Magellan Fund,

                    (6)  Fidelity Contrafund, effective October 1, 1996,

                    (7)  Fidelity Equity-Income II Fund, effective October 1,
                         1996,

                    (8)  Warburg Pincus Emerging Growth, effective October 1,
                         1996,

                    (9)  Templeton Foreign, effective October 1, 1996,

                    (10) Fidelity Intermediate Bond Fund, effective October 1,
                         1996,

                    (11) LG&E Energy Corp. Common Stock Fund, effective
                         January 1, 1998.

                    (12) Janus Worldwide Fund, effective August 1, 1998.

                                       19
<PAGE>

               (b)  The Participant may direct the investments of current
                    contributions to his Individual Account and the cumulative
                    balance of his Individual Account in increments of ten
                    percent (10%),one percent (1%) effective October 1, 1996,
                    by giving the Investment Manager such notice as it shall
                    require to be effective as soon as reasonably possible.

               (c)  A Participant may transfer the cumulative balance of his
                    Individual Account, excluding the portion attributable to
                    his Prior ESOP Account. There shall be no limit on the
                    number of times a Participant can change the direction as to
                    the investment of current contributions to his Individual
                    Account.

               (d)  A Participant who does not make any election under this
                    Section shall have the Individual Account and current
                    contributions made on his behalf invested in the Retirement
                    Government Money Market Portfolio.

Section 4.3    VALUATION OF ACCOUNTS

               (a)  INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT.  As of each Valuation Date, the
                    Committee shall determine the fair market value of the
                    Individual Account of each Participant as follows:

                    (1)  The value of the Individual Account of each Participant
                         as of the last Valuation Date;

                    (2)  MINUS the amount of any withdrawals and distributions
                         made from the Participant's Individual Account since
                         the last Valuation Date;

                    (3)  PLUS any contributions to the separate account in the
                         Participant's Individual Account established for
                         contributions pursuant to the following Sections since
                         the last Valuation Date: 3.1, 3.2, 3.3;

                    (4)  PLUS any investment earnings allocated to such
                         Individual Account since the last Valuation Date;

                    (5)  MINUS any investment losses allocated to such
                         Individual Account since the last Valuation Date.

               (b)  INVESTMENT EARNINGS OR LOSSES.  The investment earnings (or
                    losses, if such computation is negative) from each
                    Investment Fund shall mean the net gain or loss of each
                    Investment Fund from investments, as reflected by interest
                    payments, dividends, realized and unrealized gains and
                    losses on securities, other investment transactions and
                    expenses paid from the fund.  In determining the investment
                    earnings or losses of the Investment Fund as of any date,
                    assets shall be valued on the basis of their fair market
                    value as of said date.

                                       20
<PAGE>

               (c)  ALLOCATION OF INVESTMENT EARNINGS OR LOSSES.  The investment
                    earnings and losses from each Investment Fund shall be
                    allocated to the Individual Account of each Participant
                    invested in the respective investment fund in such
                    reasonable and consistently applied manner as the
                    Investment Manager shall determine, provided that the
                    allocation is based on the relative market values of the
                    Participant's Individual Account.

Section 4.4    TRUSTEE AND COMMITTEE JUDGMENT CONTROLS

               In determining the fair market value of the Trust Fund and of
               Individual Accounts, the Trustee and the Committee shall
               exercise their best judgment, and all such determinations of
               value (in the absence of bad faith) shall be binding upon all
               Participants and their beneficiaries.  All allocations shall
               be deemed to have been made as of the Valuation Date,
               regardless of when actual allocations were undertaken.

Section 4.5    MAXIMUM ADDITIONS

               Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the total
               Annual Additions of a Participant for any Limitation Year when
               combined with any similar annual additions credited to the
               Participant for the same period from another qualified Defined
               Contribution Plan maintained by the Company, shall not exceed
               the lesser of the amounts determined pursuant to Subsection
               (a) or (b) of this Section.

               (a)  Thirty thousand dollars ($30,000) or, if greater,
                    twenty-five percent (25%) of the dollar limitation in effect
                    under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A); or

               (b)  Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant's compensation
                    received from the Company for such Limitation Year, as
                    determined pursuant to Section 415 of the Code.

               (c)  In the event a Participant is covered by one or more Defined
                    Contribution Plans maintained by the Company, the maximum
                    annual additions as noted above shall be decreased in any
                    other Defined Contribution Plan as determined necessary by
                    the Company, prior to a reduction of this Plan, to ensure
                    that all such plans will remain qualified under the Code.

Section 4.6    CORRECTIVE ADJUSTMENTS

               In the event that corrective adjustments in the Annual
               Addition to any Participant's Individual Account are required
               as the result of allocating forfeitures, a reasonable error in
               estimating a Participant's compensation, a reasonable error in
               determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the
               meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3)) that may be made with
               respect to an individual under the limits of Code Section 415,
               or such other facts and

                                       21
<PAGE>

               circumstances as may be provided for by rules or regulations
               issued pursuant to Code Section 415, the corrective
               adjustments shall be made pursuant to and in the order of the
               Subsections in this Section.  Unless he elects otherwise in
               the manner prescribed by the Committee, a Participant
               receiving a distribution under this Section 4.6 shall be
               deemed to have made a Salary Redirection agreement of
               Compensation (earned in the taxable year in which such
               distribution is received) equal to the amount of such
               distribution, subject to the limits of Code Section 401(k),
               402(g) and 415 for the Plan Year such Salary Redirections are
               made.  In the event any excess Annual Additions will be
               distributed to the Participant, the Committee may pay these
               amounts to the Paying Agent.

               (a)  The portion of the Participant's unmatched Salary
                    Redirection shall be reduced to insure compliance with
                    Section 4.5.  Any affected Salary Redirection will be
                    distributed to the Participant.

               (b)  The portion of the Participant's matched Salary Redirection
                    and his Matching Contributions shall be proportionally
                    reduced to insure compliance with Section 4.5.  Any affected
                    Salary Redirection will be distributed to the Participant.
                    Any affected Matching Contributions shall be used to reduce
                    future Matching Contributions.

Section 4.7    DEFINED CONTRIBUTION AND DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN FRACTION

               If a Participant is a participant in a Defined Benefit Plan
               maintained by the Company, the sum of his defined benefit plan
               fraction and his defined contribution plan fraction for any
               Limitation Year may not exceed one (1.0).

               (a)  For purposes of this Section, the term "defined contribution
                    plan fraction" shall mean a fraction the numerator of
                    which is the sum of all of the Annual Additions of the
                    Participant under this Plan and any other Defined
                    Contribution Plan maintained by the Company as of the
                    close of the Limitation Year and the denominator of which
                    is the sum of the lesser of the following amounts
                    determined for such Limitation Year and for each prior
                    Limitation Year of employment with the Company:

                    (1)  The product of one and twenty-five hundredths (1.25)
                         multiplied by the dollar limitation in effect under
                         Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code; or

                    (2)  The product of one and forty hundredths (1.4)
                         multiplied by the amount which may be taken into
                         account under Code Section 415(c)(1)(B) with respect
                         to each individual under the Plan for such Limitation
                         Year.

               (b)  For purposes of this Section, the term, "defined benefit
                    plan fraction" shall mean a fraction the numerator of
                    which is the Participant's projected

                                       22
<PAGE>

                    annual benefit (as defined in the Defined Benefit Plan)
                    determined as of the close of the Limitation Year and the
                    denominator of which is the lesser of:

                    (1)  The product of one and twenty-five hundredths (1.25)
                         multiplied by the dollar limitation in effect pursuant
                         to Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for such Limitation
                         Year; or

                    (2)  The product of one and forty hundredths (1.4)
                         multiplied by the amount which may be taken into
                         account pursuant to Section 415(b)(1)(B) of the Code
                         with respect to each individual under the Plan for such
                         Limitation Year.

               (c)  The limitation on aggregate benefits from a Defined Benefit
                    Plan and a Defined Contribution Plan which is contained in
                    Section 2004 of ERISA, as amended, shall be complied with
                    by a reduction (if necessary) in the Participant's benefits
                    under the Defined Benefit Plan.

                                       23
<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE 5

                                   DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1    NORMAL RETIREMENT

               When a Participant lives to his Normal Retirement Date and
               retires, he shall become entitled to the full value of his
               Individual Account as of the Valuation Date on which the
               distribution is made.

Section 5.2    EARLY RETIREMENT

               When a Participant lives to his Early Retirement Date and
               retires, he shall become entitled to the full value of his
               Individual Account as of the Valuation Date on which the
               distribution is made.

Section 5.3    LATE RETIREMENT

               A Participant may continue his employment past his Normal
               Retirement Date on a year-to-year basis.  He shall continue to
               be an active Participant under the Plan.  Upon his actual
               retirement, he shall become entitled to the full value of his
               Individual Account as of the Valuation Date on which the
               distribution is made.

Section 5.4    DEATH

               If a Participant dies while an active Participant under the
               Plan, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to the full value of
               his Individual Account as of the Valuation Date on which the
               distribution is made.

Section 5.5    DISABILITY

               When it is determined that a Participant is Totally and
               Permanently Disabled, the Committee shall certify such fact to
               the Trustee and such Disabled Participant shall be entitled to
               receive the full value of his Individual Account as of the
               Valuation Date on which the distribution is made.

Section 5.6    TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

               Upon termination of employment for any reason (other than
               Normal Retirement, Early Retirement, Late Retirement, Total &
               Permanent Disability Retirement, or Death), a Participant
               shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the full value of his
               Individual Account as of the Valuation Date on which the
               distribution is made.

Section 5.7    COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS

                                       24
<PAGE>
               (a)  Any benefits payable under this Article shall be paid as
                    soon as reasonably possible following the Participant's
                    Severance from Service Date, subject to the Participant's
                    consent.  Unless the Participant elects otherwise, payment
                    shall begin no later than sixty (60) days after the last day
                    of the Plan Year in which occurs the latest of (i) the
                    Participant's reaching Normal Retirement Age; (ii) the tenth
                    (10th) anniversary of the date the Employee became a
                    Participant; or (iii) termination of the Participant's
                    employment.  The Participant may defer distribution to a
                    subsequent date unless his benefit may be cashed out without
                    his consent pursuant to Subsection 5.10(a), or unless he is
                    subject to Section 5.9 as a result of attaining age seventy
                    and one-half (70-1/2).

               (b)  If the Participant does not consent to a distribution as
                    provided above, such distribution shall be made based on the
                    value of the Individual Account as of the Valuation Date
                    coincident with or immediately preceding the receipt of
                    notice by the Committee of the election to receive a
                    distribution.  Such distribution shall be made as soon as
                    reasonably possible following such Valuation Date.

Section 5.8    MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS

               (a)  The Individual Account of all Participants must be
                    distributed or commence to be distributed no later than
                    April 1 following the calendar year in which such
                    individual attains age seventy and one-half (70-1/2)
                    unless such individual has effectively executed a waiver
                    prior to January 1, 1984, in accordance with the Code and
                    notices and regulations issued thereunder. However, if
                    the Participant was not a five percent (5%) owner in any
                    Plan Year after attaining age sixty-five and one-half
                    (65-1/2) and had attained age seventy and one-half
                    (70-1/2) prior to January 1, 1988, distributions to said
                    Participant must commence no later than the April 1
                    following the calendar year in which the later of
                    termination of employment or age seventy and one-half
                    (70-1/2) occurs, or the Participant becomes a five
                    percent (5%) owner. Effective June 1, 1998 a Participant
                    who attains age seventy and one-half (701/2) while
                    actively at work, distributions to said Participant must
                    commence no later than the April 1 following the calendar
                    year in which the later of termination of employment, or
                    the Participant becomes a five percent (5%) owner of the
                    Company.

               (b)  All distributions required under this Article shall be
                    determined and made in accordance with the Proposed
                    Regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9), including the
                    minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement of
                    Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the Proposed Regulations.

Section 5.9    METHODS OF PAYMENT

                                       25
<PAGE>

               (a)  A Participant or Beneficiary shall elect a distribution of
                    the Individual Account as provided hereinafter.  No other
                    manner of distribution shall be provided.  The request by
                    the Participant or the Beneficiary shall be in writing
                    and shall be filed with the Committee at least thirty
                    (30) days before distribution is to be made.  Effective
                    June 1, 1998m the request by the Participant or the
                    Beneficiary shall be in a manner and time prescribed by
                    the Committee.  The Committee may not require a
                    distribution without the consent of the Participant prior
                    to his reaching the later of Normal Retirement Age or, if
                    the Participant is deceased, without the consent of his
                    spouse, if living, or of his Beneficiary, unless the
                    vested value of the Individual Account is not more than
                    three thousand five hundred dollars ($3,500) or effective
                    June 1, 1998 five thousand dollars ($5,000).  If the
                    vested value of the Participant's Individual Account is
                    less than three thousand five hundred dollars ($3,500) or
                    effective June 1, 1998 five thousand dollars ($5,000),
                    the benefits payable will be paid as soon as reasonably
                    possible following the actual date of severance,
                    notwithstanding lack of consent. If the vested value of
                    the Participant's Individual Account has been more than
                    three thousand five hundred dollars ($3,500) at the time
                    of any distribution, the value the Participant's
                    Individual Account will be deemed to be more than three
                    thousand five hundred dollars ($3,500) at the time of any
                    subsequent distribution for purposes of the consent
                    requirements of this paragraph.  Notwithstanding the
                    above, no lump sum distribution may be made after
                    periodic payments have commenced unless the Participant
                    or the Participant's surviving spouse consents in writing
                    to the distribution.  The alternative forms of
                    distribution are as follows:

                    (1)  A lump sum distribution in cash or in kind; or

                    (2)  Periodic installment payments (either monthly or
                         annually) for a period not to exceed ten (10) years as
                         selected by the Participant or Beneficiary; or

                    (3)  Any combination of the above.

               (b)  If the Participant dies after the periodic installment
                    payments commence but before the Individual Account is
                    fully distributed, the balance remaining in the
                    Individual Account shall be paid out over the periods
                    remaining pursuant to the Participant's election under
                    item (2) or (3) of Subsection (a) of this Section, or, if
                    the Beneficiary elects, such other period as is allowed
                    under this Section.

               (c)  Any payment provided for in this Section may not extend
                    beyond the life expectancy of the Participant or the
                    joint and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and
                    designated Beneficiary.

                                       26
<PAGE>

               (d)  If the Participant dies before distribution occurs or
                    commences, the Participant's entire interest will be
                    distributed no later than five (5) years after the
                    Participant's death, except to the extent that an
                    election is made to receive distributions in accordance
                    with (1) or (2) below:

                    (1)  If any portion of the Participant's interest is payable
                         to a designated Beneficiary, distributions may be made
                         in substantially equal installments over the life or
                         life expectancy of the designated Beneficiary
                         commencing no later than one (1) year after the
                         Participant's death.

                    (2)  If the designated Beneficiary is the Participant's
                         surviving spouse, the date distributions are required
                         to be made or commence shall not be earlier than the
                         date on which the Participant would have attained age
                         sixty-five (65). If the spouse dies before payments
                         begin, any subsequent distribution shall be made as if
                         the spouse had been the Participant.

               (e)  Notwithstanding any settlement option contained in this
                    Plan, the benefits payable to the Beneficiary of any
                    Participant must be incidental to the primary purpose of
                    distributing accumulated funds to the Participant, and if
                    the Participant's designated Beneficiary or survivor is
                    other than his spouse, the settlement option shall not
                    violate Code Section 401(a)(9).

               (f)  This Plan specifically permits a distribution to an
                    alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations
                    order at any time, irrespective of whether the
                    Participant has attained his earliest retirement age
                    under the Plan.  Nothing in this Section 5.9 gives a
                    Participant a right to receive a distribution at a time
                    otherwise not permitted under the Plan nor does it permit
                    the alternate payee to receive a form of payment not
                    permitted under the Plan.

Section 5.10   BENEFITS TO MINORS AND INCOMPETENTS

               (a)  In case any person entitled to receive payment under the
                    Plan shall be a minor, the Committee, in its discretion,
                    may dispose of such amount in any one or more of the ways
                    specified in items (1) through (3) of this Subsection.

                    (1)  By payment thereof directly to such minor;

                    (2)  By application thereof for benefit of such minor;

                    (3)  By payment thereof to either parent of such minor or to
                         any adult person with whom such minor may at the time
                         be living or to any person who shall be legally
                         qualified and shall be acting as guardian of the person
                         or the property of such minor; provided

                                       27
<PAGE>

                         only that the parent or adult person to whom any amount
                         shall be paid shall have advised the Committee in
                         writing that he will hold or use such amount for the
                         benefit of such minor.

               (b)  In the event that it shall be found that a person entitled
                    to receive payment under the Plan is physically or
                    mentally incapable of personally receiving and giving a
                    valid receipt for any payment due (unless prior claim
                    therefor shall have been made by a duly qualified
                    committee or other legal representative), such payment
                    may be made to the spouse, son, daughter, parent,
                    brother, sister or other person deemed by the Committee
                    to have incurred expense for such person otherwise
                    entitled to payment.

Section 5.11   UNCLAIMED BENEFITS

               If, after diligent effort, a Participant, spouse or
               Beneficiary who is entitled to a distribution cannot be
               located within a reasonable period of time after the date
               such distribution was to commence, the distributable
               Individual Account balance shall be deposited in such
               separate account as the Trustee shall determine.  The
               separate account shall be registered in the name of the
               person entitled to the distribution.  The balance in such
               separate account shall be forfeited on the fifth (5th)
               anniversary of the Participant's termination of
               employment, or such later date as the Committee may
               determine, and shall be used to reduce future Employer
               Contributions.  If the Participant, spouse or Beneficiary
               subsequently presents a valid claim for the benefit to
               the Committee, the Committee shall cause the benefit,
               equal to the amount which was forfeited under this
               Section, to be restored, first from forfeitures and then
               from Employer Contributions.

Section 5.12   PARTICIPANT DIRECTED ROLLOVERS

               (a)  Any Participant, spouse or alternate payee under a qualified
                    domestic relations order entitled to receive an eligible
                    rollover distribution on or after January 1, 1993, may
                    elect, pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(31) and the rules
                    and regulations issued pursuant thereto, to have such
                    distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement
                    plan.  The election shall be made in such form and in
                    such manner as the Employer may require, consistent with
                    the rules and regulations issued pursuant to Code Section
                    401(a)(31).

               (b)  For purposes of Subsection (a) of this Section, an eligible
                    rollover distributions is a distribution of all or any
                    portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee,
                    excluding any distribution which is (i) one of a series
                    of substantially equal periodic payments (not less
                    frequently than annually) made for the life (or life
                    expectancy) or the joint lives (or joint life
                    expectancies) of the recipient and the recipient's
                    designated beneficiary; (ii) for a specified period of
                    ten (10) years or more; or (iii) is required to be made
                    under Code Section 401(a)(9).  An eligible retirement
                    plan is an individual retirement account described in
                    Code Section 408(b)

                                       28
<PAGE>

                    (other than an endowment contract), a trust described in
                    Code Section 401(a) that is exempt from tax under Code
                    Section 501(a), or an annuity plan described in Code
                    Section 403(a).

               (c)  A distributee includes an Employee or Former Employee.  In
                    addition, the Employee's or Former Employee's surviving
                    spouse and the Employee's or Former Employee's spouse or
                    former spouse who is the alternate payee under a
                    qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section
                    414(p) of the Code, are distributees with regard to the
                    interest of the spouse or former spouse.

               (d)  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary
                    that would otherwise limit a distributee's election under
                    this Article, a distributee may elect, at the time and in
                    the manner prescribed by the Plan administrator, to have
                    any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid
                    directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the
                    distributee in a direct rollover.

               (e)  A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible
                    retirement plan specified by the distributee.

                                       29
<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE 6

                                WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS

Section 6.1    HARDSHIP WITHDRAWAL

               (a)  Except as otherwise provided in this Section, in the time
                    and manner and in such form as the Committee may specify,
                    the Committee in its sole discretion may permit the
                    Participant to withdraw a portion or all of the balance
                    of his Salary Redirection Account; provided that earnings
                    allocated to said Account may not be withdrawn.  Such
                    withdrawal shall be based on the Valuation Date
                    coincident with or immediately preceding the date of
                    application plus contributions made to such Account since
                    such Valuation Date; provided, however the Committee may
                    defer the withdrawal if it is in the best interest of the
                    Participant requesting the withdrawal or the other
                    Participants.

               (b)  The reason for a withdrawal pursuant to this Section must be
                    to enable the Participant to meet unusual or special
                    situations in his financial affairs resulting in
                    immediate and heavy financial needs of the Participant.
                    Such situations shall be limited to:

                    (1)  Medical expenses (described in Code Section 213(d))
                         previously incurred by the Participant, the
                         Participant's spouse or any dependents of the
                         Participant (as defined in Code Section 152) or
                         necessary for these persons to obtain medical
                         care described in Code Section 213(d);

                    (2)  Purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal
                         residence for the Participant;

                    (3)  Payment of tuition and related educational fees for the
                         next twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for
                         the Participant, his or her spouse, children, or
                         dependents (as defined in Code Section 152);

                    (4)  The need to prevent the eviction of the Participant
                         from his principal residence or foreclosure on the
                         mortgage of the Participant's principal residence; or

                    (5)  Any additional items which may be added to the list of
                         deemed immediate and heavy financial needs by the
                         Commissioner of Internal Revenue through the
                         publication of revenue rulings, notices, and other
                         documents of general applicability.

                                        30
<PAGE>

                         Any withdrawal hereunder may not exceed the amount
                         required to meet the immediate financial need created,
                         and provided further that such amount must not be
                         reasonably available from other resources of the
                         Participant.  The amount of an immediate and heavy
                         financial need shall include any federal, state, or
                         local taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to
                         result from the distribution.

               (c)  The minimum amount of withdrawal a Participant may make
                    pursuant to this Section shall be one thousand dollars
                    ($1,000).

               (d)  The Committee may shorten the notice period if it finds it
                    is administratively feasible.  In granting or refusing
                    any request for withdrawal or in shortening the notice
                    period, the Committee shall apply uniform standards
                    consistently and such discretionary power shall not be
                    applied so as to discriminate in favor of Highly
                    Compensated Employees.

               (e)  The withdrawals under this Section shall in no way affect
                    said Participant's continued participation in this Plan
                    except by the reduction in account balances caused by
                    such withdrawals and except as provided in Subsection (f)
                    of this Section.

               (f)  If a Participant withdraws Salary Redirection pursuant to
                    the provisions of this Section, the following provisions
                    of this Subsection shall apply and the Committee shall
                    deem that such amount requested for withdrawal is not
                    reasonably available from other resources of the
                    Participant.

                    (1)  A withdrawal may be made pursuant to this Section only
                         after the Participant has obtained all distributions
                         other than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable
                         loans available under this Plan and all other Plans
                         maintained by the Employer.

                    (2)  Elective contributions and employee contributions under
                         this Plan, and all other plans maintained by the
                         Employer, such as the Employee Common Stock Purchase
                         Plan, will be suspended for twelve (12) months after
                         receipt of the withdrawal of Salary Redirection
                         pursuant to this Section.

                    (3)  The limitation provided for in Section 3.5 for the
                         taxable year of the Participant following the taxable
                         year of the withdrawal pursuant to this Section shall
                         be reduced by the Participant's Salary Redirection and
                         other elective contributions for the taxable year of
                         the Participant during which the withdrawal pursuant
                         to this Section is taken.

Section 6.2    PARTICIPANT LOANS

                                       31
<PAGE>


               (a)  Effective February 1, 1996, upon proper application of a
                    Participant or Beneficiary (which, for purposes of this
                    Section, shall mean any person who is a party in interest
                    as defined in Section 3(14) of the Employee Retirement
                    Income Security Act of 1974 and who has a vested interest
                    in his Individual Account), made in such form as the
                    Investment Manager may specify, the Investment Manager
                    may make a loan to the Participant or Beneficiary from
                    his Individual Account.  Notwithstanding the preceding
                    sentence, a loan shall not be made to a non-active
                    Participant that may result in discrimination under Code
                    Section 401(a)(4).  The application, and the resulting
                    loan, must meet the terms and conditions specified in the
                    following provisions of this Section and the approval or
                    denial of a loan request will be made on the basis of
                    whether the loan would meet these requirements.

               (b)  The total amount of all loans shall not exceed the lesser
                    of:

                    (1)  Fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), reduced by the
                         highest outstanding balance of loans from the Plan
                         during the one (1) year period ending on the day before
                         the loan is made; or

                    (2)  One-half (1/2) the value of the Participant's
                         Individual Account under the Plan as of the date of the
                         loan minus the outstanding balance of all other loans
                         from the Plan as of the date of the loan.

               (c)  The amount of any loan must be at least one thousand dollars
                    ($1,000).

               (d)  No more than four (4) loans may be outstanding to any
                    Participant at any one time.  No Participant may refinance
                    a loan at any time.

               (e)  The Investment Manager shall credit interest and principal
                    payments made by a Participant, including payments made
                    pursuant to Subsection (g) of this Section, against his
                    loans evidenced by promissory notes held as earmarked
                    assets of his Individual Account, to the Trust Fund.

               (f)  The maximum term of repayment for any loan shall be five (5)
                    years.

               (g)  The Participant shall authorize his Employer to deduct
                    approximately equal interest and principal payments from his
                    compensation payable at the end of each regular pay period
                    (no less frequently than quarterly) in an amount equal to at
                    least ten dollars ($10.00) with respect to each outstanding
                    loan.  In the event an inactive Participant or Beneficiary
                    receives a loan hereunder or in the event that a Participant
                    who received a loan ceases to be actively employed by the
                    Company, repayments shall be made to the Committee pursuant
                    to the terms of the promissory note (no less frequently than
                    quarterly).  The Committee shall transfer payments

                                       32
<PAGE>

                    under this Subsection to the Investment Manager within a
                    reasonable period of time.

               (h)  A Participant may repay, at any time, any portion or all of
                    the then outstanding principal balance of any of his
                    loans, together with interest due to date on the prepaid
                    portion.  Any such prepayments shall be made to the
                    Investment Manager.  Except as otherwise provided in
                    Subsection (j) of this Section, such right of prepayment
                    shall be entirely in the discretion of the Participant
                    and shall be without premium or penalty.

               (i)  The collateral for each loan shall be the assignment of a
                    percentage, sufficient for the amount of the loan, of up
                    to fifty percent (50%) of the Participant's Individual
                    Account as of the date the loan is made, supported by the
                    Participant's promissory note for the amount of such
                    loan, including interest, payable to the order of the
                    Trustee.

               (j)  Each loan shall bear interest at a reasonable rate to be
                    fixed by the Investment Manager which shall be based on
                    interest rates currently being charged for similar loans
                    by commercial lending institutions in the same
                    geographical area as the situs of the Trust.  The
                    Investment Manager shall not discriminate among
                    Participants in the matter of interest rate; but loans
                    granted at different times may bear different interest
                    rates if, in the opinion of the Investment Manager,
                    different rates are required based on the rates being
                    charged by commercial lending institutions for similar
                    loans.

               (k)  The terms of the promissory note for each loan shall provide
                    that if a Participant with an outstanding loan balance
                    defaults on the loan prior to the earlier of termination
                    of employment with the Company or attainment of age
                    fifty-nine and one-half (59-1/2), interest shall continue
                    to accrue on the outstanding principal balance at the
                    stated rate, and shall be added to the principal balance
                    as it accrues.  If the Participant resumes loan
                    repayments, such repayment of both principal and interest
                    shall be based on the outstanding loan balance on the
                    date repayments resume.  The term of the loan, as
                    originally stated, shall be adjusted so that the period
                    during which the Participant was in default will be
                    disregarded.  If, on the earlier of termination of
                    employment with the Company or attainment of age
                    fifty-nine and one-half (59-1/2), loan repayments have
                    not resumed, the end of the term of the loan will be
                    deemed to have been reached.  In such event, either
                    Subsection (k) of this Section shall apply or, if
                    applicable, the Participant shall be deemed to have made
                    a withdrawal equal to the then outstanding principal
                    balance of the loan.  Such deemed withdrawal shall be
                    treated as a distribution to which Subsection (l) of this
                    Section applies.

               (l)  No distribution under Article 5 shall be made to any
                    Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary unless and
                    until all unpaid loans, including accrued interest, have
                    been repaid.  Such Participant, Former Participant

                                       33
<PAGE>


                    or Beneficiary shall have the option of paying the unpaid
                    loan balance and accrued interest directly or having such
                    amount deducted from the distribution.

                    The terms of each promissory note shall provide that in
                    the event of default, the Participant shall be deemed to
                    consent to a lump sum distribution at the earliest date a
                    distribution can be made under the Plan equal to the
                    unpaid loan balance and accrued interest.

               (m)  In granting or refusing any request for a loan, the
                    Investment Manager shall apply uniform standards
                    consistently and such discretionary power shall not be
                    applied to discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated
                    Employees.

                                      34
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 7

                         EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

Section 7.1    PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE

               Effective January 1, 1998, the Corporation hereby establishes
               and designates the LG&E Energy Corp. Common Stock Fund as an
               Employee Stock Ownership Plan to enable eligible Participants
               to acquire stock ownership interests in the Corporation.

Section 7.2    INVESTMENT IN COMPANY STOCK

               The ESOP is designed to invest primarily in Company Stock and
               all accounts under this Article shall be invested in the LG&E
               Energy Corp Common Stock Fund.

Section 7.3    PRIOR ESOP ACCOUNTS

               (a)  PARTICIPATION.  An individual with a Prior ESOP Account
                    shall automatically become a Participant in the Plan at the
                    time of the transfer of their prior ESOP balance.  For
                    purposes of the Plan, Prior ESOP Account shall mean
                    effective January 1, 1998, the balance transferred from
                    the Louisville Gas and Electric Company Employees' Stock
                    Ownership Plan and Trust, plus any investment gains, and
                    minus investment losses and distributions.

               (b)  VESTING.  That portion of the Participant's Individual
                    Account attributable to the Prior ESOP Account shall be
                    fully-vested and non-forfeitable under the Plan.

               (c)  WITHDRAWALS.  Pursuant to the procedures adopted by the
                    Administrator, including but not limited to the
                    establishment of minimum amounts, a Participant may elect
                    to have distributed to him any portion or all of his Prior
                    ESOP Account.

               (d)  TRANSFERS.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection
                    4.2(c), effective January 1,1998, a Participant, Former
                    Participant, or Beneficiary after reaching age fifty-five
                    (55), may transfer the balance of his Prior ESOP Account
                    from the LG&E Energy Corp. Common Stock Fund to any
                    Investment Funds in the Plan.

Section 7.4    GENERAL ESOP PROVISIONS

               (a)  PAYMENT OF BENEFITS


                                      35
<PAGE>

                    Effective January 1, 1998, Payments of amounts invested in
                    the LG&E Energy Corp. Common Stock Fund shall be in the
                    form of a lump sum.  If the Participant elects, the
                    distribution shall be made no later than one (1) year
                    after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant
                    terminates employment due to death, Total and Permanent
                    Disability or Retirement and no later than five (5) years
                    after the close of the Plan Year in which Participant
                    terminates employment for any other reason.

               (b)  CONTRIBUTIONS

                    Effective January 1, 1998, the Company shall contribute to
                    the Trustee cash equal to, or Company Stock having an
                    aggregate fair market value equal to, such amounts required
                    by Section 3.2 of the Plan to the ESOP. Contributions by
                    Participants are not required, but shall be permitted in
                    accordance with Section 3.1.

Section 7.5    PUT OPTION

               Effective January 1, 1998, if the Company Stock is or becomes
               not readily tradable on an established market, then any
               Participant, who is otherwise entitled to a distribution for
               the Plan, shall have the right (hereinafter referred to as
               "Put Option") to require that the Corporation repurchase any
               Company Stock at the price established by a valuation conducted
               by an independent appraiser (as established in Section
               401(a)(28) of the Code).  The Put Option shall only be
               exercisable during the sixty (60) day period immediately
               following the date of distribution and if the Put Option is not
               exercised within such sixty (60) day period, then it can be
               exercised for an additional period of sixty (60) days in the
               following Plan Year.  This Put Option shall be nonterminable
               with the meaning of Regulation 54.4975-(11)(a)(ii).

               The amount paid for the Company Stock under the Put Option shall
               be paid in substantially equal payments (not less frequently
               than annually) over a period beginning not later than thirty
               (30) days after the exercise of the Put Option and not exceeding
               five (5) years. There shall be adequate security provided and
               reasonable interest paid on the unpaid balance due under this
               paragraph.

Section 7.6    LOANS

               (a)  AUTHORIZATION OF LOAN

                    Effective January 1, 1998, the Board of Directors of the
                    Corporation may direct the Trustee to incur a loan on
                    behalf of the Trust in a manner and under conditions which
                    will cause the loan to be an "exempt loan" within the
                    meaning of Section 4975(d)(2) of the Code and Regulations
                    thereunder.  A loan shall be used primarily for the benefit
                    of Plan Participants and their Beneficiaries.  The proceeds
                    of each such loan shall

                                      36
<PAGE>

                    be used, within a reasonable time after the loan is
                    obtained, only to purchase Company Stock, to repay the loan
                    or to repay any prior loan.  Any such loan shall provide
                    for a reasonable rate of interest, an ascertainable period
                    of maturity and shall be without recourse against the Plan.
                    Any such loan shall be secured solely by shares of Company
                    Stock acquired with the proceeds of the loan and shares of
                    such stock that were used as collateral on a prior loan
                    which was repaid with the proceeds of the current loan.
                    Such stock pledged as collateral shall be placed in a
                    Suspense Account and released pursuant to Subsection
                    7.06(b), as the loan is repaid.  Company Stock released
                    from the Suspense Account shall be allocated in the ratio
                    that each eligible Participant's Compensation, bears to
                    the total Compensation, paid to all Participants during the
                    Plan Year. No person entitled to payment under a loan made
                    pursuant to this Section shall have recourse against any
                    Trust Fund assets other than the stock used as collateral
                    for the loan, Sponsoring Employer contributions of cash
                    that are available to meet obligations under the loan and
                    earnings attributable to such collateral and the investment
                    of such contributions. Employer contributions made with
                    respect to any Plan Year during which the loan remains
                    unpaid, and earnings on such contributions, shall be deemed
                    available to meet obligations under the loan, unless
                    otherwise provided by the Employer at the time such
                    contributions are made.

               (b)  RELEASE OF COMPANY STOCK

                    Any pledge of stock as collateral under this Section shall
                    provide for the release of shares so pledged upon the
                    payment of any portion of the loan.  Shares so pledged
                    shall be released in the proportion of the principal and
                    interest, paid on the loan for the Plan Year bears to the
                    aggregate principal and interest, paid for the current Plan
                    Year and each Plan Year thereafter, as provided in
                    Regulation 54.4975-7(b)(8).

               (c)  REPAYMENT OF THE LOAN

                    Payments of principal and interest on any loan under this
                    Section shall be made by the Trustee at the direction of
                    the Committee solely from:  (i) employer contributions
                    available to meet obligations under the loan, (ii) earnings
                    from the investment of such contributions, (iii) earnings
                    attributable to stock pledged as collateral for the loan,
                    (iv) other dividends on stock to the extent permitted by
                    law, (v) the proceeds of a subsequent loan made to repay
                    the loan, and (vi) the proceeds of the sale of any stock
                    pledged as collateral for the loan.  The contributions and
                    earnings available to pay the loan must be accounted for
                    separately by the Committee until the loan is repaid.

               (d)  ALLOCATIONS TO INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT

                                      37
<PAGE>
                    Subject to the limitations in Section 4.5 on annual
                    additions to a Participant's Individual Account, assets
                    released from a Suspense Account by reason of payment
                    made on a loan shall be allocated immediately upon such
                    payment to the account of all Participants who then would
                    be entitled to an allocation of contributions if such
                    payment had been made on the last day of the Plan Year.

Section 7.7    DISPOSITION OF DIVIDENDS ON COMPANY STOCK

               (a)  DISTRIBUTION TO DIVIDEND ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANT

                    Effective January 1, 1998, the Trustee shall distribute
                    dividends paid on Company Stock to a Dividend Eligible
                    Participant, no later than ninety (90) days after the
                    end of the Plan Year which said dividends are paid.

               (b)  ALLOCATION OF DIVIDEND TO INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS

                    Effective January 1, 1998, the Trustee shall allocate
                    dividends paid on Company Stock, which are not otherwise
                    distributed to Dividend Eligible Participants under
                    Subsection 7.7(a) of this Section, to the Individual
                    Account as provided for in Section 4.3 of the Plan.

Section 7.8    VOTING OF STOCK AND OTHER STOCK RIGHTS

               (a)  VOTING

                    Common Stock, including fractional shares, held by the
                    Trustee for a Participant's Individual Account and
                    invested in the LG&E Energy Corp. Common Stock Fund,
                    shall be voted by the Trustee at each annual meeting and
                    at each special meeting of the stockholders of the Company
                    at the direction of the Participant to whose Individual
                    Account such stock is credited to the extent such vote
                    would be consistent with the Trustee's duties under ERISA.
                    The Trustee shall cause each Participant to be provided
                    with a copy of a notice of each such stockholder meeting
                    and the proxy statement of the Company, together with the
                    appropriate form for the Participant to indicate his
                    voting instructions.  If the instructions are not timely
                    received by the Trustee with respect to such stock, the
                    Trustee shall vote the uninstructed stock in the same
                    proportion as the instructed stock to the extent such vote
                    would be consistent with the Trustee's duties under ERISA.

               (b)  TENDER OFFER

                    Common Stock, including fractional shares, held by the
                    Trustee for a Participant's Individual Account and invested
                    in the LG&E Energy Corp. Commons Stock Fund, shall be
                    tendered by the Trustee pursuant to a

                                      38

<PAGE>

                    tender offer as directed by the Participant to whose
                    Individual Account such stock is credited to the extent
                    such tender would be consistent with the Trustee's duties
                    under  ERISA.  The Trustee shall cause each Participant to
                    be provided with notice of any such tender offer as the
                    Trustee receives as a holder of record, and which the
                    Trustee reasonably believes also was received by
                    shareholders generally, as soon as practicable after the
                    Trustee receives such statements or information, together
                    with an appropriate form for the Participant to indicate
                    his or her instruction regarding any such tender offer.  If
                    instructions are not timely received by the Trustee with
                    respect to any such stock or if there is any unallocated
                    stock, the Trustee shall tender the shares of such
                    uninstructed or unallocated stock in the same proportion
                    as the Trustee actually receives timely instruction to
                    tender shares of stock to the extent such tender would be
                    consistent with the Trustee's duties under ERISA.

Section 7.9    SECTION 16 COMPLIANCE

                    It is the intention of the Company that the Plan and the
                    administration of the Plan comply in all respects with
                    Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the
                    "Act"), as amended and the rule and regulation promulgated
                    thereunder.  If any Plan provision, or any aspect of the
                    administration of the Plan, is found not to be in
                    compliance with Section 16 of the Act, the provision or
                    administration shall be deemed null and void, and in all
                    events the Plan shall be construed in favor of its meeting
                    the requirements of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Act.
                    Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the
                    Committee, in its discretion, may bifurcate the Plan so as
                    to restrict, limit or condition the use of any provision of
                    the Plan to Participants who are subject to Section 16 of
                    the Act without so restricting, limiting or conditioning
                    the Plan with respect to other Participants.


                                      39

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 8

                                    FUNDING

Section 8.1    CONTRIBUTIONS

               Contributions by the Employer and by the Participants as
               provided for in Article 3 shall be paid over to the Trustee.
               All contributions by the Employer shall be irrevocable, except
               as herein provided, and may be used only for the exclusive
               benefit of the Participants, Former Participants and their
               Beneficiaries.

Section 8.2    TRUSTEE

               The Sponsoring Employer has entered into an agreement with the
               Trustee whereunder the Trustee will receive, invest and
               administer as a trust fund contributions made under this Plan in
               accordance with the Trust Agreement.

               Such Trust Agreement is incorporated by reference as a part of
               the Plan, and the rights of all persons hereunder are subject to
               the terms of the Trust Agreement.  The Trust Agreement
               specifically provides, among other things, for the investment
               and reinvestment of the Fund and the income thereof, the
               management of the Trust Fund, the responsibilities and
               immunities of the Trustee, removal of the Trustee and
               appointment of a successor, accounting by the Trustee and the
               disbursement of the Trust Fund.

               The Trustee shall, in accordance with the terms of such Trust
               Agreement, accept and receive all sums of money paid to it from
               time to time by the Employer, and shall hold, invest, reinvest,
               manage and administer such moneys and the increment, increase,
               earnings and income thereof as a trust fund for the exclusive
               benefit of the Participants, Former Participants and their
               Beneficiaries or the payment of reasonable expenses of
               administering the Plan.

               In the event that affiliated or subsidiary Employers become
               signatory hereto, completely independent records, allocations,
               and contributions shall be maintained for each Employer.  The
               Trustee may invest all funds without segregating assets between
               or among signatory Employers.


                                      40

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE 9

                                 FIDUCIARIES

Section 9.1    GENERAL

               Each Fiduciary who is allocated specific duties or
               responsibilities under the Plan or any Fiduciary who assumes
               such a position with the Plan shall discharge his duties
               solely in the interest of the Participants, Former Participants
               and Beneficiaries and for the exclusive purpose of providing
               such benefits as stipulated herein to such Participants, Former
               Participants and Beneficiaries, or defraying reasonable expenses
               of administering the Plan.  Each Fiduciary, in carrying out such
               duties and responsibilities, shall act with the care, skill,
               prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing
               that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar
               with such matters would use in exercising such authority or
               duties.

               A Fiduciary may serve in more than one Fiduciary capacity and
               may employ one or more persons to render advice with regard to
               his Fiduciary responsibilities.  If the Fiduciary is serving
               as such without compensation, all expenses reasonably incurred
               by such Fiduciary shall be paid from the Trust Fund or by the
               Employer.

               A Fiduciary may delegate any of his responsibilities for the
               operation and administration of the Plan.  In limitation of this
               right, a Fiduciary may not delegate any responsibilities as
               contained herein relating to the management or control of the
               Trust Fund except through the employment of an investment
               manager as provided in Section 9.3 and in the Trust Agreement
               relating to the Fund.

Section 9.2    EMPLOYER

               The Employer established and maintains the Plan for the
               benefit of its Employees  and of necessity retains control of
               the operation and administration of the Plan.  The Sponsoring
               Employer, in accordance with specific provisions of the Plan,
               has as herein indicated, delegated certain of these rights and
               obligations to the Trustee, and the Committee and these parties
               shall be solely responsible for these, and only these,
               delegated rights and obligations.

               The Employer shall supply such full and timely information for
               all matters relating to the Plan as (a) the Committee, (b) the
               Trustee, and (c) the accountant engaged on behalf of the Plan
               by the Sponsoring Employer may require for the effective
               discharge of their respective duties.

Section 9.3    TRUSTEE

                                      41


<PAGE>


               The Trustee, in accordance with the Trust Agreement, shall have
               exclusive authority and discretion to manage and control the
               Trust Fund, except that the Sponsoring Employer may in its
               discretion employ at any time and from time to time an
               Investment Manager to direct the Trustee with respect to all or
               a designated portion of the assets comprising the Trust Fund.

Section 9.4    BENEFITS COMMITTEE

               (a)  The Board of the Sponsoring Employer shall appoint a
                    Committee of not less than three (3) persons to hold
                    office at the pleasure of the Board, such committee to be
                    known as the 401(k) Savings Committee or Committee, and
                    effective June 5, 1996, the Benefits Committee,
                    collectively the Committee.  No compensation shall be paid
                    members of the Committee from the Trust Fund for service
                    on such Committee.  The Committee shall choose from among
                    its members a chairperson and a secretary.  Any action of
                    the Committee shall be determined by the vote of a majority
                    of its members.  Either the chair or the secretary may
                    execute any certificate or written direction on behalf of
                    the Committee.

               (b)  Every decision and action of the Committee shall be valid
                    if concurrence is by a majority of the members then in
                    office, which concurrence may be had without a formal
                    meeting.

               (c)  In accordance with the provisions hereof, the Committee
                    has been delegated certain administrative functions
                    relating to the Plan with all powers necessary to enable
                    it properly to carry out such duties.  Except as provided
                    in Section 10.1, the Committee shall have no power in any
                    way to modify, alter, add to or subtract from, any
                    provisions of the Plan; provided, however that the
                    Committee is authorized, acting by a majority of its
                    members then in office, to make certain technical and
                    non-material changes in the Plan.  The Committee shall
                    have the power and authority in its sole, absolute and
                    uncontrolled discretion to control and  manage the
                    operation and administration of the Plan and shall have
                    all powers necessary to accomplish these purposes.  The
                    responsibility and authority of the Committee shall
                    include, but shall not be limited to, (i) determining all
                    questions relating to the eligibility of employees to
                    participate; (ii) determining the amount and kind of
                    benefits payable to any Participant, spouse or Beneficiary;
                    (iii) establishing and reducing to writing and distributing
                    to any Participant or Beneficiary a claims procedure and
                    administering that procedure, including the processing and
                    determination of all appeals thereunder; (iv) interpreting
                    the provisions of the Plan including the publication of
                    rules for the regulation of the Plan as in its sole,
                    absolute and uncontrolled discretion are deemed necessary
                    or advisable and which are not inconsistent with the
                    express terms hereof, the  Code or the Employee Retirement
                    Income Security Act of 1974,

                                      42

<PAGE>

                    as amended, and (v) execution of amendments in accordance
                    with Section 13.1. All disbursements by the Trustee, except
                    for the ordinary expenses of administration of the Trust
                    Fund or the reimbursement of reasonable expenses at the
                    direction of the Sponsoring Employer, as provided herein,
                    shall be made upon, and in accordance with, the written
                    directions of the Committee.  When the Committee is
                    required in the performance of its duties hereunder to
                    administer or construe, or to reach a determination, under
                    any of the provisions of the Plan, it shall do so on a
                    uniform, equitable and nondiscriminatory basis.

               (d)  The Committee shall establish rules and procedures to be
                    followed by the Participants, Former Participants and
                    Beneficiaries in filing applications for benefits and for
                    furnishing and verifying proofs necessary to establish age,
                    Service, and any other matters required in order to
                    establish their rights to benefits in accordance with the
                    Plan.  Additionally, the Committee shall establish
                    accounting procedures for the purpose of making the
                    allocations, valuations and adjustments to Participants'
                    accounts.  Should the Committee determine that the strict
                    application of its accounting procedures will not result in
                    an equitable and nondiscriminatory allocation among the
                    accounts of Participants, it may modify its procedures for
                    the purpose of achieving an equitable and
                    non-discriminatory allocation in accordance with the
                    general concepts of the Plan, provided however that such
                    adjustments to achieve equity shall not reduce the vested
                    portion of a Participant's interest.

               (n)  The Committee may employ such counsel, accountants, and
                    other agents as it shall deem advisable.  The Sponsoring
                    Employer shall pay, or cause to be paid from the Trust
                    Fund, the compensation of such counsel, accountants, and
                    other agents and any other expenses incurred by the
                    Committee in the administration of the Plan and Trust.

Section 9.5    CLAIMS PROCEDURES

               (a)  The Committee shall receive all applications for benefits.
                    Upon receipt by the Committee of such an application, it
                    shall determine all facts which are necessary to establish
                    the right of an applicant to benefits under the provisions
                    of the Plan and the amount thereof as herein provided.
                    Upon request, the Committee will afford the applicant the
                    right of a hearing with respect to any finding of fact or
                    determination.  The applicant shall be notified in writing
                    of any adverse decision with respect to his claim within
                    ninety (90) days after its submission.  The notice shall be
                    written in a manner calculated to be understood by the
                    applicant and shall include the items specified in items
                    (1) through (4) of this Subsection.

                    (1)  The specific reason or reasons for the denial;

                                      43

<PAGE>


                  (2)  Specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on
                       which the denial is based;

                  (3)  A description of any additional material or information
                       necessary for the applicant to perfect the claim and an
                       explanation why such material or information is
                       necessary; and

                  (4)  An explanation of the Plan's claim review procedures.

             (b)  If special circumstances require an extension of time for
                  processing the initial claim, a written notice of the
                  extension and the reason therefor shall be furnished to the
                  claimant before the end of the initial ninety (90) day
                  period.  In no event shall such extension exceed ninety (90)
                  days.

             (c)  In the event a claim for benefits is denied or if the
                  applicant has had no response to such claim within ninety
                  (90) days of its submission (in which case the claim for
                  benefits shall be deemed to have been denied), the applicant
                  or his duly authorized representative, at the applicant's
                  sole expense, may appeal the denial to the Committee within
                  sixty (60) days of the receipt of written notice of denial or
                  sixty (60) days from the date such claim is deemed to be
                  denied.  In pursuing such appeal the applicant or his duly
                  authorized representative:

                  (1)  May request in writing that the Committee review the
                       denial;

                  (2)  May review pertinent documents; and

                  (3)  May submit issues and comments in writing.

             (d)  The decision on review shall be made within sixty (60) days
                  of receipt of the request for review, unless special
                  circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in
                  which case a decision shall be rendered as soon as possible,
                  but not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after
                  receipt of a request for review.  If such an extension of
                  time is required, written notice of the extension shall be
                  furnished to the claimant before the end of the original
                  sixty (60) day period.  The decision on review shall be made
                  in writing, shall be written in a manner calculated to be
                  understood by the claimant, and shall include specific
                  references to the provisions of the Plan on which such
                  denial is based.  If the decision on review is not furnished
                  within the time specified above, the claim shall be deemed
                  denied on review.

Section 9.6    RECORDS

               All acts and determinations of the Committee shall be duly
               recorded by the secretary thereof and all such records
               together with such other documents as may

                                      44


<PAGE>


               be necessary in exercising his duties under the Plan shall be
               preserved in the custody of such secretary.  Such records and
               documents shall at all times be open for inspection and for the
               purpose of making copies by any person designated by the
               Sponsoring Employer.  The Committee shall provide such timely
               information, resulting from the application of its
               responsibilities under the Plan, as needed by the Trustee and
               the accountant engaged on behalf of the Plan by the Sponsoring
               Employer, for the effective discharge of their respective
               duties.


                                      45

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE 10

                    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

Section 10.1   AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

               The Sponsoring Employer shall have the right at any time by
               action of the Board to modify, alter or amend the Plan in
               whole or in part; effective September 1, 1994 the Committee in
               the case of non-material amendments, provided, however, that
               the duties, powers and liability of the Trustee hereunder
               shall not be increased without its written consent; and
               provided, further, that the amount of benefits which, at the
               time of any such modification, alteration or amendment, shall
               have accrued for any Participant, Former Participant or
               Beneficiary hereunder shall not be adversely affected thereby;
               and provided, further, that no such amendment shall have the
               effect of reverting to the Employer any part of the principal
               or income of the Trust Fund. No amendment to the Plan shall
               decrease the balance of a Participant's Individual Account or
               eliminate an optional form of distribution.

Section 10.2   TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

               The Sponsoring Employer expects to continue the Plan
               indefinitely, but continuance is not assumed as a contractual
               obligation and the Sponsoring Employer reserves the right at
               any time by action of the Board to terminate its participation
               in the Plan.  If the Sponsoring Employer terminates or
               partially terminates its participation in the Plan or
               permanently discontinues its Contributions at any time, each
               Participant affected thereby shall be then vested with the
               amount to the credit in his Individual Account.

               In the event of termination or partial termination of the Plan
               by the Sponsoring Employer, the Committee shall value the
               Trust Fund as of the date of termination.  That portion of the
               Trust Fund for which the Plan has not been terminated shall be
               unaffected.

Section 10.3   RETURN OF CONTRIBUTIONS

               It is intended that this Plan shall be approved and qualified
               under the Code and Regulations issued thereunder with respect
               to Employees' Plans and Trusts (1) so as to permit the
               Employer to deduct for federal income tax purposes the amounts
               of contributions to the Trust; (2) so that contributions so
               made and the income of the Trust Fund will not be taxable to
               Participants as income until received; (3) so that the income
               of the Trust Fund shall be exempt from federal income tax.
               Any Employer Contributions and Salary Redirection are made to
               the Plan conditioned on there deductibility under Code Section
               404. In the event the Commissioner of Internal Revenue or his
               delegate rules that the deduction for all or a part of any
               Employer Contribution (or Salary Redirection) is not allowed
               under Code Section 404, the Employer reserves the right to
               recover that portion or all of their


                                      46

<PAGE>


               contributions for which no deduction is allowed (reduced by
               any losses), provided such recovery is made within one (1)
               year of the disallowance, but only if the application or the
               qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for filing
               the Employer's return for the taxable year in which the Plan
               is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the
               Treasury may prescribe.


                                      47


<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE 11

                                MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1   GOVERNING LAW

               The Plan shall be construed, regulated and administered
               according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky, except
               in those areas preempted by the laws of the United States of
               America.

Section 11.2   CONSTRUCTION

               The headings and subheadings in the Plan have been inserted
               for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the
               construction of the provisions hereof.  The words and phrases
               defined in Article 1 when used in this Plan with an initial
               capital letter shall have the meanings specified in Article 1,
               unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context.
               Any words herein used in the masculine shall be read and
               construed in the feminine where they would so apply. Words in
               the singular shall be read and construed as though used in the
               plural in all cases where they would so apply.

Section 11.3   ADMINISTRATION EXPENSES

               The expenses of administering the Trust Fund and the Plan shall
               be paid from the Trust Fund, unless they are paid by the
               Employer.

Section 11.4   PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS

               No Participant in the Plan shall acquire any right to be
               retained in the Employer's  employ by virtue of the Plan, nor,
               upon his dismissal, or upon his voluntary termination of
               employment, shall he have any right or interest in and to the
               Trust Fund other than as specifically provided herein.  The
               Employer shall not be liable for the payment of any benefit
               provided for herein; all benefits hereunder shall be payable
               only from the Trust Fund.

Section 11.5   SPENDTHRIFT CLAUSE

               To the extent permitted by law, none of the benefits,
               payments, proceeds, or distributions under this Plan shall be
               subject to the claim of any creditor of the Participant,
               Former Participant or any Beneficiary hereunder or to any
               legal process by any creditor of such Participant, Former
               Participant or any such Beneficiary; and neither shall such
               Participant, Former Participant or any such Beneficiary have
               any right to alienate, commute, anticipate, or assign any of
               the benefits, payments, proceeds or distributions under this
               Plan.  The preceding sentence shall also apply to the
               creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit
               payable with respect to a Participant pursuant to a domestic
               relations


                                      48

<PAGE>


               order, unless such order is determined to be a qualified
               domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the
               Code, or any domestic relations order entered before January 1,
               1985, under which payments have commenced prior to such date.

               This Plan specifically permits a distribution to an alternate
               payee under a qualified domestic relations order at any time,
               irrespective of whether the Participant has attained his
               earliest retirement age under the Plan.  Nothing in this
               Section 10.5 gives a Participant a right to receive a
               distribution at a time otherwise not permitted under the Plan
               nor does it permit the alternate payee to receive a form of
               payment not permitted under the Plan.

Section 11.6   MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER

               In the event of the merger or consolidation of the Plan with
               another plan or transfer of assets or liabilities from the
               Plan to another plan, each then Participant, Former
               Participant or Beneficiary shall not, as a result of such
               event, be entitled on the day following such merger,
               consolidation or transfer under the termination of the Plan
               provisions to a lesser benefit than the benefit he was
               entitled to on the date prior to the merger, consolidation or
               transfer if the Plan had then terminated.

Section 11.7   COUNTERPARTS

               The Plan and the Trust Agreement may be executed in any number
               of counterparts, each of which shall constitute but one and
               the same instrument and may be sufficiently evidenced by any
               one counterpart.

                                 * * * * * * * * * * *
                                       SIGNATURES

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Plan to be executed this
10th day of September, 1999, but effective January 1, 1998.


Witness:                    LOUISVILLE GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY


 /s/ Gregory J. Meiman      By:   /s/ Frederick J. Newton, III
- ----------------------         ----------------------------------


                                      49

<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 4.03





                               WKE CORP. SAVINGS PLAN

                            Effective as of July 17 1998

<PAGE>

                                    INTRODUCTION

     Effective July 17, 1998 the Board of Directors of LG&E Energy Corp.,
authorized the adoption of the WKE Corp. Bargaining Employee's Savings Plan for
the Bargaining Unit Employees of WKE Corp., Western Kentucky Energy Corp., and
WKE Station Two, Inc.




<PAGE>


                                     ARTICLE 1

                                    DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1    ADJUSTMENT means the net increases and decreases in the market
               value of the Trust Fund during a Plan Year or other period
               exclusive of any contribution or distribution during such year or
               other period.  Such increases and decreases shall include such
               items as realized or unrealized investment gains and losses and
               investment income, and may include expenses of administering the
               Trust Fund and the Plan.

Section 1.2    ANNUAL ADDITIONS means for any Participant in any Limitation
               Year, the sum of Employer Contributions, 401(k) Savings
               Contributions, Thrift Savings Contributions and forfeitures
               allocated to the Participant's Individual Account.  Amounts
               allocated to an individual medical account, as defined in Section
               415(l)(2) of the Code, which is part of an annuity or pension
               plan maintained by the Employer, are treated as Annual Additions
               to a Defined Contribution Plan.  Also, amounts derived from
               contributions paid or accrued which are attributable to
               post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate
               account of a Key Employee, as required by Section 419A(d) of the
               Code, maintained by the Employer, are treated as Annual Additions
               to a Defined Contribution Plan.

Section 1.3    BENEFICIARY means any person designated by a Participant to
               receive such benefits as may become payable hereunder after the
               death of such Participant; provided, however, that a married
               Participant may not name as his Beneficiary someone other than
               his spouse unless the spouse consents in writing to such
               designation, which consent shall be acknowledged by a Plan
               representative or by a notary public.

Section 1.4    BOARD means the Board of Directors of the LG&E Energy Corp. (the
               "Corporation") or its successors or assigns.

Section 1.5    BREAK IN SERVICE means a Plan Year during which an employee has
               not been credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service.

               Solely to determine whether a Break in Service has occurred,
               an employee who is absent from work for maternity or paternity
               reasons, or for family and medical reasons specified in the
               Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, shall receive credit for
               the Hours of Service which would otherwise have been credited
               to such employee but for such absence, or in any case in which
               Hours of Service cannot be determined, eight (8) Hours of
               Service credited to an employee pursuant to the immediately
               preceding sentence exceed five hundred and one (501).  For
               purposes of this Section, an absence from work for maternity
               or paternity reasons means an absence (1) by reason of the
               pregnancy of the employee, (2) by reason of the birth of a
               child of the employee, (3) by reason of the placement of a
               child with the


<PAGE>


               employee in connection with the adoption or foster care of such
               child by the employee, or (4) for purposes of caring for such
               child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or
               placement.  The Hours of Service credited under this paragraph
               shall be credited (1) in the Plan Year or other applicable
               computation period in which the absence begins if the crediting
               is necessary to prevent a Break in Service in that period, or
               (2) in all other cases, in the next following Plan Year or other
               applicable computation period.

Section 1.6    CODE means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and
               revised.

Section 1.7    COMMITTEE means the Benefits Committee provided for in Article 9
               hereof.

Section 1.8    COMPANY means WKE Corp. and all of the legal entities which are
               part of a controlled group or affiliated service group with WKE
               Corp. pursuant to the provisions of Code Sections 414(b), (c),
               (m), or (o).

Section 1.9    COMPENSATION, unless otherwise defined by a particular provision
               of this Plan, means cash remuneration (salary or straight time
               rate of pay) paid for services rendered to an Employer by an
               Employee during a Plan Year (exclusive of all forms of
               extraordinary earnings such as overtime, shift premiums,
               commissions and bonuses).  Compensation shall not include
               benefits paid under this Plan, severance pay, pensions or other
               forms of deferred compensation.  Where payments not for service,
               such as payments for travel or expense, are not separately
               stated, the Committee shall determine and make appropriate
               reduction for such payments on a uniform and consistent basis.
               Only remuneration paid in the portion of the Plan Year in which
               the Employee is a Participant shall be considered Compensation.
               Compensation shall be limited to one hundred fifty thousand
               dollars ($150,000) or such other amount as determined pursuant to
               Code Section 401(a)(17).

Section 1.10   DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN means a plan established and qualified under
               Section 401 of the Code, except and to the extent it is, or is
               treated as, a Defined Contribution Plan.

Section 1.11   DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN means a plan which is established and
               qualified under Section 401 of the Code, which provides for an
               individual account for each participant therein and for benefits
               based solely on the amount contributed to each participant's
               account and any income, expenses, gains or losses (both realized
               and unrealized) which may be allocated to such account.

Section 1.12   EARLY RETIREMENT DATE means the first day of the month coincident
               with or next following the Participant's fifty-fifth (55th)
               birthday.

Section 1.13   EFFECTIVE DATE means July 17, 1998, the effective date of the
               Original Plan.

                                       2
<PAGE>

Section 1.14   EMPLOYEE means any hourly paid person employed by the Employer,
               including those on leave of absence and those employed on a
               part-time basis, whose terms and conditions of employment are the
               subject of a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer
               and a collective bargaining unit providing for coverage
               hereunder, but the term "Employee" shall exclude any person who
               is a Leased Employee.

               When used with an initial lower case letter, the term "employee"
               shall mean a person employed by the Employer or the Company, as
               the context requires, without regard to the limitations contained
               in this Section.

Section 1.15   EMPLOYER means (i) WKE Corp., or any successor thereto, and (ii)
               each of the legal entities, or any successors thereto, which is
               part of the Company and has adopted the Plan for its Employees
               with consent of the Board.  The Adopting Employers shall be shown
               on Appendix "A" attached to and made a part of this document.

Section 1.16   EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS means Matching 401(k) Savings
               Contributions made to the Trust Fund by the Employer.  401(k)
               Savings Contributions shall not be included in the term Employer
               Contributions when used in this Plan.

Section 1.17   ENTRY DATE means the first (1st) day of each calendar month.

Section 1.18   ESOP means the Employee Stock Ownership Plan established pursuant
               to Article 8 of the Plan.

Section 1.19   ESOP DIVIDENDS means those amounts distributed during the Plan
               Year to a Participant as dividends on stock allocated to such
               Participant's account pursuant to Article 8 of the Plan.

Section 1.20   FIDUCIARY means the Employer, the Trustee, the Committee and any
               individual, corporation, firm or other entity which assumes, in
               accordance with Article 9, responsibilities of the Employer, the
               Trustee or the Committee with respect to management of the Plan
               or the disposition of its assets.

Section 1.21   FORMER PARTICIPANT means a Participant whose employment with the
               Employer has terminated but who has not received payment in full
               of the amount in his Individual Account to which he is entitled.

Section 1.22   401(k) SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS means pre-tax contributions made to
               the Trust Fund by the Employer pursuant to Section 3.1.

Section 1.23   401(k) SAVINGS CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT means that portion of a
               Participant's Individual Account attributable to (i) 401(k)
               Savings Contributions made on his behalf pursuant to Section 3.1
               and (ii) the Participant's proportionate share, attributable to
               his 401(k) Savings Contribution Account, of the Adjustments,


                                       3
<PAGE>

               reduced by any distributions from such account pursuant to
               Article 5 and any withdrawals from such account pursuant to
               Article 6, if withdrawals are allowed pursuant thereto.

Section 1.24   HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE means an employee who during the
               determination year or during the look back year (1) was at any
               time five percent (5%) owner of the Employer; or (2) received
               compensation from the Company in excess of eighty thousand
               dollars ($80,000) (or such higher amount as may be provided under
               Code Section 414(q)).

Section 1.25   HOUR OF SERVICE means any hour for which an employee is paid or
               entitled to payment by the Company during the Plan Year or other
               applicable computation period (1) for the performance of duties
               for the Company; (2) on account of a period of time during which
               no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment
               relationship has terminated); and (3) as a result of a back pay
               award which has been agreed to or made by the Company,
               irrespective of mitigation of damages, to the extent that such
               hour has not been previously credited under item (1) or item (2)
               preceding.

          (a)  The number of Hours of Service to be credited on account of a
               period of time during which no duties are performed (including
               hours resulting from a back pay award) shall be determined as
               follows.  If the payment which is made or due is calculated on
               the basis of units of time, the number of Hours of Service to be
               credited shall be the number of regularly scheduled working hours
               included in the units of time on the basis of which the payment
               is calculated; if an employee does not have a regular work
               schedule, the number of Hours of Service to be credited shall be
               calculated on the basis of an eight (8) hour work day.  If the
               payment which is made or due is not calculated on the basis of
               units of time, the number of Hours of Service to be credited
               shall be calculated by dividing the amount of the payment by the
               employee's most recent hourly rate of compensation before the
               period during which no duties were performed, determined as
               follows:

               (1)  If the employee's compensation is determined on the basis of
                    an hourly rate, such hourly rate shall be the employee's
                    most recent hourly rate of compensation.

               (2)  If the employee's compensation is determined on the basis of
                    a fixed rate for a specified period of time other than
                    hours, his hourly rate of compensation shall be his most
                    recent rate of compensation for the specified period of
                    time, divided by the number of hours regularly scheduled for
                    the performance of duties during such period of time; if an
                    employee does not have a regular work schedule, his hourly
                    rate of compensation shall be calculated on the basis of an
                    eight (8) hour work day.


                                       4
<PAGE>


               (3)  If the employee's compensation is not determined on the
                    basis of a fixed rate for a specified period of time, his
                    hourly rate of compensation shall be the lowest hourly rate
                    of compensation paid to employees in his job classification,
                    or, if no employees in his job classification have an hourly
                    rate of compensation, the minimum wage in effect under
                    Section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as
                    amended.

          (b)  In no event shall the application of the terms of this Subsection
               (a) of this Section result in crediting an employee with a number
               of Hours of Service during the period which is greater than the
               number of hours regularly scheduled for the performance of
               duties.  If an employee has no regular work schedule, the number
               of Hours of Service to be credited to him shall not exceed the
               number which would be credited calculated on the basis of an
               eight (8) hour work day.

          (c)  No employee shall be credited with  more than five hundred and
               one (501) Hours of Service as a result of the application of
               Subsection (a) of this Section for any single continuous period
               during which he performs no duties, regardless of whether such
               period extends beyond one (1) Plan Year or other applicable
               computation period.

          (d)  The Plan Year or other applicable computation period to which
               Hours of Service shall be credited shall be determined as
               follows:

               (1)  Except as hereinafter provided, Hours of Service credited in
                    accordance with item (1) of Subsection (a) of this Section
                    1.25 shall be credited in the Plan Year or other applicable
                    computation period in which the duties were performed.

               (2)  Except as hereinafter provided, Hours of Service credited in
                    accordance with item (2) of Subsection (a) of this Section
                    1.25 shall be credited:  if calculated on the basis of units
                    of time, to the Plan Year or Plan Years or other applicable
                    computation periods in which the period during which no
                    duties are performed occurs, beginning with the first unit
                    of time to which the payment relates; otherwise to the Plan
                    Year or other applicable computation period in which the
                    period during which no duties are performed occurs, provided
                    that if the period during which no duties are performed
                    extends beyond one (1) Plan Year or other applicable
                    computation period, such Hours of Service shall be allocated
                    between not more than the first two (2) Plan Years or other
                    applicable computation periods on any reasonable basis
                    consistently applied.

               (3)  Except as hereinafter provided, Hours of Service credited in
                    accordance with item (3) of Subsection (a) of this Section
                    1.25 shall be credited to the Plan Year or other applicable
                    computation period to which the award or agreement for back
                    pay pertains rather than to the Plan Year or other


                                       5
<PAGE>

                    applicable computation period in which the award, agreement,
                    or payment is made.

               (4)  Hours of Service to be credited to an employee in connection
                    with a period of no more than thirty-one (31) days which
                    extends beyond one (1) Plan Year or other applicable
                    computation period may be credited to the first or the
                    second Plan Year or other applicable computation period,
                    provided that such crediting is done on a reasonable and
                    nondiscriminatory basis.

          (e)  Nothing in this Section 1.25 shall be construed to alter, amend,
               modify, invalidate, impair or supersede any law of the United
               States or any rule or regulation issued under any such law.  The
               nature and extent of any credit for Hours of Service under this
               Section shall be determined under such law, including Department
               of Labor Regulations Section 2530.200b-2.

Section 1.26   INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT means the detailed record kept of the amounts
               credited or charged to each Participant in accordance with the
               terms hereof.  Such Individual Account is comprised of the
               following accounts:  a 401(k) Savings Contribution Account, a
               Matching 401(k) Savings Contribution Account, and a Rollover
               Account.

Section 1.27   INVESTMENT FUND means a fund established pursuant to Subsection
               4.2(a).

Section 1.28   INVESTMENT MANAGER means such entity appointed to manage all or
               part of the Trust Fund.

Section 1.29   KEY EMPLOYEE means any employee, former employee or beneficiary
               thereof in an Internal Revenue Service qualified plan adopted by
               the Company who at any time during the Plan Year or any of the
               four (4) preceding Plan Years is:

          (a)  an officer of the Employer having an annual compensation from the
               Employer during the Plan Year greater than fifty percent (50%) of
               the amount in effect under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) for the
               calendar year in which such Plan Year ends; or

          (b)  one (1) of the ten (10) employees having an annual compensation
               from the Employer for a Plan Year of more than the limitation in
               effect under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) for the calendar year in
               which such Plan Year ends and owning (or considered as owning
               within the meaning of Code Section 318) both more than a one-half
               percent (1/2 %) interest, and the largest interest in the
               Employer; or

          (c)  a five percent (5%) owner of the Employer; or

          (d)  a one percent (1%) owner of the Employer having an annual
               compensation from the Employer for a Plan Year of more than one
               hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000).


                                       6
<PAGE>


          (e)  For purposes of this Section, compensation means compensation as
               defined in Code Section 415, but without regard to Code Sections
               125, 402(e)(3) and 402(h)(1)(B), and in the case of employer
               contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement,
               without regard to Code Section 403(b).

          (f)  This definition shall be interpreted consistent with Code Section
               416 and rules and regulations issued thereunder.  Further, such
               law and regulations shall be controlling in all determinations
               under this definition, inclusive of any provisions and
               requirements stated thereunder but hereinabove absent.

Section 1.30   LEASED EMPLOYEE shall mean any person (other than such employee
               of the recipient) who provides services to the recipient if such
               services are provided pursuant to an agreement between the
               recipient and any other person ("leasing organization"), such
               person has performed such services for the recipient (or for the
               recipient and any related persons determined in accordance with
               Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full-time basis for a
               period of one (1) year, and such services are of a type
               historically performed by employees in the business field of the
               recipient.

Section 1.31   LG&E ENERGY CORP. COMMON STOCK FUND means the fund invested
               primarily in shares of common stock of LG&E Energy Corp.

Section 1.32   LIMITATION YEAR means the twelve (12) month period beginning on
               January 1 and ending on December 1.

Section 1.33   MATCHING 401(k) SAVINGS CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT means that portion
               of a Participant's Individual Account attributable to (i)
               Matching 401(k) Savings Contributions allocated to such
               Participant pursuant to Section 3.3 and (ii) the Participant's
               proportionate share, attributable to his Matching 401(k) Savings
               Contribution Account, of the Adjustments, reduced by any
               distributions from such account pursuant to Article 5 and any
               withdrawals from such account pursuant to Article 6, if
               withdrawals are allowed pursuant thereto.

Section 1.34   MATCHING 401(k) SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS means contributions made to
               the Trust Fund by the Employer pursuant to Section 3.3.

Section 1.35   MATCHING THRIFT SAVINGS CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT means that portion
               of a Participant's Individual Account attributable to the
               Participant's proportionate share, attributable to his Matching
               Thrift Savings Contribution Account, of the Adjustments, reduced
               by any distributions from such account pursuant to Article 5 and
               any withdrawals from such account pursuant to Article 6, if
               withdrawals are allowed pursuant thereto.

Section 1.36   NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE means the first day of the month
               coincident with or next following the Participant's sixty-fifth
               (65th) birthday.

                                       7
<PAGE>

Section 1.37   NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE means age sixty-five (65).

Section 1.38   PARTICIPANT means any Employee eligible to participate in the
               Plan pursuant to Article 2 hereof.

Section 1.39   PERMISSIVE AGGREGATION GROUP means the Required Aggregation Group
               and  each other plan or plans of the Company that are not
               required to be included in the Required Aggregation Group, and
               which, if treated as being part of such group, would not cause
               such group to fail to meet the requirements of Code Section
               401(a) and 410.

Section 1.40   PLAN means the WKE Corp. Bargaining Employees' Savings Plan.

Section 1.41   PLAN YEAR means the twelve (12) month period beginning on January
               1 and ending on December 31.

Section 1.42   QUALIFIED PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY means an annuity for the
               life of a Participant's surviving spouse, which is equal to fifty
               percent (50%) of the amount of benefit which can be purchased as
               of the Annuity Starting Date with the Participant's Vested
               Individual Account.  Any security interest held by the Plan by
               reason of a loan outstanding to a Participant shall be taken into
               account in determining the amount of the Qualified Preretirement
               Survivor Annuity.  Any annuity contract distributed from the Plan
               must be nontransferable.

Section 1.43   REQUIRED AGGREGATION GROUP means

          (a)  Each plan of the Company in which a Key Employee is a
               participant; and

          (b)  Each other plan of the Company which enables any plan in
               Subsection (a) of this Section to meet the requirements of Code
               Section 401(a)(4) or 410; and

          (c)  Each terminated plan maintained by the Company within the last
               five (5) years ending on the determination date for the Plan Year
               in question and which, but for the fact that it terminated, would
               be part of a Required Aggregation Group for such Plan Year.

Section 1.44   ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTION means contributions made to the Trust Fund
               by an Employee pursuant to Section 3.3.

Section 1.45   ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT means that portion of an Employee's
               Individual Account attributable to (i) Rollover Contributions
               pursuant to Section 3.3, and (ii) the Participant's proportionate
               share, attributable to his Rollover Contribution Account, of the
               Adjustments, reduced by any distributions from such Account
               pursuant to Article 5 and any withdrawals from such account
               pursuant to Article 6.

                                       8
<PAGE>

Section 1.46   SALARY REDIRECTION means contributions made to the Trust Fund by
               the Employer pursuant to Section 3.1.

Section 1.47   SALARY REDIRECTION ACCOUNT means that portion of a Participant's
               Individual Account attributable to (i) Salary Redirection amounts
               made on his behalf pursuant to Section 3.3, and (ii) the
               Participant's proportionate share, attributable to his Salary
               Redirection Account, of the Adjustments, reduced by any
               distributions from such Account pursuant to Article 5 and any
               withdrawals from such Account pursuant to Article 6.

Section 1.48   SERVICE means the aggregate of an employee's periods of Service
               under Subsection (a) of this Section, subject to Subsection (b)
               of this Section.

          (a)  A year of Service is each Plan Year during which an employee has
               been credited with one (1) or more Hours of Service for the
               Company.

          (b)  Service with a predecessor employer will be credited to an
               employee as Service for the Company as required pursuant to Code
               Section 414(a).

          (c)  Prior service with Big Rivers Electric Corporation.

Section 1.49   SPONSORING EMPLOYER means WKE Corp.

Section 1.50   THRIFT SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS means after-tax contributions made
               to the Trust Fund by a Participant pursuant to Section 3.2.

Section 1.51   THRIFT SAVINGS CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT means that portion of a
               Participant's Individual Account attributable to (i) Thrift
               Savings Contributions pursuant to Section 3.2 and (ii) the
               Participant's proportionate share, attributable to his Thrift
               Savings Contribution Account, of the Adjustments, reduced by any
               distributions from such account pursuant to Article 5 and any
               withdrawals from such account pursuant to Article 6, if
               withdrawals are allowed pursuant thereto.

Section 1.52   TOP HEAVY PLAN means any plan under which, as of any
               determination date (the last day of the preceding Plan Year), the
               present value of the cumulative accrued benefits under the plan
               for Key Employees exceeds sixty percent (60%) of the present
               value of cumulative accrued benefits under the plan for all
               employees.  For purposes of this definition the following
               provisions shall apply:

          (a)  If such plan is a Defined Contribution Plan, the present value
               of cumulative accrued benefits shall be deemed to be the
               market value of all employee accounts under the plan, other
               than voluntary deductible employee contributions.  If such
               plan is a Defined Benefit Plan, the present value of
               cumulative accrued benefits shall be the lump sum present
               value determined pursuant to the plan.  Moreover, the present
               value of the cumulative accrued benefits shall be increased by
               the amount of all plan distributions made with respect to an
               employee during the five


                                       9
<PAGE>

               (5) year period ending on the determination date, including
               distributions under a terminated plan which, if it had not
               been terminated, would have been required to be included in a
               Required Aggregation Group.

          (b)  The Plan shall be considered to be a Top Heavy Plan for any
               Plan Year if, on the last day of the preceding Plan Year, the
               above rules were met.  For the first Plan Year that the Plan
               shall be in effect, the determination of whether the Plan is a
               Top Heavy Plan shall be made as of the last day of such Plan
               Year.

          (c)  Each plan of the Company required to be included in a Required
               Aggregation Group shall be treated as a Top Heavy Plan if such
               group is a top heavy group.  No plan in a Required Aggregation
               Group shall be treated as a Top Heavy Plan if such group is
               not a top heavy group.

          (d)  With regard to a Participant or Former Participant who (i) has
               not performed any service for the Employer at any time during
               the five (5) year period ending on the determination date, or
               (ii) was formerly a Key Employee, but who is not a Key
               Employee on the determination date, the present value of the
               cumulative accrued benefit for such Participant or Former
               Participant shall not be taken into account for the purposes
               of determining whether this Plan is a Top Heavy Plan.

          (e)  This definition shall be interpreted consistent with Code
               Section 416 and rules and regulations issued thereunder.
               Further, such law and regulation shall be controlling in all
               determinations under this definition inclusive of any
               provisions and requirements stated thereunder but hereinabove
               absent.

Section 1.53   TOTAL AND PERMANENT DISABILITY or TOTALLY AND PERMANENTLY
               DISABLED means a physical or mental condition of the Participant
               which is expected to totally and permanently prevent him from
               engaging in any occupation or employment for remuneration or
               profit, except for the purpose of rehabilitation not incompatible
               with a finding of Total and Permanent Disability.  The
               determination as to whether a Participant is Totally and
               Permanently Disabled shall be made on evidence that the
               Participant is eligible for disability benefits under the Social
               Security Act.

Section 1.54   TRUST AGREEMENT means the agreement entered into between LG&E
               Energy Corp. and Fidelity Trust Company pursuant to Article 7
               hereof.

Section 1.55   TRUST FUND means the trust fund created in accordance with
               Article 7 hereof.

Section 1.56   TRUSTEE means such individual or corporation as shall be
               designated in the Trust Agreement to hold in trust any assets of
               the Plan for the purpose of providing benefits under the Plan,
               and shall include any successor Trustee designated thereunder.


                                       10
<PAGE>

Section 1.57   VALUATION DATE means the date the Trustee values the assets of
               the Trust Fund.  As of each Valuation Date the Trust Fund shall
               be valued at fair market value.  The Committee may direct the
               Trustee to value the Trust Fund as of any date it deems
               desirable.  To the extent that the Investment Funds are invested
               with an Investment Manager which values the assets of the
               Investment Funds, Valuation Date shall mean the date the
               Investment Manager values such funds.

Section 1.58   CONSTRUCTION.  Capitalized words and phrases used in this Plan
               shall have the meanings specified in this Article, unless a
               different meaning is clearly required by the context.  Any words
               herein used in the masculine shall be read and construed in the
               feminine where they would so apply.  Words in the singular shall
               be read and construed as though used in the plural in all cases
               where they would so apply.



                                       11
<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE 2

                                   PARTICIPATION

Section 2.1    ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

               Each employee shall be eligible to participate as of the later of
               (i) the Effective Date, or (ii) the Entry Date coincident with or
               next following the completion of a twelve (12) consecutive month
               period during which he has been credited with at least one
               thousand (1,000) Hours of Service.  The first eligibility
               computation period shall be the twelve (12) consecutive month
               period beginning on the date he completes his first Hour of
               Service.  Thereafter, the eligibility computation periods shall
               be Plan Years, beginning with the Plan Year in which occurs the
               first anniversary of the date the Employee completes his first
               Hour of Service.

Section 2.2    PLAN BINDING

               Upon becoming a Participant, a Participant shall be bound then
               and thereafter by the terms of this Plan and the Trust Agreement,
               including all amendments to the Plan and the Trust Agreement made
               in the manner herein authorized.

Section 2.3    REEMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE IN STATUS

          (a)  Termination of employment shall be deemed to occur when an
               Employee has an interruption in continuity of his employment by
               the Company.  Such termination may have resulted from retirement,
               death, or voluntary or involuntary termination of employment.

          (b)  If an Employee who was not eligible to become a Participant in
               the Plan during his prior period of employment is reemployed, he
               shall be eligible to participate in the Plan after he has met
               eligibility requirements determined pursuant to Section 2.1
               beginning with the date of his original employment with the
               Company.

          (c)  If an employee who was eligible to become a Participant in the
               Plan during his prior period of employment is reemployed, he
               shall again be eligible to become a Participant as of the date he
               again becomes an Employee.

          (d)  If a person employed by the Company becomes an Employee as
               defined under this Plan because of a change in employment status,
               and he has met the eligibility requirements of Section 2.1 on or
               before the date of his change in status, he shall be eligible to
               participate in the Plan as of the date he becomes an Employee.
               If a Participant ceases to be an Employee as defined under the
               Plan, he will cease to be eligible to make contributions to the
               Trust Fund or to have contributions made to the Trust Fund on his
               behalf, effective as of the beginning of the payroll period
               coincident with or next following the date he ceases to be an
               Employee.


                                       12
<PAGE>

Section 2.4    BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

               Upon commencing participation, each Participant shall designate a
               Beneficiary in a manner prescribed by the Committee.  Such
               Participant may from time to time change his Beneficiary
               designation in a manner prescribed by the Committee and, upon
               such change, the rights of all previously designated
               Beneficiaries to receive any benefits under this Plan shall
               cease.  A married Participant may not name as his Beneficiary
               someone other than his spouse unless the spouse consents in
               writing to such designation, which consent shall be acknowledged
               by a Plan representative or by a notary public.  If the
               Beneficiary designation consented to by the spouse is not limited
               to a specific Beneficiary ("general consent"), the consent must
               acknowledge that the spouse has a right to limit consent to a
               specific Beneficiary.  The consent of the spouse must be obtained
               each time the Beneficiary is changed, unless a general consent is
               given.  If, at the time of a Participant's death while benefits
               are still outstanding, his named Beneficiary does not survive
               him, the benefits shall be paid to his named contingent
               Beneficiary.  If a deceased Participant is not survived by either
               a named Beneficiary or contingent Beneficiary (or if no
               Beneficiary was effectively named), the benefits shall be paid in
               a single sum to the person or persons, in equal shares, in the
               first of the following classes of successive preference
               beneficiaries then surviving:  the Participant's (i) surviving
               spouse, (ii) children, (iii) parents, (iv) brothers and sisters,
               (v) executors and administrators.  If the Beneficiary or
               contingent Beneficiary is living at the death of the Participant,
               but such person dies prior to receiving the entire death benefit,
               the remaining portion of such death benefits shall be paid in a
               single sum to the estate of such deceased Beneficiary or
               contingent Beneficiary.

Section 2.5    NOTIFICATION OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT BALANCE

               At least once each calendar quarter or more frequently as
               determined by the Committee, the Committee shall notify each
               Participant of the amount of his share in the Adjustments and
               contributions for the period just completed, and the new balance
               of his Individual Account.

                                       13
<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE 3

                                   CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1    SALARY REDIRECTION

          (a)  SALARY REDIRECTION AGREEMENT.  Each Employee who satisfies the
               requirements of Section 2.1 may, but shall not be required to,
               elect to have a Salary Redirection made to the Trust Fund on his
               behalf.  An eligible Employee shall make such an election by
               agreeing to have his Employer redirect, and contribute to the
               Trust Fund on the Employee's behalf, a portion of the Employee's
               Compensation.  The amount shall be a whole percentage of his
               Compensation, but shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%).  The
               Committee may limit the amount of Salary Redirection
               Contributions at any time, if such limits are advisable in order
               for the Plan to Comply with the requirements of Sections 3.4, 3.6
               or 4.5.  The maximum amount of contributions that can be made
               during a period pursuant to this Section shall be offset by any
               Thrift Savings Contributions made during the same period.

          (b)  ELECTION TO PARTICIPATE.  The election to have the Employer make
               401(k) Savings Contributions shall be made in a manner prescribed
               by the Committee.  The contributions shall commence with the
               first pay in the calendar month beginning at least fifteen (15)
               days after an election made in the manner prescribed by the
               Committee, subject to the following:

               (1)  A reemployed Employee who was eligible to participate in the
                    Plan during his prior period of employment may elect on his
                    reemployment date to have the contributions commence with
                    his first pay; and

               (2)  An employee who becomes an Employee as defined under this
                    Plan because of a change in employment status, and who is
                    eligible to participate in the Plan as of the date of his
                    change in status, may elect on his change in status date to
                    have the contributions commence with his first pay after
                    that date.  An employee participating in the LG&E Energy
                    Corp. Savings Plan will automatically be enrolled in this
                    Plan upon becoming an Employee as defined under this Plan.

          (c)  CHANGE IN SALARY REDIRECTION CONTRIBUTIONS.  A Participant
               electing to have contributions made to the Trust Fund on his
               behalf pursuant to this Section may, in a manner prescribed by
               the Committee, increase or decrease his Salary Redirection
               Contributions amount (within permissible limits) effective with
               the first pay in the calendar month beginning at least fifteen
               (15) days after the date the form is received by the Committee. A
               single application could include a change under both this
               Subsection and Subsection 3.2(c).  If a Participant has both
               401(k) Savings Contributions and Thrift Savings Contributions, an
               election to decrease the amount of one but not the other to zero
               percent (0%) shall be


                                       14
<PAGE>

               construed to be a change in contributions and shall not be
               construed to be a cessation of contributions pursuant to either
               Subsection 3.1(d) or 3.2(d).]

          (d)  CESSATION OF SALARY REDIRECTION CONTRIBUTIONS.  A Participant may
               elect to cease future Salary Redirection Contributions effective
               with the first pay in the calendar month beginning at least
               fifteen (15) days after an election is made in a manner
               prescribed by the Committee.  (Contributions will automatically
               be suspended during an unpaid leave of absence.)  In the event
               the Participant desires thereafter to recommence having Salary
               Redirection Contributions made on his behalf, he shall be allowed
               to do so effective with the first pay in the calendar month
               beginning at least fifteen (15) days after an election is made in
               a manner prescribed by the Committee, provided that any cessation
               under this Subsection must be for a period of at least three (3)
               months.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the minimum
               three (3) month cessation of contributions shall not be required
               if the cessation is due to a leave of absence, nor in the amount
               of the deemed dividends deferred pursuant to Section 3.1(g).
               Cessation of 401(k) Savings Contributions will also result in a
               cessation of any Thrift Savings Contributions.

          (e)  NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.  Any notice requirements in this Section may
               be lengthened or shortened by the Committee if it finds it
               administratively necessary or feasible to do so, with such
               discretion being exercised in a nondiscriminatory manner.

          (f)  PAYMENT TO TRUSTEE.  The Employer shall pay to the Trustee any
               401(k) Savings Contributions made on behalf of the Participant as
               of the earliest date on which such Salary Redirection can
               reasonably be segregated from the Employer's general assets, but
               no later than the fifteenth (15th) business day of the month
               following the month in which the Salary Redirection is received
               by the Employer or the fifteenth (15th) business day of the month
               following the month in which the Salary Redirection is received
               by the Employer.

          (g)  AMOUNTS OF ESOP DIVIDENDS DEEMED DEFERRED. A Participant will be
               deemed to have elected to have a Salary Redirection made on his
               behalf in the amount of the ESOP Dividends paid to him in cash,
               subject to the limits of Sections 401(k), 402(g) and 415 of the
               Code and the regulations thereunder.  Deemed deferrals made
               pursuant to this Subsection 3.1(g), shall not be taken into
               account in the calculation of the percentage of salary redirected
               pursuant to Subsection 3.1(a).

Section 3.2    THRIFT SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS

          (a)  THRIFT SAVINGS CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT.  Each Employee who
               satisfies the requirements of Section 2.1 may, but shall not be
               required to, elect to make Thrift Savings Contributions to the
               Trust fund in an amount that shall be a whole percentage of his
               Compensation, but shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%).  The

                                       15
<PAGE>




               committee may limit the amount of Thrift Savings Contributions at
               any time, if such limits are advisable in order for the Plan to
               comply with the requirements of Sections 3.5 or 4.5.  The maximum
               amount of contributions that can be made during a period pursuant
               to this Section shall be offset by any 401(k) Savings
               Contributions made during the same period.

          (b)  ELECTION TO PARTICIPATE.  The election to make Thrift Savings
               Contributions shall be made in a manner prescribed by the
               Committee.  The contributions shall commence with the first pay
               in the calendar month beginning at least fifteen (15) days after
               an election made in the Manner prescribed by the Committee,
               subject to the following:

               (1)  A reemployed Employee who was eligible to participate in the
                    Plan during his prior period of employment may elect on his
                    reemployment date to have the contributions commence with
                    his first pay; and

               (2)  An employee who becomes an Employee as defined under this
                    Plan because of a change in employment status, and who is
                    eligible to participate in the Plan as of the date of his
                    change in status, may elect on his change in status date to
                    have the contributions commence with his first pay after
                    that date.  An employee participating in the LG&E Energy
                    Corp. Savings Plan will automatically be enrolled in this
                    Plan upon becoming an Employee as defined under this Plan.

          (c)  CHANGE IN THRIFT SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS.  A Participant electing
               to make contributions to the Trust Fund pursuant to this Section
               may, in a manner prescribed by the Committee, increase or
               decrease his Thrift Savings Contributions amount (within
               permissible limits) effective with the first pay in the calendar
               month beginning at least fifteen (15) days after the date the
               form is received by the Committee.

          (d)  CESSATION OF THRIFT SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS.  A Participant may
               elect to cease future Thrift Savings Contributions effective with
               the first pay in the calendar month beginning at least twenty (2)
               days after receipt of written notice by the Committee.
               (Contributions will automatically be suspended during an unpaid
               leave of absence.)  In the event the Participant desires
               thereafter to recommence making Thrift Savings Contributions, he
               shall be allowed to do so effective with the first pay in the
               calendar month beginning at least (20) days after receipt of an
               enrollment form by the Committee, provided that any cessation
               under this Subsection must be for a period of at least three (3)
               month.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the minimum three
               (3) month cessation of contributions shall not be required if the
               cessation is due to a leave of absence.  Cessation of Thrift
               Savings Contributions will also result in a cessation of any
               401(k) Savings Contributions.



                                       16

<PAGE>

          (e)  NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.  Any notice requirements in this Section may
               be lengthened or shortened by the Committee if it finds it
               administratively necessary or feasible to do so, with such
               discretion being exercised in a nondiscriminatory manner.

          (f)  PAYMENT TO TRUSTEE.  The Employer shall pay to the Trustee any
               401(k) Savings Contributions made on behalf of the Participant as
               of the earliest date on which such Salary Redirection can
               reasonably be segregated from the Employer's general assets, but
               no later than the fifteenth (15th) business day of the month
               following the month in which the Salary Redirection is received
               by the Employer or the fifteenth (15th) business day of the month
               following the month in which the Salary Redirection is received
               by the Employer.

Section 3.3    MATCHING SALARY REDIRECTION CONTRIBUTIONS

               The Employer shall make Matching Salary Redirection Contributions
               to the Trust Fund on behalf of any Participant who elects to have
               Savings Contributions made to the Trust Fund.  The Matching
               Salary Redirection Contributions will be the amount necessary to
               match fifty percent (50%) of the Participant's eligible Salary
               Redirection Contributions.  Eligible Salary Redirection
               Contributions, for purposes of this Section, means Salary
               Redirection Contributions not to exceed six percent (6%) of
               Compensation.  The Employer shall pay the Matching Salary
               Redirection Contributions to the Trustee on the same day the
               401(k) Savings Contributions are paid pursuant to Subsection
               3.1(f).

Section 3.4    NONDISCRIMINATION TEST FOR SALARY REDIRECTION CONTRIBUTIONS

          (a)  The Employer shall check the actual deferral percentages for the
               Plan Year against the tests identified below.  In the event that
               neither test is met, the Employer shall reduce the actual
               deferral percentages of Highly Compensated Employees that are
               above the maximum deferral percentage allowed under the tests;
               provided that the initial reductions shall be in unmatched Salary
               Redirection Contributions, and only if such reductions are not
               sufficient shall matched Salary Redirection Contributions be
               reduced.  Beginning with the highest actual deferral percentage,
               each percentage shall be reduced to the next highest percentage,
               and so forth, until the excess is eliminated.  To the extent that
               it is necessary to reduce matched Salary Redirection
               Contributions, the corresponding Matching 401(k) Savings
               Contributions (adjusted for income or loss for the Plan Year)
               shall be forfeited in accordance with the provisions of
               Subsection 5.7(i).

          (b)  The term "eligible Employee", for purposes of this Section, shall
               mean any Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan
               during the Plan Year for which the tests are being made.  An
               Employee who would be eligible but for a suspension due to a
               withdrawal from his Individual Account, or an election not to

                                       17
<PAGE>

               participate in the Plan, is treated as an eligible Employee for
               purposes of this Section.

          (c)  The actual deferral percentage for a specified group of Employees
               shall be the average of the following ratios (expressed as
               percentages and calculated separately for each eligible
               Employee):  Contributions made on behalf of each eligible
               Employee divided by the compensation of the eligible Employee.
               In calculating the actual deferral percentage of a Highly
               Compensated Employee who participates in more than one cash or
               deferred arrangement of the Company, all cash or deferred
               arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall
               be treated as a single arrangement.

          (d)  The term "compensation", for purposes of this Section, shall
               include all amounts includible in the Employee's gross income
               that are paid by the Employer to the Employee during the period
               he is an eligible Employee.  For all Plan Years, the Employer
               shall have the right to increase the Employee's compensation, for
               purposes of this Section, by the amount of any elections under
               Code Sections 125 (flexible benefit plans), 402(e)(3) (cash or
               deferred arrangements), and 402(h)(1)(B) (simplified employee
               plans), or to use such alternate definition of compensation as
               may be provided under Section 414(s) of the Code.  Alternate
               definitions of compensation under Code Section 414(s) include (i)
               compensation within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3)
               including or excluding reimbursements or other expense
               allowances, fringe benefits (cash or non-cash), moving expenses,
               deferred compensation and welfare benefits, and (ii) any other
               definition of compensation that is reasonable, does not by design
               favor Highly Compensated Employees, and satisfies the
               nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 414(s) and the
               regulations thereunder.  Compensation for purposes of this
               Section shall be limited to one hundred fifty thousand dollars
               ($150,000) or such other amount as determined pursuant to Code
               Section 401(a)(17).

          (e)  Only one (1) of the following two (2) tests need be satisfied not
               to have a reduction in 401(k) Savings Contributions.

               Test I  - The actual deferral percentage for the group of Highly
                       Compensated Employees is not more than the actual
                       deferral percentage for the group of all other eligible
                       Employees multiplied by one and twenty-five hundredths
                       (1.25).

               Test II -  The excess of the actual deferral percentage for the
                       group of Highly Compensation Employees over the actual
                       deferral percentage for the group of all other eligible
                       Employees is not more than two (2) percentage points,
                       and the actual deferral percentage for the group of
                       Highly Compensated Employees is not more than the actual
                       deferral percentage for the group of all of the eligible
                       Employees multiplied by two (2).  Effective for Plan
                       Years beginning after December 31, 1988, if Test II in
                       Subsection 3.5(e) is


                                       18
<PAGE>

                       used in testing other contributions pursuant
                       to Section 3.5, Test II under this Section shall be
                       limited as provided in Code Section 401(m)(9)
                       and the regulations issued by the Secretary of the
                       Treasury or notices issued by the Internal Revenue
                       Service.  If a multiple use of Test II occurs, such
                       multiple use shall be corrected by reducing either the
                       actual deferral percentage or actual contribution
                       percentage of the Highly Compensated Employees in an
                       amount calculated in the manner provided in Subsection
                       (a) of this Section or Subsection 3.5(a).

          (f)  If neither Test I nor Test II is satisfied for any Plan Year, the
               Plan shall nevertheless be deemed to comply with the requirements
               of Section 401(k)(3)(A)(ii) of the Code for such Plan Year if,
               before the last day of the following Plan Year, the amount of any
               excess contributions allocable to a Participant (adjusted for
               income or loss for the Plan Year computed using any reasonable
               method that satisfies Code Section 401(a)(4), provided it is used
               consistently for all Participants and for all corrective
               distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year and provided it is
               used by the Plan for allocating income or loss to Participants'
               Individual Accounts) is distributed to the Participant.

          (g)  This Section shall be governed by the rules of Code Section
               401(k), 401(a)(4) and any rules or regulations issued pursuant
               thereto, including the aggregation rules of Code Section
               401(k)(3) and the regulations thereunder.

Section 3.5    NONDISCRIMINATION TEST FOR OTHER CONTRIBUTIONS

          (a)  The Employer shall check the actual contribution percentages for
               the Plan Year against the tests identified below.  In the event
               that neither test is met, the Employer shall reduce the actual
               contribution percentages of Highly Compensated Employees that are
               above the maximum contribution percentage allowed under the
               tests; provided that the initial reductions shall be in Thrift
               Savings Contributions, and only if such reductions are not
               sufficient shall Matching Salary Redirection Contributions be
               reduced.  Beginning with the highest actual contribution
               percentage, each percentage shall be reduced to the next highest
               percentage, and so forth, until the excess is eliminated.  If it
               is necessary to reduce Matching 401(k) Savings Contributions, the
               Participant shall receive from the Plan a distribution equal to
               the vested portion of such reduction (adjusted for income or loss
               for the Plan Year).  Any non-vested portion of such reduction
               (adjusted for income or loss for the Plan Year shall be forfeited
               in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 5.7(i).

          (b)  The term "eligible Employee", for purposes of this Section, shall
               mean any Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan
               during the Plan Year for which the tests are being made.  An
               Employee who would be eligible but for a suspension due to a
               withdrawal from his Individual Account, or an election not to


                                       19
<PAGE>

               participate in the Plan, is treated as an eligible Employee for
               purposes of this Section.

          (c)  The actual contribution percentage for a specified group of
               Employees shall be the average of the following ratios (expressed
               as percentages and calculated separately for each eligible
               Employee):  Matching 401(k) Savings Contributions and Thrift
               Savings Contributions (and 401(k) Savings Contributions to the
               extent elected by the Employer and permitted by regulations under
               Code Section 401(m) on behalf of each eligible Employee divided
               by the compensation of the eligible Employee.  In calculating the
               actual contribution percentage of a Highly Compensated Employee
               who participates in more than one arrange of the Company subject
               to Code Section 401(m), all arrangements subject to Code Section
               401(m) ending with or within the same calendar year shall be
               treated as a single arrangement.

          (d)  The term "compensation", for purposes of this Section, shall
               include all amounts includible in the Employee's gross income
               that are paid by the Employer to the Employee during the period
               he is an eligible Employee.  For all Plan Years, the Employer
               shall have the right to increase the Employee's compensation, for
               purposes of this Section, by the amount of any elections under
               Code Sections 125 (flexible benefit plans), 402(e)(3) (cash or
               deferred arrangements), and 402(h)(1)(B) (simplified employee
               plans), or to use such alternate definition of compensation as
               may be provided under Section 414(s) of the Code.  Alternate
               definitions of compensation under Code Section 414(s) include (i)
               compensation within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3)
               including or excluding reimbursements or other expense
               allowances, fringe benefits (cash or non-cash), moving expenses,
               deferred compensation and welfare benefits, and (ii) any other
               definition of compensation that is reasonable, does not by design
               favor Highly Compensated Employees, and satisfies the
               nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 414(s) and the
               regulations thereunder.  Compensation for purposes of this
               Section shall be limited to one hundred fifty thousand dollars
               ($150,000) or such other amount as determined pursuant to Code
               Section 401(a)(17).

          (e)  Only one (1) of the following two (2) tests need be satisfied not
               to have a reduction in contributions tested pursuant to this
               Section.

               Test I   - The actual contribution percentage for the group of
                        Highly Compensated Employees is not more than the
                        actual contribution percentage for the group of all
                        other eligible Employees multiplied by one and
                        twenty-five hundredths (1.25).

               Test II  -  The excess of the actual contribution percentage for
                        the group of Highly Compensation Employees over the
                        actual contribution percentage for the group of all
                        other eligible Employees is not more than two (2)
                        percentage points, and the contribution deferral
                        percentage for the group of Highly


                                       20
<PAGE>

                        Compensated Employees is not more than the actual
                        contribution percentage for the group of all of the
                        eligible Employees multiplied by two (2).  Effective for
                        Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, if Test II
                        in Subsection 3.4(e) is used in testing 401(k) Savings
                        Contributions pursuant to Section 3.4, Test II under
                        this Section shall be limited as provided in code
                        Section 401(m)(9) and the regulations issued by the
                        Secretary of the Treasury or notices issued by the
                        Internal Revenue Service.  If a multiple use of Test II
                        occurs, such multiple use shall be corrected by
                        reducing either the actual contribution percentage or
                        actual contribution percentage of the Highly
                        Compensated Employees in an amount calculated in the
                        manner provided in Subsection (a) of this Section or
                        Subsection 3.4(a).

          (f)  If neither Test I nor Test II is satisfied for any Plan Year, the
               Plan shall nevertheless be deemed to comply with the requirements
               of Section 401(m) of the Code for such Plan Year if, before the
               last day of the following Plan Year, the amount of any excess
               aggregate contributions allocable to a Participant (adjusted for
               income or loss for the Plan Year computed using any reasonable
               method that satisfies Code Section 401(a)(4), provided it is used
               consistently for all Participants and for all corrective
               distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year and provided it is
               used by the Plan for allocating income or loss to Participants'
               Individual Accounts) is distributed to the Participant. For
               purposes of this Section, the term "excess aggregate
               contributions" means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess
               of:

               (1)  the aggregate amount of 401(k) Savings Contributions and
                    Thrift Savings Contributions actually paid to the Trust Fund
                    on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year,
                    over

               (2)  the maximum amount of such contributions permitted under
                    Subsection (e) of this Section.

          (g)  This Section shall be governed by the rules of Code Section
               401(m), 401(a)(4) and any rules or regulations issued pursuant
               thereto, including the aggregation rules of Code Section
               401(m)(2)(B) and the regulations thereunder.

Section 3.6    ROLLOVER AMOUNT FROM OTHER PLANS

               An Employee eligible to participate in the Plan, regardless of
               whether he has satisfied the participation requirements of
               Section 2.1, may transfer to the Trust Fund an "eligible rollover
               distribution," defined in Code Section 402(c)(4), provided that
               such distribution is from a plan that meets the requirements of
               Code Section 401(a).

                                       21
<PAGE>

          (a)  The procedures approved by the Committee shall provide that such
               a transfer may be made only if the following conditions are
               satisfied:

               (1)  The transfer occurs on or before the sixtieth (60th) day
                    following the distribution from the other plan;

               (2)  The amount transferred is equal to any portion of the
                    distribution made from the other plan, subject to the
                    maximum rollover provision of Section 402 of the Code; and

               (3)  Any contribution rolled over pursuant to this provision is
                    entirely in cash.

          (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Employee had deposited a
               distribution previously received from another qualified plan into
               an individual retirement arrangement, as defined in Code Section
               408, he may transfer the amount of such distribution, plus
               earnings thereon, to this plan; provided such rollover amount is
               deposited with the Trustee on or before the sixtieth (60th) day
               following the Employee's receipt thereof from the individual
               retirement arrangement.

          (c)  The Committee shall develop such procedure, and may require such
               information from an employee desiring to make such a rollover or
               transfer, as it deems necessary or desirable to determine that
               the rollover or transfer will meet the requirements of this
               Section.  Upon approval by the Committee, the amount rolled over
               or transferred shall be deposited in the Trust Fund and shall be
               credited to a Rollover Account.  The value of such Account shall
               be one hundred percent (100%) vested in the Employee and shall
               share in income allocations in accordance with Section 4.3.  Upon
               the employee's termination of employment with the Company, the
               total amount of the Rollover Account shall be distributed in
               accordance with Article 5.

          (d)  Upon such a rollover or transfer by an Employee who is otherwise
               eligible to participate in the Plan but who has not yet completed
               the participation requirements of Section 2.1, his Rollover
               Account shall represent his sole interest in the Plan until he
               becomes a Participant.

Section 3.7    MAXIMUM INDIVIDUAL DEFERRAL

               A Participant shall not be permitted to have his Employer
               redirect an amount in excess of seven thousand dollar ($7,000) in
               any calendar year pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.1,
               including contributions to any other plan of the Company which
               are made pursuant to Code Section 402(e)(3).  The seven thousand
               dollars ($7,000) limitation shall be adjusted in accordance with
               cost-of-living adjustments made by the Secretary of the Treasury
               pursuant to Code Section 402(g)(5).  If any amount is redirected
               pursuant to Section 3.1 in excess of seven thousand dollars
               ($7,000) to all plans pursuant to Code Section 402(e)(3),


                                       22
<PAGE>

               such amount shall be deemed an "excess deferral" and the
               Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute to the
               Participant (not later than April 15th following the calendar
               year in which the excess deferral was made) the amount of the
               excess deferral (adjusted for income or loss for the Plan Year
               computed using any reasonable method that satisfies Code
               Section 401(a)(4), provided it is used consistently for all
               Participants and for all corrective distributions under the
               Plan for the Plan Year and provided it is sued by the Plan for
               allocating income or loss to Participants' Individual
               Accounts, and reduced by any deferrals distributed pursuant to
               Section 3.4).

Section 3.8    MISTAKE OF FACT

               If due to a mistake of fact, Employer Contributions to the Trust
               Fund for any Plan Year exceed the amount intended to be
               contributed, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the
               Employer, as soon as such mistake of fact is discovered, shall
               notify the Committee.  The Committee shall direct that the
               Trustee return such excess to the Employer, provided such return
               is made within one (1) year of the date on which the Employer
               made the contribution.  The amount of such excess to be returned
               will be reduced by any loss allocable to such excess, but will
               not be increased by any allocable income.


                                       23
<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE 4

                         ALLOCATIONS TO INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS


Section 4.1    INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS

               The Committee shall establish and maintain an Individual Account
               in the name of each Participant to which the Trustee shall credit
               all amounts allocated to each such Participant pursuant to
               Article 3 and the following Sections of this Article.

Section 4.2    INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS

               The Individual Account shall be invested by the Trustee in
               accordance with the following:

          (a)  There shall be established the following Investment Funds within
               the Trust Fund:

               (1)  Fidelity Retirement Government Money Market Portfolio,

               (2)  Fidelity Puritan Fund,

               (3)  Fidelity Spartan U.S. Equity Index Portfolio,

               (4)  Fidelity Magellan Fund,

               (5)  Fidelity Contrafund,

               (6)  Fidelity Equity-Income II Fund,

               (7)  Warburg Pincus Emerging Growth,

               (8)  Tempelton Foreign,

               (9)  Fidelity Intermediate Bond Fund,

               (10) LG&E Energy Corp. Common Stock Fund,

               (11) Janus Worldwide Fund, effective August 1, 1998.

          (b)  The Participant may direct the investments of current
               contributions to his Individual Account and the cumulative
               balance of his Individual Account in increments of ten percent
               (10%).

                                       24
<PAGE>

          (c)  A Participant may transfer the cumulative balance of this
               Individual Account.  There shall be no limit on the number of
               times a Participant can change the direction as to the investment
               of current contributions to his Individual Account.

          (d)  A Participant who does not make any election under this Section
               shall have the Individual Account and current contributions made
               on his behalf invested in the Retirement Government Money Market
               Portfolio.

Section 4.3    VALUATION OF ACCOUNTS

          (a)  INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT.  As of each Valuation Date, the Committee
               shall determine the fair market value of the Individual Account
               of each Participant as follows:

               (1)  The value of the Individual Account of each Participant as
                    of the last Valuation Date;

               (2   MINUS the amount of any withdrawals and distributions made
                    from the Participant's Individual Account since the last
                    Valuation Date;

               (3)  PLUS any contributions to the separate account in the
                    Participant's Individual Account established for
                    contributions pursuant to the following Sections since the
                    last Valuation Date:  3.1, 3.2, 3.3.

               (4)  PLUS any investment earnings allocated to such Individual
                    Account since the last Valuation Date;

               (5)  MINUS any investment losses allocated to such Individual
                    Account since the last Valuation Date.

          (b)  INVESTMENT EARNINGS OR LOSSES.  The investment earnings (or
               losses, if such computation is negative) from each Investment
               Fund shall mean the net gain or loss of each Investment Fund from
               investments, as reflected by interest payments, dividends,
               realized and unrealized gains and losses on securities, other
               investment transactions and expenses paid from the fund.  In
               determining the investment earnings or losses of the Investment
               Fund as of any date, assets shall be valued on the basis of their
               fair market value as of said date.

          (c)  ALLOCATION OF INVESTMENT EARNINGS OR LOSSES.  The investment
               earnings and losses from each Investment Fund shall be allocated
               to the Individual Account of each Participant invested in the
               respective Investment Fund in such reasonable and consistently
               applied manner as the Trustee shall determine, provided that the
               allocation is based on the relative market values of the
               Participant's Individual Account.

Section 4.4    TRUSTEE AND COMMITTEE JUDGMENT CONTROLS

                                       25
<PAGE>


               In determining the fair market value of the Trust Fund and of
               Individual Accounts, the Trustee and the Committee shall exercise
               their best judgment, and all such determinations of value (in the
               absence of bad faith) shall be binding upon all Participants and
               their Beneficiaries.  All allocations shall be deemed to have
               been made as of the Valuation Date, regardless of when actual
               allocations were undertaken.

Section 4.5    MAXIMUM ADDITIONS

               Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the total Annual
               additions of a Participant for any Limitation Year when combined
               with any similar annual additions credited to the Participant for
               the same period from another qualified Defined Contribution Plan
               maintained by the Company, shall not exceed the lesser of the
               amounts determined pursuant to Subsection (a) or (b) of this
               Section.

          (a)  Thirty thousand dollars ($30,000) or such other amount as
               determined pursuant to Code Section 415B(1)(a); or

          (b)  Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant's compensation
               received from the Company for such Limitation Year, as determined
               pursuant to Section 415 of the Code.

          (c)  In the event a Participant is covered by one or more Defined
               Contribution Plans maintained by the Company, the maximum annual
               additions as noted above shall be decreased in any other Defined
               Contribution Plan as determined necessary by the Company, prior
               to a reduction of this Plan, to ensure that all such plans will
               remain qualified under the Code.

Section 4.6    CORRECTIVE ADJUSTMENTS

               In the event that corrective adjustments in the Annual Additions
               to any Participant's Individual Account are required as the
               result of allocating forfeitures, a reasonable error in
               estimating a Participant's compensation, a reasonable error in
               determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning
               of Code Section 402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to an
               individual under the limits of Code Section 415, or such other
               facts and circumstances as may be provided for by rules and
               regulations issued pursuant to Code Section 415, the corrective
               adjustments shall be made pursuant to and in the order of the
               Subsections of this Section.

          (a)  The Participant's Thrift Savings Contributions shall be reduced
               to insure compliance with Section 4.5.  Any affected Thrift
               Savings Contributions will be distributed to the Participant.


                                       26
<PAGE>


          (b)  The Participant's unmatched 401(k) Savings Contributions shall be
               reduced to insure compliance with Section 4.5.  Any affected
               401(k) Savings Contributions will be distributed to the
               Participant.

          (c)  The Participant's matched 401(k) Savings Contributions and
               Matching 401(k) Savings Contributions shall be proportionally
               reduced to insure compliance with Section 4.5  Any affected
               401(k) Savings Contributions will be distributed to the
               Participant.  Any affected Matching 401(k) Savings Contributions
               shall be used to reduce future Matching 401(k) Savings
               Contributions.

Section 4.7    DEFINED CONTRIBUTION AND DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN FRACTION

               If a Participant is a participant in a Defined Benefit Plan
               maintained by the Company, the sum of his defined benefit plan
               fraction and his defined contribution plan fraction for any
               Limitation year may not exceed one (1.0).

          (a)  For purposes of this Section, the term "defined contribution
               plan fraction" shall mean a fraction the numerator of which is
               the sum of all of the Annual Additions of the Participant
               under this Plan and any other Defined Contribution Plan
               maintained by the Company as of the close of the Limitation
               Year and the denominator of which the sum of the lesser of the
               following amounts determined for such Limitation Year and for
               each prior Limitation Year of employment with the Company:

              (1)  the product of one and twenty-five hundredths (1.25)
                   multiplied by the dollar limitation in effect under
                   Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code; or

              (2)  the product of one and four tenths (1.4) multiplied by the
                   amount which may be taken into account under Code Section
                   415(c)(1)(B) with respect to the Participant under the Plan
                   for such Limitation Year.

          (b)  For purposes of this Section, the term "defined benefit plan
               fraction" shall mean a fraction the numerator of which is the
               Participant's projected annual benefit (as defined in the
               Defined Benefit Plan) determined as of the close of the
               Limitation Year and the denominator of which is the lesser of:

               (1)  the product of one and twenty-five hundredths (1.25)
                    multiplied by the dollar limitation in effect pursuant to
                    Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for such Limitation Year;
                    or

               (2)  the product of one and four tenths (1.4) multiplied by the
                    amount which may be taken into account pursuant to Section
                    415(b)(1)(B) of the Code with respect to the Participant
                    under the Defined Benefit Plan for such Limitation Year.


                                       27
<PAGE>


          (c)  The limitation on aggregate benefits from a Defined Benefit
               Plan and a Defined Contribution Plan which is contained in
               Section 2004 of ERISA, as amended, shall be complied with by a
               reduction (if necessary) in the Participant's benefits under
               the Defined Benefit Plan.


                                       28
<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE 5

                                   DISTRIBUTIONS


Section 5.1    NORMAL RETIREMENT

               When a Participant lives to his Normal Retirement Date and
               retires, he shall become entitled to the full value of his
               Individual Account as of the Valuation Date coincident with or,
               otherwise, immediately preceding his date of retirement, plus any
               401(k) Savings Contributions, Thrift Savings Contributions,
               Employer Contributions, forfeitures, and Adjustments allocated to
               such account since such Valuation Date, plus any payments made by
               the Participant pursuant to Section 6.4 since such Valuation
               Date, and less any withdrawals since such Valuation Date.

Section 5.2    EARLY RETIREMENT

               When a Participant lives to his Early Retirement Date and
               retires, he shall become entitled to the full value of his
               Individual Account as of the Valuation Date coincident with or,
               otherwise, immediately preceding his date of retirement, plus any
               401(k) Savings Contributions, Thrift Savings Contributions,
               Employer Contributions, forfeitures, and Adjustments allocated to
               such account since such Valuation Date, plus any payments made by
               the Participant pursuant to Section 6.4 since such Valuation
               Date, and less any withdrawals since such Valuation Date.

Section 5.3    LATE RETIREMENT

               A Participant may continue his employment past his Normal
               Retirement Date on a year-to-year basis.  He shall continue to be
               a Participant under the Plan.  Upon his actual retirement, he
               shall become entitled to the full value of his Individual Account
               as of the Valuation Date coincident with or, otherwise,
               immediately preceding his date of retirement, plus any 401(k)
               Savings Contributions, Thrift Savings Contributions, Employer
               Contributions, forfeitures, and Adjustments allocated to such
               account since such Valuation Date, plus any payments made by the
               Participant pursuant to Section 6.4 since such Valuation Date,
               and less any withdrawals since such Valuation Date.

Section 5.4    DEATH

               If a Participant dies, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to the
               full value of his Individual Account as of the Valuation Date
               coincident with or, otherwise, immediately preceding his date of
               retirement, plus any 401(k) Savings Contribu-


                                       29
<PAGE>

               tions, Thrift Savings Contributions, Employer Contributions,
               forfeitures, and Adjustments allocated to such account since such
               Valuation Date, plus any payments made by the Participant
               pursuant to Section 6.4 since such Valuation Date, and less any
               withdrawals since such Valuation Date.

Section 5.5    DISABILITY

               When it is determined that a Participant is Totally and
               Permanently Disabled, the Committee shall certify such fact to
               the Trustee and such disabled Participant shall be entitled to
               the full value of his Individual Account as of the Valuation Date
               coincident with or, otherwise, immediately preceding his date of
               retirement, plus any 401(k) Savings Contributions, Thrift Savings
               Contributions, Employer Contributions, forfeitures, and
               Adjustments allocated to such account since such Valuation Date,
               plus any payments made by the Participant pursuant to Section 6.4
               since such Valuation Date, and less any withdrawals since such
               Valuation Date.

Section 5.6    PERMANENT LAYOFF

               If a Participant's termination of employment is due to a
               permanent layoff, he shall be entitled to the full value of his
               Individual Account as of the Valuation Date coincident with or,
               otherwise, immediately preceding his date of retirement, plus any
               401(k) Savings Contributions, Thrift Savings Contributions,
               Employer Contributions, forfeitures, and Adjustments allocated to
               such account since such Valuation Date, plus any payments made by
               the Participant pursuant to Section 6.4 since such Valuation
               Date, and less any withdrawals since such Valuation Date.

Section 5.7    TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

          (a)  Upon termination of employment for any reason other than normal
               retirement, early retirement, late retirement, death, disability,
               or permanent layoff, a Participant shall be entitled to the full
               value of his Individual Account as of the Valuation Date
               coincident with or, otherwise, immediately preceding his date of
               retirement, plus any 401(k) Savings Contributions, Thrift Savings
               Contributions, Employer Contributions, forfeitures, and
               Adjustments allocated to such account since such Valuation Date,
               plus any payments made by the Participant pursuant to Section 6.4
               since such Valuation Date, and less any withdrawals since such
               Valuation Date.

          (b)  A Participant shall always be one hundred percent (100%) vested
               in the balance of his 401(k) Savings Contribution Account and
               Thrift Savings Contribution Account.

                                       30
<PAGE>


          (c)  A Participant shall be vested in the balance attributable to his
               Matching 401(k) Savings Contribution Account and Matching Thrift
               Savings Contribution Account based on the years of Service as of
               his date of termination, in accordance with the following
               schedule:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               Years of Service              Vested Percentage
               ----------------              -----------------
               <S>                           <C>
               Less than 1 year                   0%
               1 but less than 2                  20%
               2 but less than 3                  40%
               3 but less than 4                  60%
               4 but less than 5                  80%
               5 years or more                    100%
</TABLE>

          (d)  Notwithstanding the above a Participant who attains Normal
               Retirement Age while employed by the Company shall be fully
               vested in his Individual Account under the Plan.

          (e)  A Participant who terminates employment pursuant to this Section
               with a zero percent (0%) vested percentage shall be deemed to
               have received a distribution on the date he terminates
               employment.  If a terminated Participant receives a distribution
               of any part of the vested portion of his Individual Account prior
               to incurring five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service or if said
               terminated Participant is zero percent (0%) vested, the
               non-vested balance of such terminated Participant's Individual
               Account shall be forfeited as of the date he receives or is
               deemed to have received said distribution.

          (f)  If a terminated Participant is re-employed prior to incurring
               five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service, any amount forfeited
               pursuant to this Section will be restored to his Individual
               Account if he repays, prior to the date which is five (5) years
               after the date on which the Participant is subsequently
               re-employed, the amount previously distributed to him from such
               account.  Restoration of a forfeiture will come from a special
               employer contribution.  For purposes of this Section, a
               Participant who receives a deemed distribution pursuant to this
               Section will be deemed to have repaid the distribution upon
               re-employment.

          (g)  The non-vested balance of the Individual Account of a terminated
               Participant shall be forfeited as of the Valuation Date at the
               end of the Plan Year in which such terminated Participant incurs
               five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service if the Participant is
               vested in any portion of his Individual Account and does not
               receive a distribution prior to incurring five (5) consecutive
               Breaks in Service.

          (h)  A terminated Participant who is re-employed after incurring five
               (5) or more consecutive Breaks in Service shall not be allowed to
               repay any amount distributed to him and shall not have any amount
               forfeited pursuant to this Section restored to his Individual
               Account.

                                       31
<PAGE>

          (i)  Any Matching 401(k) Savings Contributions or Matching Thrift
               Savings Contributions forfeited will be used to reduce future
               Matching 401(k) Savings Contributions.

Section 5.8    COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS

               Any benefits payable under this Article shall be paid as soon as
               reasonably possible following the actual date of severance,
               subject to the Participant's consent.  Unless the Participant
               elects otherwise, payment shall begin no later than sixty (60)
               days after the last day of the Plan Year in which occurs the
               latest of (i) the Participant's reaching Normal Retirement Age;
               (ii) the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the Employee became
               a Participant; or (iii) termination of the Participant's
               employment.  The Participant may defer distribution to a
               subsequent date unless his benefit may be cashed out without his
               consent pursuant to Subsection 5.10(a), or unless he is subject
               to Section 5.9 as a result of attaining age seventy and one-half
               (70 1/2).

Section 5.9    MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS

               The Individual Account of a Participant must be distributed or
               commence to be distributed no later than April 1 following the
               calendar year in which such individual attains age seventy and
               one-half (70 1/2) unless such individual has effectively executed
               a waiver prior to January 1, 1984, in accordance with the Code
               and notices and regulations issued thereunder.  Notwithstanding
               the preceding, the distributions to an Participant who attains
               age seventy and one-half (70 1/2), do not have to commence until
               April 1 the following calendar year in which the later of age
               seventy and one-half (70 1/2) or termination of employment
               occurs; provided that if the Participant was not a five percent
               (5%) owner of the Employer at any time during or after the Plan
               Year in which he attained age sixty-six and one-half (66 1/2),
               distributions must commence no later than April 1 following the
               calendar year in which the later of the following occurs:  (1) he
               attains age seventy and one-half (70 1/2); or (2) he becomes a
               five percent (5%) owner.

Section 5.10   METHODS OF PAYMENT

          (a)  A Participant or Beneficiary shall elect a distribution of the
               Individual Account as provided hereinafter.  Subject to the
               provisions of Section 5.13, no other manner of distribution
               shall be provided.  The election by the Participant or
               Beneficiary shall be in writing on an appropriate form to be
               provided by the Committee and shall be filed with the Committee
               at least thirty (30) days before distribution is to be made.  The
               Committee may not require an immediate lump sum distribution
               without the consent of the Participant or Beneficiary, unless the
               vested value of the Individual Account is not more than five
               thousand dollars ($5,000).  If the


                                       32
<PAGE>


               vested value of the Participant's Individual Account is not
               more than five thousand dollars ($5,000), the benefits payable
               will be paid as soon as reasonably possible following the
               actual date of severance, notwithstanding lack of consent.  If
               the vested value of the Participant's Individual Account has
               been more than five thousand ($5,000) at the time of any
               distribution, the value of the Participant's Individual
               Account will be deemed to be more than five thousand ($5,000)
               at the time of any subsequent distribution for purposes of the
               consent requirements of this paragraph. Notwithstanding the
               above, no lump sum distribution may be made after periodic
               payments have commenced without the consent of the Participant
               or Beneficiary.  The alternative forms of distribution are as
               follows:

               (1)  A lump sum distribution in cash or in kind; or

               (2)  Periodic annual installment payments for a period not to
                    exceed fifteen (15) years as selected by the Participant or
                    Beneficiary, each installment payment to be made on or about
                    December 31 except as otherwise provided in Sections 5.8 and
                    5.9; or

               (3)  Any combination of the above.

          (b)  If the Participant dies after periodic installment payments
               commence but before the Individual Account is fully distributed,
               the balance remaining in the Individual Account shall be paid out
               over the periods remaining pursuant to the Participant's election
               under clause (2) of Subsection (a) of this Section, or, if the
               Beneficiary elects, such other period as is allowed under this
               Section.

          (c)  Any payment provided for in this Section may not extend beyond
               the life expectancy of the Participant or the joint and last
               survivor's life expectancy of the Participant and designated
               Beneficiary, and in no event, beyond fifteen (15) years.

          (d)  If the Participant dies before distribution commences, the
               Participant's entire interest will be distributed no later than
               five (5) years after the Participant's death, except to the
               extent that an election is made to receive distributions in
               accordance with (1) or (2) below;

               (1)  If any portion of the Participant's interest is payable to a
                    designated Beneficiary, distributions may be made in
                    substantially equal installments over the life expectancy of
                    the designated Beneficiary commencing no later than one (1)
                    year after the Participant's death.

               (2)  If the designated Beneficiary is the Participant's surviving
                    spouse, the date distributions are required to commence
                    shall not be earlier than the date on which the Participant
                    would have attained age seventy and one-half (70 1/2).  If
                    the spouse dies before payments begin, any subsequent
                    distribution shall be made as if the spouse had been the
                    Participant.

                                       33
<PAGE>


          (e)  Notwithstanding any settlement option contained in this Plan, the
               benefits payable to the Beneficiary of any Participant must be
               incidental to the primary purpose of distributing accumulated
               funds to the Participant, and if the Participant's designated
               Beneficiary or survivor is other than his spouse, the settlement
               option shall not violate Code Section 401(a)(9).

Section 5.11   BENEFITS TO MINORS AND INCOMPETENTS

          (a)  In case any person entitled to receive payment under the Plan
               shall be a minor, the Committee, in its discretion, may direct
               the Trustee to dispose of such amount in any one or more of the
               ways specified in items (1) through (3) of this Subsection.

               (1)  By payment thereof directly to such minor;

               (2)  By application thereof for benefit of such minor;

               (3)  By payment thereof to either parent of such minor or to any
                    adult person with whom such minor may at the time be living
                    or to any person who shall be legally qualified and shall be
                    acting as guardian of the person or the property of such
                    minor; provided only that the parent or adult person to whom
                    any amount shall be paid have advised the Committee in
                    writing that he will hold or use such amount for the benefit
                    of such minor.

Section 5.12   UNCLAIMED BENEFITS

               If, after diligent effort, a Participant or Beneficiary who is
               entitled to a distribution cannot be located within a reasonable
               period of time after the date such distribution was to commence,
               the distributable Individual Account balance shall be deposited
               in such separate account as the Trustee shall determine.  The
               separate account shall be registered in the name of the person
               entitled to the distribution.  The balance in such separate
               account shall be forfeited on the last day of the Plan Year in
               which the Participant incurs his fifth (5th) consecutive Break in
               Service, or such later date as the Committee may determine, and
               shall be used to reduce future Employer Contributions.  If the
               Participant or Beneficiary subsequently presents a valid claim
               for the benefit to the Committee, the Committee shall cause the
               benefit, equal to the amount which was forfeited under this
               Section, to be restored from a special employer contribution.

Section 5.13   PARTICIPANT DIRECTED ROLLOVERS

          (a)  This Section applies to distributions made on or after January 1,
               1993.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary
               that would otherwise limit a distributee's election under this
               Section, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner
               prescribed by the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible


                                       34
<PAGE>

               rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement
               plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.

          (b)  For purposes of this Section, an eligible rollover distribution
               is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the
               credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover
               distribution does not include:  any distribution that is one of a
               series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less
               frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy)
               of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life
               expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee's designated
               Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten (10) years or more;
               any distribution to the extent such distribution is required
               under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and the portion of any
               distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined
               without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation
               with respect to employer securities).

          (c)  For purposes of this Section, an eligible retirement plan is an
               individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the
               Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section
               408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a)
               of the Code, or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of
               the Code, that accepts the distributee's eligible rollover
               distribution.  However, in the case of an eligible rollover
               distribution to the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan
               is an individual retirement account or individual retirement
               annuity.

               For purposes of this Section, a distributee includes an Employee
               or former Employee.  In addition, the Employee's or former
               Employee's surviving spouse and the Employee's or former
               Employee's spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee
               under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section
               414(p) of the Code, are distributees with regard to the interest
               of the spouse or former spouse.

          (d)  A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible
               retirement plan specified by the distributee.


                                       35
<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE 6

                               WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS

Section 6.1    HARDSHIP WITHDRAWAL - 401(k) SAVINGS

          (a)  Upon proper written application of a Participant made at least
               thirty (30) days in advance of the withdrawal date, in such
               manner and in such form as the Committee may specify, the
               Committee in its sole discretion may permit the Participant to
               withdraw a portion or all of the balance of his 401(k) Savings
               Contribution Account and vested Matching 401(k) Savings
               Contribution Account; provided that earnings allocated to said
               401(k) Savings Contribution Account may not be withdrawn.

          (b)  The reason for a withdrawal pursuant to this Section must be to
               enable the Participant to meet unusual or special situations in
               his financial affairs resulting in immediate and heavy financial
               needs of the Participant.  Such needs shall be limited to:

               (1)  expenses for medical care described in Code Section 213(d)
                    previously incurred by the Participant, the Participant's
                    spouse, or any dependents of the Participant (as defined in
                    Code Section 152) or necessary for these persons to obtain
                    medical care described in Code Section 213(d);

               (2)  purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal
                    residence for the Participant;

               (3   payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and
                    board expenses for the next twelve (12) months of
                    post-secondary education for the Participant, or the
                    Participant's spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in
                    Code Section 152);

               (4)  the need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his
                    principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the
                    Participant's principal residence;

               (5)  payment of funeral expenses for the Participant's spouse or
                    any dependents of the Participant (as defined in Code
                    Section 152); or

               (6)  any additional items which may be added to the list of
                    deemed immediate and heavy financial needs by the
                    Commissioner of Internal Revenue through the publication of
                    revenue rulings, notices, and other documents of general
                    applicability.


                                       36
<PAGE>

               Any withdrawal hereunder may not exceed the amount required to
               meet the financial need, and the amount must not be reasonably
               available from other resources of the Participant.  The amount of
               an immediate and heavy financial need may include any federal,
               state, or local taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to
               result from the distribution.

          (c)  The minimum amount that can be withdrawn pursuant to this Section
               is the lesser of one hundred dollars ($100) or one hundred
               percent (100%) of the Participant's 401(k) Savings Contribution
               Account (excluding earnings) and vested Matching 401(k) Savings
               Contribution Account.  Withdrawals shall be made first from the
               401(k) Savings Contribution Account and then, if necessary, from
               the Matching 401(k) Savings Contribution Account.

          (d)  The Committee may lengthen or shorten the notice period in this
               Section if it finds it administratively necessary or feasible to
               do so.  In granting or refusing any request for withdrawal or in
               changing the notice period, the Committee shall do so on a
               uniform, equitable and nondiscriminatory basis.

          (e)  Withdrawals in accordance with this Section shall not result in
               an automatic suspension of contributions under this Plan.

          (f)  The determination by the Committee that the distribution will be
               necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need will
               be made on the basis of all relevant facts and circumstances.  A
               distribution generally will be treated as necessary to satisfy a
               financial need if the Committee relies, without actual knowledge
               to the contrary, on the Participant's written representation that
               the need cannot reasonably be relieved:

               (1)  through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or
                    otherwise;

               (2)  by liquidation of the Participant's assets, to the extent
                    such liquidation would not itself cause an immediate and
                    heavy financial need;

               (3)  by cessation of 401(k) Savings Contributions or Thrift
                    Savings Contributions under the Plan; or

               (4)  by other distributions or non-taxable loans from the Plan or
                    from plans maintained by the Employer or by any other
                    employer, or by borrowing from commercial terms.

               For purposes of this Section, the Participant's resources shall
               be deemed to include those of his spouse and minor children that
               are reasonably available to the Participant.

Section 6.2    HARDSHIP WITHDRAWAL - THRIFT SAVINGS


                                       37

<PAGE>

          (a)  Upon proper written application of a Participant made at least
               thirty (30) days in advance of the withdrawal date, in such
               manner and in such form as the Committee may specify, the
               Committee in its sole discretion may permit the Participant to
               withdraw a portion or all of the balance of his Thrift Savings
               Contribution Account and vested Matching Thrift Savings
               Contribution Account.

          (b)  The reason for a withdrawal pursuant to this Section must be to
               enable the Participant to meet unusual or special situations in
               his financial affairs resulting in immediate and heavy financial
               needs of the Participant.  Such needs shall be limited to:

               (1)  expense for medical care described in Code Section 213(d)
                    previously incurred by the Participant, the Participant's
                    spouse, or any dependents of the Participant (as defined in
                    Code Section 152) or necessary for these persons to obtain
                    medical care described in Code Section 213(d);

               (2)  purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal
                    residence for the Participant;

               (3)  payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and
                    board expenses for the next twelve (12) months of
                    post-secondary education for the Participant, or the
                    Participant's spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in
                    Code Section 152);

               (4)  the need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his
                    principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the
                    Participant's principal residence;

               (5)  payment of funeral expenses for the Participant's spouse or
                    any dependents of the Participant (as defined in Code
                    Section 152); or

               (6)  any additional items which may be added to the list of
                    deemed immediate and heavy financial needs by the
                    Commissioner of Internal Revenue through the publication of
                    revenue rulings, notices, and other documents of general
                    applicability.

               Any withdrawal hereunder may not exceed the amount required to
               meet the financial need.  The amount of an immediate and heavy
               financial need may include any federal, state, or local taxes or
               penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution.

          (c)  The minimum amount that can be withdrawn pursuant to this Section
               is the lesser of one hundred dollars ($100) or one hundred
               percent (100%) of the Participant's Thrift Savings Contribution
               Account and vested Matching Thrift Savings


                                       38
<PAGE>

               Contribution Account. Withdrawals shall be made first from the
               Thrift Savings Contribution Account and then, if necessary, from
               the Matching Thrift Savings Contribution Account.

          (d)  The Committee may lengthen or shorten the notice period in this
               Section if it finds it administratively necessary or feasible to
               do so.  In granting or refusing any request for withdrawal or in
               changing the notice period, the Committee shall do so on a
               uniform, equitable and nondiscriminatory basis.

          (e)  Withdrawals in accordance with this Section shall not result in
               an automatic suspension of contributions under this Plan.

Section 6.3    REGULAR THRIFT SAVINGS WITHDRAWALS

          (a)  Upon proper application made at least thirty (30) days in advance
               of the withdrawal date, in such manner and in such form as the
               Committee may specify, a Participant shall be permitted to
               withdraw a portion or all of the balance of his Thrift Savings
               Contribution Account.

          (b)  Only one (1) withdrawal may be made under this Section during any
               Plan Year.  The minimum amount that can be withdrawn is the
               lesser of one hundred dollars ($100) or one hundred percent
               (100%) of the Participant's Thrift Savings Contribution Account.

          (c)  Withdrawal in accordance with this Section will result in a
               suspension of the Participant's Thrift Savings Contributions and
               401(k) Savings Contributions, effective with the first pay in the
               calendar month following the month in which their request for
               withdrawal is received by the Committee, and lasting for a period
               of three (3) months.  Thrift Savings Contributions and 401(k)
               Savings Contributions may resume effective with the first pay in
               the calendar month following or coincident with the completion of
               the suspension period, provided the Participant submits a new
               enrollment form to the Committee at least twenty (20) days prior
               to such effective date.  No Employer Contributions shall be made
               during any cessation of contributions under this Plan, and the
               Participant shall not be allowed to make up any contributions
               attributable to any such period.

          (d)  The Committee may lengthen or shorten the notice requirements in
               this Section if it finds it administratively necessary or
               feasible to do so, with such discretion being exercised in a
               nondiscriminatory manner.

Section 6.4    PARTICIPANT LOANS

          (a)  Upon application of a Participant, made in such manner and in
               such form and in a manner as the Committee may specify, the
               Committee may direct the Trustee to make a loan to the
               Participant from his Individual Account.  The application, and


                                       39
<PAGE>

               the resulting loan, must meet the terms and conditions specified
               in the following provisions of this Section.  Any application for
               a loan under this Section by a Former Participant shall be
               denied.

          (b)  The amount of the loan shall not exceed the lesser of:

               (1)  fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), reduced by the highest
                    outstanding balance of loans from the Plan to the
                    Participant during the one (1) year period ending on the day
                    before the day the loan is made, or

               (2)  one-half (1/2) the present value of the vested accrued
                    benefit of the Participant under the Plan as of the date of
                    the loan, minus the outstanding balance of all other loans
                    from the Plan to the Participant as of the date of the loan.

          (c)  The minimum amount of a Participant loan pursuant to this Section
               is one thousand dollars ($1,000), and no more than two (2) loans
               shall be made to a Participant during the Plan Year.

          (d)  The Trustee shall withdraw the amounts loaned to the Participant
               from the Participant's Individual Account in the following source
               order:  Salary Reduction Contribution Account, Matching Salary
               Reduction Contribution Account, Matching Thrift Savings
               Contribution Account, and Thrift Savings Contribution Account.
               The loan will be evidenced by a promissory note held as an
               earmarked asset of the Trust Fund.  The Trustee shall credit
               interest and principal payments made by the Participant to the
               Participant's Individual Account on a pro rata basis according to
               the actual sources used for the loan.

          (e)  The Participant may choose the Investment Fund(s) from which the
               loan is to be made.  In the event the Participant does not choose
               the Investment Fund(s) from which the loan is to be made, it
               shall be made from such Investment Fund(s) as the Committee shall
               determine.  Repayments will be credited on a pro rata basis
               according to the Participant's latest investment direction for
               contributions at the time of the repayment.

          (f)  The Participant shall authorize the Employer to deduct from his
               compensation substantially equal installments consisting of
               interest and principal payable at the end of each regular pay
               period (but no less frequently than quarterly).  The Employer
               shall transfer such payroll deductions to the Trustee within a
               reasonable time following the end of each regular pay period.  In
               the event that the Participant ceases to be employed by the
               Employer, the outstanding principal and any interest due to date
               on the outstanding principal balance shall be immediately due and
               payable upon demand.  Notwithstanding the preceding, if a
               Participant is still employed but is on an unpaid leave of
               absence or is otherwise not receiving


                                       40
<PAGE>

               compensation from the Employer, repayment shall be made pursuant
               to the terms of the promissory note (but no less frequently than
               quarterly).

          (g)  A Participant may repay, at any time, all of the then outstanding
               principal balance of his loan, together with interest due to date
               on the prepaid portion.  Any such prepayments shall be made to
               the Employer and the Employer shall transfer such prepaid amounts
               to the Trustee within a reasonable time after receipt.  Except as
               otherwise provided in this Section, such right of prepayment
               shall be entirely in the discretion of the Participant and shall
               be without premium or penalty.

          (h)  The collateral shall be the assignment of up to fifty percent
               (50%) of the Participant's vested Individual Account as of the
               date of the loan, supported by the Participant's promissory note
               for the amount of such loan, including interest, payable to the
               order of the Trustee.

          (i)  Each loan shall bear interest at a reasonable rate to be fixed by
               the Committee and shall be based on interest rates currently
               being charged for similar loans by commercial lending
               institutions in the same geographical area as the situs of the
               Trust Fund.  The Committee shall not discriminate among
               Participants in the matter of interest rates; but loans granted
               at different times may bear different interest rates if, in the
               opinion of the Committee, different rates are required based on
               the rates being charged by said commercial lending institutions
               for similar loans.

          (j)  Unless a shorter period is provided in the promissory note, a
               Participant shall be considered to have defaulted on the
               promissory note if a payment is not made on the note during a
               calendar year quarter.  The terms of the promissory note shall
               provide that if the Participant defaults on the loan, the unpaid
               loan balance and the interest accrued since the last payment
               shall be due immediately.  If the amount due is not paid within
               ninety (90) days after default, that amount (the unpaid loan
               balance and the accrued interest as of the default date) will be
               deemed to be a withdrawal by the Participant as of the date of
               default.

          (k)  No distribution under Article 5 shall be made to any Participant,
               Former Participant, or Beneficiary unless and until all unpaid
               loans, including accrued interest, have been repaid.  Such
               Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary shall have the
               option of paying the unpaid loan balance and accrued interest
               directly or of having such amount deemed to be a distribution
               from the Individual Account.

          (l)  In granting or refusing any request for a loan, the Committee
               shall do so on a uniform, equitable and nondiscriminatory basis.

          (m)  Loans under this Section shall be allowed starting at such time
               as determined by the Committee.

                                       41
<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE 7

                                      FUNDING


Section 7.1    CONTRIBUTIONS

               Contributions by the Employer and by the Participants as provided
               for in Article 3 shall be paid over to the Trustee.  All
               contributions by the Employer, and any income therefrom, shall be
               irrevocable, except as herein provided, and may be used only for
               the exclusive benefit of the Participants, Former Participants
               and their Beneficiaries.

Section 7.2    TRUSTEE

               The Sponsoring Employer has entered into an agreement with the
               Trustee whereunder the Trustee will receive, invest and
               administer as a trust fund contributions made under this Plan in
               accordance with the Trust Agreement.

               Such Trust Agreement is incorporated by reference as a part of
               the Plan, and the rights of all persons hereunder are subject to
               the terms of the Trust Agreement.  The Trust Agreement
               specifically provides, among other things, for the investment and
               reinvestment of the Trust Fund and the income thereof, the
               management of the Trust Fund, the responsibilities and immunities
               of the Trustee, removal of the Trustee and appointment of a
               successor, accounting by the Trustee and the disbursement of the
               Trust Fund.

               The Trustee shall, in accordance with the terms of such Trust
               Agreement, accept and receive all sums of money paid to it from
               time to time by the Employer, and shall hold, invest, reinvest,
               manage and administer such moneys and the increment, increase,
               earnings and income thereof as a trust fund for the exclusive
               benefit of the Participants, Former Participants and their
               Beneficiaries or the payment of reasonable expenses of
               administering the Plan.

               In the event that affiliated or subsidiary Employers become
               signatory hereto, completely independent records, allocations,
               and contributions shall be maintained for each Employer.  The
               Trustee may invest all funds without segregating assets between
               or among signatory Employers.


                                       42
<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE 8

                           EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN


Section 8.1    PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE

               The Company hereby establishes and designates the LG&E Energy
               Corp. Common Stock Fund as an Employee Stock Ownership Plan to
               enable eligible Participants to acquire stock ownership interests
               in the Company.

Section 8.2    INVESTMENT IN COMPANY STOCK

               The ESOP is designed to invest primarily in Company Stock and all
               accounts under the Article shall be invested in the LG&E Energy
               Corp. Common Stock Fund.

Section 8.3    GENERAL ESOP PROVISIONS

          (a)  PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

                    Payments of amounts invested in the LG&E Energy Corp. Common
                    Stock Fund shall be in the form of a lump sum.  Unless the
                    Participant elects otherwise, the distribution shall be made
                    no later than one (1) year after the close of the Plan Year
                    in which the Participant terminates the employment due to
                    death, Total and Permanent Disability or Retirement and no
                    later than five (5) years after the close of the Plan Year
                    in which Participant terminates employment for any other
                    reason.

     (b)  CONTRIBUTIONS

                    The Company shall contribute to the Trustee cash equal to,
                    or Company Stock having an aggregate fair market value equal
                    to, such amounts required by Section 3.2 of the Plan to the
                    ESOP.  Contributions by Participants are not required, but
                    shall be permitted in accordance with Section 3.1.

Section 8.4    PUT OPTION

               If the Company Stock is or becomes not readily tradable on an
               established market, then any Participant, who is otherwise
               entitled to a distribution for the Plan, shall have the right
               (hereinafter referred to as "Put Option") to require that the
               Corporation repurchase any Company Stock at the price established
               by a valuation conducted by an independent appraiser (as
               established in Section 401(a)(28) of the Code).  The Put Option
               shall only be exercisable during the


                                       43
<PAGE>

               sixty (60) day period, then it can be exercised for an additional
               period of sixty (60) days in the following Plan Year.  This Put
               Option shall be nonterminable with the meaning of Regulation
               54.4975-(11)(a)(ii).

               The amount paid for the Company Stock under the Put Option shall
               be paid in substantially equal payments (not less frequently than
               annually) over a period beginning not later than thirty (30) days
               after the exercise of the Put Option and not exceeding five (5)
               years.  There shall be adequate security provided and reasonable
               interest paid on the unpaid balance due under this paragraph.

Section 8.5    LOANS

          (a)  AUTHORIZATION OF LOAN

                    The Board of Directors may direct the Trustee to incur a
                    loan on behalf of the Trust in a manner and under conditions
                    which will cause the loan to be an "exempt loan" within the
                    meaning of Section 4975(d)(2) of the Code and Regulations
                    thereunder.  A loan shall be used primarily for the benefit
                    of Plan Participants and their Beneficiaries.  The proceeds
                    of each such loan shall be used, within a reasonable time
                    after the loan is obtained, only to purchase Company Stock,
                    to repay the loan or to repay any prior loan.  Any such loan
                    shall provide for a reasonable rate of interest, an
                    ascertainable period of maturity and shall be without
                    recourse against the Plan.  Any such loan shall be secured
                    solely by shares of Company Stock acquired with the proceeds
                    of the loan and shares of such stock that were used as
                    collateral on a prior loan which was repaid with the
                    proceeds of the current loan.  Such stock pledged as
                    collateral shall be placed in a Suspense Account and
                    released pursuant to Subsection 8.05(b), as the loan is
                    repaid.  Company Stock released from the Suspense Account
                    shall be allocated in the ratio that each eligible
                    Participant's Compensation bears to the total Compensation,
                    paid to all Participants during the Plan Year.  No person
                    entitled to payment under a loan made pursuant to this
                    Section shall have recourse against any Trust Fund assets
                    other than the stock used as collateral for the loan,
                    Sponsoring Employer contributions of cash that are available
                    to meet obligations under the loan and earnings attributable
                    to such collateral and the investment of such contributions.
                    Employer contributions made with respect to any Plan Year
                    during which the Loan remains unpaid, and earnings on such
                    contributions, shall be deemed available to meet obligations
                    under the loan, unless otherwise provided by the Employer at
                    the time such contributions are made.

(b)  RELEASE OF COMPANY STOCK

                    Any pledge of stock as collateral under this Section shall
                    provide for the release of shares so pledged upon the
                    payment of any portion of the loan.


                                       44
<PAGE>

                    Shares so pledged shall be released in the proportion of
                    the principal and interest, paid on the loan for the Plan
                    Year bears to the aggregate principal and interest, paid for
                    the current Plan Year and each Plan Year thereafter, as
                    provided in Regulations 54.4975-7(b)(8).

(c)  REPAYMENT OF THE LOAN

                    Payments of principal and interest on any loan under this
                    Section shall be made by the Trustee at the direction of the
                    committee solely from: (i) employer contributions available
                    to meet obligations under the loan, (ii) earnings from the
                    investment of such contributions, (iii) earnings
                    attributable to stock pledged as collateral for the loan,
                    (iv) other dividends on stock to the extent permitted by
                    law, (v) the proceeds of a subsequent loan made to repay the
                    loan, and (vi) the proceeds of the sale of any stock pledged
                    as collateral for the loan.  The contributions and earnings
                    available to pay the loan must be accounted for separately
                    by the Committee until the loan is repaid.

(d)  ALLOCATIONS TO INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT

                    Subject to the limitations in Section 4.5 on annual
                    additions to a Participant's Individual Account, assets
                    released from a Suspense Account by reason of payment made
                    on a loan shall be allocated immediately upon such payment
                    to the account of all Participants who then would be
                    entitled to an allocation of contributions if such payment
                    had been made on the last day of the Plan Year.

Section 8.6    DISPOSITION OF DIVIDENDS ON COMPANY STOCK

          (a)  DISTRIBUTION TO DIVIDEND ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANT

                    The Trustee shall distribute dividends paid on Company stock
                    to a Dividend Eligible Participant, no later than ninety
                    (90) days after the end of the Plan Year which said
                    dividends are paid.

          (b)  ALLOCATION OF DIVIDEND TO INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS

                    The Trustee shall allocate dividends paid on Company Stock,
                    which are not otherwise distributed to Dividend Eligible
                    Participants under Subsection 8.6(a) of this Section, to the
                    Individual Account as provided for in Section 4.3 of the
                    Plan.

Section 8.7    VOTING OF STOCK AND OTHER STOCK RIGHTS

          (a)  VOTING


                                       45
<PAGE>


                    Common Stock, including fractional shares, held by the
                    Trustee for a Participant's Individual Account and invested
                    in the LG&E Energy Corp. Common Stock Fund, shall be voted
                    by the Trustee at each annual meeting and at each special
                    meeting of the stockholders of the Company at the direction
                    of the Participant to whose Individual Account such stock is
                    credited to the extent such vote would be consistent with
                    the Trustee's duties under ERISA.  The Trustee shall cause
                    each Participant to be provided with a copy of a notice of
                    each such stockholder meeting and the proxy statement of the
                    Company, together with the appropriate form for the
                    Participant to indicate his voting instructions.  If the
                    instructions are not timely received by the Trustee with
                    respect to such stock, the Trustee shall vote the
                    uninstructed stock in the same proportion as the instructed
                    stock to the extent such vote would be consistent with the
                    Trustee's duties under ERISA.

          (b)  TENDER OFFER

                    Common Stock, including fractional shares, held by the
                    Trustee for a Participant's Individual Account and invested
                    in the LG&E Energy Corp. Common Stock Fund, shall be
                    tendered by the Trustee pursuant to a tender offer as
                    directed by the Participant to whose Individual Account such
                    stock is credited to the extent such tender would be
                    consistent with the Trustee's duties under ERISA.  The
                    Trustee shall cause each Participant to be provided with
                    notice of any such tender offer as the Trustee receives as a
                    holder of record, and which the Trustee reasonably believes
                    also was received by shareholders generally, as soon as
                    practicable after the Trustee receives such statements or
                    information, together with an appropriate form for the
                    Participant to indicate his instruction regarding any such
                    tender offer.  If instructions are not timely received by
                    the Trustee with respect to any such stock or if there is
                    any unallocated stock, the Trustee shall tender the shares
                    of such uninstructed or unallocated stock in the same
                    proportion as the Trustee actually receives timely
                    instruction to tender shares of stock to the extent such
                    tender would be consistent with the Trustee's duties under
                    ERISA.

Section 8.8    SECTION 16 COMPLIANCE

               It is the intention of the Company that the Plan and the
               administration of the Plan comply in all respects with Section 16
               of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Act"), as amended
               and the rule and regulation promulgated thereunder.  If any Plan
               provision, or any aspect of the administration of the Plan, is
               found not to be in compliance with Section 16 of the Act, the
               provision or administration shall be deemed null and void, and in
               all events the Plan shall be construed in favor of its meeting
               the requirements of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Act.

                                       46
<PAGE>


               Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the
               Committee, in its discretion, may bifurcate the Plan so as to
               restrict, limit or condition the use of any provision of the Plan
               to Participants who are subject to Section 16 of the Act without
               so restricting, limiting or conditioning the Plan with respect to
               other Participants.


                                       47
<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE 9

                                    FIDUCIARIES

Section 9.1    GENERAL

               Each Fiduciary who is allocated specific duties or
               responsibilities under the Plan or any Fiduciary who assumes such
               a position with the Plan shall discharge his duties solely in the
               interest of the Participants, Former Participants and
               Beneficiaries and for the exclusive purpose of providing such
               benefits as stipulated herein to such Participants, Former
               Participants and Beneficiaries, or defraying reasonable expense
               of administering the Plan.  Each Fiduciary, in carrying out such
               duties and responsibilities, shall act with the care, skill,
               prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing
               that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with
               such matters would use in exercising  such authority or duties.

               A Fiduciary may serve in more than one Fiduciary capacity and may
               employ one or more persons to render advice with regard to his
               Fiduciary responsibilities.  If the Fiduciary is serving as such
               without compensation, all expenses reasonably incurred by such
               Fiduciary shall be paid from the Trust Fund or by the Employer.

               A Fiduciary may delegate any of his responsibilities for the
               operation and administration of the Plan.  In limitation of this
               right, a Fiduciary may not delegate any responsibilities as
               contained herein relating to the management or control of the
               Trust Fund except through the employment of an investment manager
               as provided in Section 9.3 and in the Trust Agreement relating to
               the Trust Fund.

Section 9.2    EMPLOYER

               The Sponsoring Employer established and maintains the Plan for
               the benefit of its Employees and for Employees of Adopting
               Employers and of necessity retains control of the operation and
               administration of the Plan.  The Sponsoring Employer, in
               accordance with specific provisions of the Plan, has as herein
               indicated, delegated certain of these rights and obligations to
               the Trustee and the Committee, and these parties shall be solely
               responsible for these, and only these, delegated rights and
               obligations.

               The Employer shall supply such full and timely information for
               all matters relating to the Plan as (a) the Committee, (b) the
               Trustee, and (c) the accountant engaged on behalf of the Plan by
               the Sponsoring Employer may require for the effective discharge
               of their respective duties.


                                       48
<PAGE>

Section 9.3    TRUSTEE

               The Trustee, in accordance with the Trust Agreement, shall have
               exclusive authority and discretion to manage and control the
               Trust Fund, except that the Sponsoring Employer may in its
               discretion employ at any time and from time to time an investment
               manager (as defined in Section 3(38) of ERISA) to direct the
               Trustee with respect to all or a designated portion of the assets
               comprising the Trust Fund.

Section 9.4    BENEFITS COMMITTEE

          (a)  The Board of the Sponsoring Employer shall appoint a Committee of
               not less than three (3) persons to hold office at the pleasure of
               the Board, such committee to be known as the Benefits Committee,
               collectively, the Committee.  No compensation shall be paid
               members of the Committee from the Trust Fund for service on the
               Committee.  The Committee shall choose from among its members a
               chairperson and a secretary.  Any action of the Committee shall
               be determined by the vote of a majority of its members.  Either
               the chair or the secretary may execute any certificate or written
               direction on behalf of the Committee.

          (b)  Every decision and action of the Committee shall be valid if
               concurrence is by a majority of the members then in office, which
               concurrence may be had without a formal meeting.

          (c)  In accordance with the provisions hereof, the Committee has been
               delegated certain administrative functions relating to the Plan
               with all powers necessary to enable it to properly carry out such
               duties.  Except as provided in Section 10.1, the Committee shall
               have no power in any way to modify, alter, add to, or subtract
               from, any provisions of the Plan; provided, however, that the
               Committee is authorized, acting by a majority of its members then
               in office, to make certain technical and non-material changes in
               the Plan.  The Committee shall have the power and authority in
               its sole, absolute and uncontrolled discretion to control and
               manage the operation and administration of the Plan and shall
               have all powers necessary to accomplish these purposes.  The
               responsibility and authority of the Committee shall include, but
               shall not be limited to, (i) determining all questions relating
               to eligibility of employees to participate; (ii) determining the
               amount and kind of benefit payable to any Participant, spouse or
               Beneficiary; (iii) establishing and reducing to writing and
               distributing to any Participant or Beneficiary a claims procedure
               and administering that procedure, including the processing and
               determination of all appeals thereunder; (iv) interpreting the
               provisions of the Plan including the publication of rules for the
               regulation of the Plan as in its sole, absolute and uncontrolled
               discretion are deemed necessary or advisable and which are not
               inconsistent with the express terms thereof, the Code or the
               Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and
               (v) execution of amendments in accordance with Section 10.1.  All
               disbursements by the Trustee,


                                       49
<PAGE>

               except for the ordinary expenses of administration of the
               Trust Fund or the reimbursement of reasonable expenses at the
               direction of the Sponsoring Employer, as provided herein,
               shall be made upon, and in accordance with, the written
               directions of the Committee.  When the Committee is required
               in the performance of its duties hereunder to administer or
               construe, or to reach a determination, under any of the
               provisions of the Plan, it shall do so on a uniform, equitable
               and nondiscriminatory basis.

          (d)  The Committee may employ such counsel, accountants, and other
               agents as it shall deem advisable.  The Sponsoring Employer shall
               pay, or cause to be paid from the Trust Fund, the compensation of
               such counsel, accountants, and other agents and any other
               expenses incurred by the Committee in the administration of the
               Plan and Trust.

Section 9.5    CLAIMS PROCEDURES

          (a)  The Committee shall receive all applications for benefits.  Upon
               receipt by the Committee of such an application, it shall
               determine all facts which are necessary to establish the right of
               an applicant to benefits under the provisions of the Plan and the
               amount thereof as herein provided.  Upon request, the Committee
               will afford the applicant the right of a hearing with respect to
               any finding of fact or determination.  The applicant shall be
               notified in writing of any adverse decision with respect to his
               claim within ninety (90) days after its submission.  The notice
               shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the
               applicant and shall include the items specified in items (1)
               through (4) of this Subsection.

               (1)  The specific reason or reasons for the denial;

               (2)  Specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on
                    which the denial is based;

               (3)  A description of any additional material or information
                    necessary for the applicant to perfect the claim and an
                    explanation why such material or information is necessary;
                    and

               (4)  An explanation of the Plan's claim review procedures.

          (b)  If special circumstances require an extension of time for
               processing the initial claim, a written notice of the extension
               and the reason therefor shall be furnished to the claimant before
               the end of the initial ninety (90) day period.  In no event shall
               such extension exceed ninety (90) days.

          (c)  In the event a claim for benefits is denied or if the applicant
               has had no response to such claim within ninety (90) days of its
               submission (in which case the claim for benefits shall be deemed
               to have been denied), the applicant or his duly


                                       50
<PAGE>


               authorized representative, at the applicant's sole expense, may
               appeal the denial to the Committee within sixty (60) days of the
               receipt of written notice of denial or sixty (60) days from the
               date such claim is deemed to be denied.  In pursuing such appeal
               the applicant or his duly authorized representative:

               (1)  May request in writing that the Committee review the denial;

               (2)  May review pertinent documents; and

               (3)  May submit issues and comments in writing.

          (d)  The decision on review shall be made within sixty (60) days of
               receipt of the request for review, unless special circumstances
               require an extension of time for processing, in which case a
               decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but not later
               than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of a request for
               review.  If such an extension of time is required, written notice
               of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant before the
               end of the original sixty (60) day period.  The decision on
               review shall be made in writing, shall be written in a manner
               calculated to be understood by the claimant, and shall include
               specific references to the provisions of the Plan on which such
               denial is based.  If the decision on review is not furnished
               within the time specified above, the claim shall be deemed denied
               on review.

Section 9.6    RECORDS

               All acts and determinations of the Committee shall be duly
               recorded by the secretary thereof and all such records together
               with such other documents as may be necessary in exercising his
               duties under the Plan shall be preserved in the custody of such
               secretary.  Such records and documents shall at all times be open
               for inspection and for the purpose of making copies by any person
               designated by the Sponsoring Employer.  The Committee shall
               provide such timely information, resulting from the application
               of its responsibilities under the Plan, as needed by the Trustee
               and the accountant engaged on behalf of the Plan by the
               Sponsoring Employer, for the effective discharge of their
               respective duties.

Section 9.7    INDEMNIFICATION

               The Employer shall indemnify and hold the Board, officers of the
               Employer, the Committee and each of its members, and any employee
               of the Employer acting on behalf of the Board, officers or
               Committee, harmless from and against any and all expense, claim,
               cause of action, or liability it or any of them may incur in the
               administration of the Plan and Trust Fund, unless such expense,
               claim, cause of action, or liability is the result of fraud or
               willful breach of his or their fiduciary responsibilities under
               the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

                                       51
<PAGE>

               This shall include the advancement of any legal or other expenses
               incurred in connection with the claim, cause of action or
               liability.


                                       52
<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE 10

                       AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

Section 10.1   AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

               The Sponsoring Employer shall have the right at any time by
               action of the Board to modify, alter or amend the Plan, in whole
               or in part; the Committee in the case of non-material amendments,
               provided, however, that the duties, powers and liability of the
               Trustee hereunder shall not be increased without its written
               consent; and provided, further, that the amount of benefits
               which, at the time of such modification, alteration or amendment,
               shall have accrued for any Participant, Former Participant or
               Beneficiary hereunder shall not be adversely affected thereby;
               and provided, further, that no such amendment shall have the
               effect of reverting to any Employer any part of the principal or
               income of the Trust Fund.  Notwithstanding the terms of the
               preceding sentence, the 401(k) Savings Committee shall have the
               authority, acting by a majority of its members then in office, to
               amend the Plan to make technical and non-material changes
               therein.  No amendment to the Plan shall decrease the balance of
               a Participant's Individual Account or eliminate an optional form
               of distribution.

Section 10.2   TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

               The Sponsoring Employer expects to continue the Plan
               indefinitely, but reserves the right at any time by action of the
               Board to terminate its participation in the Plan, subject to the
               provisions of the collective bargaining agreement.  If the
               Sponsoring Employer terminates or partially terminates its
               participation in the Plan or permanently discontinues its
               contributions at any time, each Participant affected thereby
               shall then be one hundred percent (100%) vested in the balance of
               his Individual Account.

Section 10.3   RETURN OF CONTRIBUTIONS

               It is intended that this Plan shall be approved and qualified
               under the Code and regulations issued thereunder with respect to
               employees' plans and trusts (1) so as to permit the Employer to
               deduct for federal income tax purposes the amounts of
               contributions to the Trust Fund; (2) so that Employer
               Contributions and 401(k) Savings Contributions and the income of
               the Trust Fund will not be taxable to Participants as income
               until received; (3) so that the income of the Trust Fund shall be
               exempt from federal  income tax.  Any Employer Contributions and
               401(k) Savings Contributions are made to the Plan conditioned on
               their deductibility under Code Section 404.  In the event the
               Commissioner of Internal Revenue or his delegate rules that the
               deduction for all or a part of any Employer Contribution or
               401(k) Savings Contribution is not allowed, the Employer reserves
               the right to recover that portion or all of its contributions for
               which no


                                       53
<PAGE>
               deduction is allowed (reduced by any allocable losses),
               provided such recovery is made within one (1) year of the
               disallowance.



                                       54
<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE 11

                                   MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1   GOVERNING LAW

               The Plan shall be construed, regulated and administered according
               to the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky, except in those
               areas preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

Section 11.2   CONSTRUCTION

               The headings and subheadings in the Plan have been inserted for
               convenience of reference only and shall not affect the
               construction of the provisions hereof.  In any necessary
               construction the masculine shall include the feminine and the
               singular the plural, and vice versa.

Section 11.3   ADMINISTRATION EXPENSES

               The expenses of administering the Trust Fund and the Plan shall
               be paid from the Trust Fund, unless they are paid by the
               Sponsoring Employer.

Section 11.4   PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS

               No Participant in the Plan shall acquire any right to be retained
               in the Employer's employ by virtue of the Plan, nor, upon his
               dismissal, or upon his voluntary termination of employment, shall
               he have any right or interest in and to the Trust Fund other than
               as specifically provided herein.  The Employer shall not be
               liable for the payment of any benefit provided for herein; all
               benefits hereunder shall be payable only from the Trust Fund.

Section 11.5   SPENDTHRIFT CLAUSE

               To the extent permitted by law, none of the benefits, payments,
               proceeds, or distributions under this Plan shall be subject to
               the claim of any creditor of the Participant, Former Participant
               or any Beneficiary hereunder or to any legal process by any
               creditor of such Participant, Former Participant or any such
               Beneficiary; and neither shall such Participant, Former
               Participant or any such Beneficiary have any right to alienate,
               commute, anticipate, or assign (either at law or equity) any of
               the benefits, payments, proceeds or distributions under this
               Plan.  The preceding sentence shall also apply to the creation,
               assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with
               respect to a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations order,
               unless such order is determined to be a qualified domestic
               relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, or any
               domestic relations ordered entered before January 1, 1985, under
               which payments


                                       55
<PAGE>

               have commenced prior to such date.  The prohibition against
               assignment or alienation under this Section does not preclude
               enforcement of a federal tax levy under Code Section 6331.
               Distribution of any benefit payable with respect to a Participant
               may be made to an alternate payee, as defined in Code Section
               414(p)(8), before the Participant ceases to be an Employee, even
               if the distribution is to be made prior to the Participant's
               earliest retirement age as defined in Code Section 414(p)(4)(B),
               provided that the direction for such distribution is qualified
               domestic relations order, and provided that the form of
               distribution is a lump sum payment.

Section 11.6   MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER

               In the event of the merger or consolidation of the Plan with
               another plan or transfer of assets or liabilities from the Plan
               to another plan, each Participant, Former Participant or
               Beneficiary shall not, as a result of such event, on the day
               following such merger, consolidation or transfer, be entitled
               under the termination of the Plan provisions to a lesser benefit
               than the benefit he was entitled to on the date prior to the
               merger, consolidation or transfer if the Plan had then
               terminated.

Section 11.7   COUNTERPARTS

               The Plan and the Trust Agreement may be executed in any number of
               counterparts, each of which shall constitute but one and the same
               instrument and may be sufficiently evidenced by any one
               counterpart.


                                       56
<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE 12

                             TOP HEAVY PLAN PROVISIONS

Section 12.1   GENERAL

               Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if this
               Plan when combined with all other plans required to be aggregated
               pursuant to Code Section 416(g) is deemed to be a Top Heavy Plan
               for any Plan Year, the following Sections of this Article shall
               apply to such Plan Year.

Section 12.2   MINIMUM CONTRIBUTION

               Regardless of hours worked or level of compensation, each
               Participant who is not a Key Employee shall be entitled to a
               minimum allocation of contributions and forfeitures equal to the
               lesser of (i) three percent (3%) of the Participant's
               compensation for the Plan Year; or (ii) provided that the Plan is
               not part of a Required Aggregation Group with a Defined Benefit
               Plan because the Plan enables the Defined Benefit Plan to meet
               the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410, the highest
               percentage of compensation contributed on behalf of, plus
               forfeitures allocated to, a Key Employee.  In the case of a
               Participant who is also a participant in a Defined Benefit Plan
               maintained by the Employer, and who is not a Key Employee, the
               minimum accrued benefit provided in the Defined Benefit Plan
               pursuant to Code Section 416(c)(1), equal to two percent (2%) of
               the Participant's average monthly compensation for the five (5)
               consecutive years when his aggregate compensation was highest
               multiplied by his years of credited service up to ten (10) years
               for each Plan Year in which the plan is top heavy, shall be the
               only minimum benefit for both that plan and this Plan, and the
               minimum allocation described above shall not apply.

Section 12.3   SUPER TOP HEAVY PLANS

               The multiplier of one and twenty-five hundredths (1.25) in
               Section 4.7 shall be reduced to one (1.0) unless (i) all plans of
               the Required Aggregation Group or the Permissive Aggregation
               Group when aggregated are ninety percent (90%) or less top heavy,
               and (ii) the minimum allocation referenced in clause (i) of
               Section 12.2 is modified by substituting three percent (3%) with
               four percent (4%).  In the case of a Participant who is also a
               participant in a Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer,
               and who is not a Key Employee, the minimum accrued benefit
               provided in the Defined Benefit Plan pursuant to Code Sections
               416(c)(1) and 416(h), equal to three percent (3%) of the
               Participant's average monthly compensation for the five (5)
               consecutive years when his aggregate compensation was highest
               multiplied by his years of credited service up to ten (10) years
               for each Plan Year in which the plan is top heavy, shall be the
               only minimum benefit


                                       57
<PAGE>

               for both that plan and this Plan, and the minimum allocation
               described above shall not apply.

Section 12.4   COMPENSATION

               For purposes of this Article, compensation shall have the same
               meaning as assigned to it by Code Section 415 and shall be
               limited to one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000) or such
               other amount as determined pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17).


                                       58
<PAGE>


                    *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *

                                     SIGNATURES


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Plan to be executed
this 30th day of December, 1998, effective July 17, 1998.




Witness:                                By  /s/ Frederick J. Newton, III
                                           -------------------------------

/s/ Gregory J. Meiman                   Title  Senior Vice President and Chief
- --------------------------                    ---------------------------------
                                                Administrative Officer
                                              ---------------------------------





                                       59


<PAGE>




                                                            EXHIBIT 23.01




                 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation by
reference in this registration statement of our report dated January 27, 1999
(except with respect to the matters discussed in the eighth and ninth
paragraphs of Note 5, as to which the date is February 12, 1999, and Note
22, as to which the date is March 15, 1999) included in LG&E Energy Corp.'s
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 and to all references to our
Firm included in this registration statement.


                                   /s/ Arthur Andersen LLP
                                   ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP



Louisville, Kentucky
October 7, 1999


<PAGE>

                             LG&E ENERGY CORP.

                       POWER OF ATTORNEY AND CONSENT

                FOR REGISTRATION OF AN ADDITIONAL 3,000,000
                          SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
              UNDER THE LG&E ENERGY CORP. 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that, as of the 2nd day of June 1999,
the undersigned each constitutes and appoints Roger W. Hale and Charles A.
Markel III, and each of them, individually, his or her true and lawful
attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and
re-substitution, for him or her in his or her name, place and stead, in any
and all capacities, to sign a Registration Statement on Form S-8 relating to
the issuance and sale of an additional 3,000,000 shares of common stock
pursuant to the LG&E Energy Corp. 401(k) Savings Plan and all amendments or
appendices thereto (including post-effective amendments), and file the same
with all exhibits thereto and all other documents in connection therewith,
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to
do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done
in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she
might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her
substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof and such officers of LG&E Energy Corp., with the assistance of its
accountants and counsel, are further hereby authorized and directed to
prepare, execute and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
behalf of LG&E Energy Corp. such Registration Statement and all amendments or
appendices thereto (including post-effective amendments) as any of them deem
appropriate or necessary.

LG&E ENERGY CORP.


/s/ Roger W. Hale                              /s/ David Baker Lewis
- ---------------------------------              ---------------------------------
ROGER W. HALE                                  DAVID BAKER LEWIS
Chairman, President and                        Director
Chief Executive Officer


/s/ Mira S. Ball                               /s/ Anne H. McNamara
- ---------------------------------              ---------------------------------
MIRA S. BALL                                   ANNE H. McNAMARA
Director                                       Director







<PAGE>


/s/ William C. Ballard                         /s/ T. Ballard Morton, Jr.
- ---------------------------------              ---------------------------------
WILLIAM C. BALLARD                             T. BALLARD MORTON, JR.
Director                                       Director


/s/ Owsley Brown, II                           /s/ Frank V. Ramsey, Jr.
- ---------------------------------              ---------------------------------
OWSLEY BROWN, II                               FRANK V. RAMSEY, JR.
Director                                       Director


                                               /s/ William L. Rouse, Jr.
- ---------------------------------              ---------------------------------
CAROL M. GATTON                                WILLIAM L. ROUSE, JR.
Director                                       Director


/s/ Jeffery T. Grade                           /s/ Charles L. Shearer
- ---------------------------------              ---------------------------------
JEFFERY T. GRADE                               CHARLES L. SHEARER
Director                                       Director


/s/ J. David Grissom                           /s/ Lee T. Todd, Jr.
- ---------------------------------              ---------------------------------
J. DAVID GRISSOM                               LEE T. TODD, JR.
Director                                       Director








<PAGE>

                             LG&E ENERGY CORP.

                       POWER OF ATTORNEY AND CONSENT

                FOR REGISTRATION OF AN ADDITIONAL 1,000,000
                          SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
     UNDER THE 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN FOR EMPLOYEES OF LOUISVILLE GAS AND
        ELECTRIC COMPANY WHO ARE REPRESENTED BY LOCAL 2100 OF IBEW


     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that, as of the 2nd day of June 1999,
the undersigned each constitutes and appoints Roger W. Hale and Charles A.
Markel III, and each of them, individually, his or her true and lawful
attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and
re-substitution, for him or her in his or her name, place and stead, in any
and all capacities, to sign a Registration Statement on Form S-8 relating to
the issuance and sale of an additional 1,000,000 shares of common stock
pursuant to the 401(k) Savings Plan for Employees of Louisville Gas and
Electric Company who are Represented by Local 2100 of IBEW and all amendments
or appendices thereto (including post-effective amendments), and file the
same with all exhibits thereto and all other documents in connection
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to
do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done
in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she
might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her
substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof and such officers of LG&E Energy Corp., with the assistance of its
accountants and counsel, are further hereby authorized and directed to
prepare, execute and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
behalf of LG&E Energy Corp. such Registration Statement and all amendments or
appendices thereto (including post-effective amendments) as any of them deem
appropriate or necessary.

LG&E ENERGY CORP.


/s/ Roger W. Hale                              /s/ David Baker Lewis
- ---------------------------------              ---------------------------------
ROGER W. HALE                                  DAVID BAKER LEWIS
Chairman, President and                        Director
Chief Executive Officer


/s/ Mira S. Ball                               /s/ Anne H. McNamara
- ---------------------------------              ---------------------------------
MIRA S. BALL                                   ANNE H. McNAMARA
Director                                       Director







<PAGE>


/s/ William C. Ballard                         /s/ T. Ballard Morton, Jr.
- ---------------------------------              ---------------------------------
WILLIAM C. BALLARD                             T. BALLARD MORTON, JR.
Director                                       Director


/s/ Owsley Brown, II                           /s/ Frank V. Ramsey, Jr.
- ---------------------------------              ---------------------------------
OWSLEY BROWN, II                               FRANK V. RAMSEY, JR.
Director                                       Director


                                               /s/ William L. Rouse, Jr.
- ---------------------------------              ---------------------------------
CAROL M. GATTON                                WILLIAM L. ROUSE, JR.
Director                                       Director


/s/ Jeffery T. Grade                           /s/ Charles L. Shearer
- ---------------------------------              ---------------------------------
JEFFERY T. GRADE                               CHARLES L. SHEARER
Director                                       Director


/s/ J. David Grissom                           /s/ Lee T. Todd, Jr.
- ---------------------------------              ---------------------------------
J. DAVID GRISSOM                               LEE T. TODD, JR.
Director                                       Director








<PAGE>

                             LG&E ENERGY CORP.

                       POWER OF ATTORNEY AND CONSENT

                        FOR REGISTRATION OF 500,000
                          SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                     UNDER THE WKE CORP. SAVINGS PLAN


     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that, as of the 2nd day of June 1999,
the undersigned each constitutes and appoints Roger W. Hale and Charles A.
Markel III, and each of them, individually, his or her true and lawful
attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and
re-substitution, for him or her in his or her name, place and stead, in any
and all capacities, to sign a Registration Statement on Form S-8 relating to
the issuance and sale of 500,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the WKE
Corp. Savings Plan and all amendments or appendices thereto (including
post-effective amendments), and file the same with all exhibits thereto and
all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of
them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all
intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby
ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any
of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof and such officers of LG&E Energy Corp.,
with the assistance of its accountants and counsel, are further hereby
authorized and directed to prepare, execute and file with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on behalf of LG&E Energy Corp. such Registration
Statement and all amendments or appendices thereto (including post-effective
amendments) as any of them deem appropriate or necessary.

LG&E ENERGY CORP.


/s/ Roger W. Hale                              /s/ David Baker Lewis
- ---------------------------------              ---------------------------------
ROGER W. HALE                                  DAVID BAKER LEWIS
Chairman, President and                        Director
Chief Executive Officer


/s/ Mira S. Ball                               /s/ Anne H. McNamara
- ---------------------------------              ---------------------------------
MIRA S. BALL                                   ANNE H. McNAMARA
Director                                       Director







<PAGE>


/s/ William C. Ballard                         /s/ T. Ballard Morton, Jr.
- ---------------------------------              ---------------------------------
WILLIAM C. BALLARD                             T. BALLARD MORTON, JR.
Director                                       Director


/s/ Owsley Brown, II                           /s/ Frank V. Ramsey, Jr.
- ---------------------------------              ---------------------------------
OWSLEY BROWN, II                               FRANK V. RAMSEY, JR.
Director                                       Director


                                               /s/ William L. Rouse, Jr.
- ---------------------------------              ---------------------------------
CAROL M. GATTON                                WILLIAM L. ROUSE, JR.
Director                                       Director


/s/ Jeffery T. Grade                           /s/ Charles L. Shearer
- ---------------------------------              ---------------------------------
JEFFERY T. GRADE                               CHARLES L. SHEARER
Director                                       Director


/s/ J. David Grissom                           /s/ Lee T. Todd, Jr.
- ---------------------------------              ---------------------------------
J. DAVID GRISSOM                               LEE T. TODD, JR.
Director                                       Director



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission